<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>TIPs Archive - TVU Networks</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link></link>
	<description>The lowest prices for your full LLC publishing compliance!</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 18:29:42 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.7.2</generator>
	<item>
		<title>TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 18:27:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=143276</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Easily capture and mix audio feeds in the cloud. Harmonize the sound like an orchestra conductor with the Advanced Audio Mixer. Adjust all audio input levels as well as master output.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/">TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-f30164f8-3652-47ee-a47d-6408280f5620"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-Audio-Mixer-QSUG-1024x580.png" alt="TVU Producer Audio Mixer User Guide"/></figure>



<p id="block-30291bc2-89f5-49aa-9940-b0c38ed336db">Easily capture and mix audio feeds in the cloud. Harmonize the sound like an orchestra conductor with the Advanced Audio Mixer. Adjust all audio input levels and the master output. Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel. Mute each channel or select a solo monitor for fine-tuning.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, user experience, and behavior</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b87cc072-df28-474d-a6f0-3cf12059a53a"><strong>Introduction, user experience, and behavior</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0de89a49-91ea-446b-aed3-311ed9267266">Using the TVU Producer Audio Mixer requires a Producer subscription activation from TVU Support. Before you begin, refer to the TVU Producer System requirements below, then contact TVU Support to obtain your login credentials. TVU Networks recommends logging in to your TVU Producer account using your credentials and familiarizing yourself with the user interface, features, and functions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9ba74d44-015a-45d8-a1be-6843caa8f124"><strong>TVU Producer Audio Mixer overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5be0ae16-fd61-4c67-96cc-81f7062a1bb9">The Audio Mixer is a dedicated interface embedded into the TVU Producer user interface. The Audio Mixer feature is built for audio operators to mix audio for the TVU Producer program separately from the video and graphics operations.</p>



<p id="block-cba3a25c-e99e-4721-950c-807ffa9b047c">The Audio Mixer interface opens in a separate tab, allowing the individual operator to adjust the volume. The basic functions include adjusting each input source&#8217;s volume or fader level and mixing selected audio sources.</p>



<p id="block-65b0fdb0-8dd0-45ca-84da-45e8ba8e9c4d">The Advanced Audio Mixer Panel allows a Producer user to manage all input levels and the master output, complemented by real-time remote commentary. Advanced capabilities serve multiple collaborators or users working to produce a single live show. The operator primarily focuses on using the advanced capabilities of the audio mixer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio Mixer features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-22836728-ef6c-41b7-ad03-7519e3a22a05"><strong>Audio Mixer features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8075f3c2-f8be-43ba-b6d1-8b4b3ca96cda">Audio Mixer enables the operator to perform the following advanced operations:</p>



<ul id="block-08c2b095-2fc0-4b29-aaf1-296f79b85af6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Automatic Gain Control (AGC) supports the master mix and all source types.</li>



<li>Streamdeck support.</li>



<li>MIDI support for multi-channel sources and source on/off controls.</li>



<li>Monitor each video and audio feed for production.</li>



<li>Adjust all audio input levels as well as the master output</li>



<li>Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel.</li>



<li>Mute each channel.</li>



<li>Assign channels for each group for simple management of multiple sources.</li>



<li>Allows Audio Follow Video (AFV) by source for all pairs in a multi-channel source.</li>



<li>Allows AFV for Custom Sources.</li>



<li>Link faders across output pairs.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Guide contents</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3f015f5a-2979-4e9a-aace-bd53ed0a8c09"><strong>User Guide contents</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b98bca58-2821-4689-9adc-f94becdb5371">This TVU Producer Audio Mixer Quick Start User Guide provides a general overview of the basic and advanced features and interface behaviors.</p>



<p id="block-09d860e7-fae8-46b1-af86-060dbe7057b6">This user guide provides instructions to perform the following tasks:</p>



<ul id="block-16900fbd-272f-4b40-be9b-d2b01b3db30f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</li>



<li>Logging into TVU Producer</li>



<li>How to use the Audio Mixer</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2ff8966f-a9d9-48fe-96d9-1ea09e588520"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-fb475610-a411-4aa5-89a6-b3b2a26c3a65">To sign up or register for the TVU Producer free trial, complete the following steps:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Note:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase TVU Producer, go to “Purchasing TVU Producer” for more information.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<ol id="block-670fc492-378f-4062-ada6-b4325be7a24d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/</a> </li>



<li>Click the <strong>Sign up/Login icon</strong> in the page’s top right corner and select TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-524996b4-6cf4-419c-b0f6-a8295030674d"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png" alt="TVU Producer log in" class="wp-image-161489" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in-300x183.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-3f48d8e9-5ddb-40b3-963b-0b90231ed1de" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Producer <strong>Sign in</strong> pop-up window displays. Click <strong>Sign Up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c280201f-dd28-47bd-9ff0-908244205301"><img decoding="async" width="880" height="542" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page.jpg" alt="SIgn up page" class="wp-image-161496" style="aspect-ratio:1.5;object-fit:contain;width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page.jpg 880w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page-300x185.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page-768x473.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-ca988357-707b-4dc9-97fe-1311c50b3595" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Name</strong>, <strong>e-mail</strong>, and <strong>Password</strong>. Click the<strong> Agreement check box</strong> and click <strong>Get Started now</strong>.</li>



<li>Check your e-mail and enter the six-digit code, then click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>



<li>The TVU Producer Workbench opens. Continue to “Creating a program.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img decoding="async" width="457" height="748" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window.png" alt="Sign up window" class="wp-image-96759" style="aspect-ratio:0.6109625668449198;width:224px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window.png 457w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window-183x300.png 183w" sizes="(max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; Start your Producer session</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4fb76188-8e7a-4f0d-93ed-674e3646c137"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Start your Producer session</strong></h2>



<p id="block-fcf893df-efc8-42c6-891a-e7f2f64648ce">To Sign in to your TVU Producer account:</p>



<ol id="block-176ee95e-cf9a-4c45-a09f-c9b067e5bea0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To launch Producer, open a web browser window and enter: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production</a> </li>



<li>Click the<strong> Sign up/Login</strong> button in the page&#8217;s top right corner and select <strong>TVU Producer</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-1ea7327f-4133-4d46-a3e4-6aaca1cb5836"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png" alt="TVU Producer log in" class="wp-image-161489" style="aspect-ratio:2.0506912442396312;object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-1239ee4d-0189-4213-a1fc-769d6cb91998">The Producer Sign in pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-0c5fb776-4338-47a6-a82a-a817b573d005" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-be2bce62-1fa3-40f2-842d-8f3f26596884">User ID: <strong>email address</strong><br>Password: Enter your <strong>Password</strong> </p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c280201f-dd28-47bd-9ff0-908244205301"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="706" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up.png" alt="TVU Producer Sign in window" class="wp-image-96752" style="aspect-ratio:0.6473087818696884;width:265px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up.png 457w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up-194x300.png 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-a9b7d5dc-7d42-4231-a86f-7a6b907a00b8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>. The Producer Workbench user interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b4fc2814-e59f-42ce-ad0b-cafc6f3764e7"><strong>Creating a program</strong></h2>



<p id="block-7660bd75-b3c9-4ea1-8c9b-1c610b7c1fa0">To create a program:</p>



<ol id="block-d2c07bab-a1d4-41f3-880a-024c51ff5811" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Workbench</strong> tab displays by default. Click <strong>+ Create a Program</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e9e2411c-3afa-4015-ab60-79bc305515f8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="236" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench.png" alt="Producer workbench" class="wp-image-161503" style="width:740px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench.png 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-460abde7-61d1-482e-a4df-ad4bbfbbf166" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Create a program pop-up window, Enter a Program name for your production and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-644a727a-8082-4bd0-97fb-1bc8f774340f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window.jpg" alt="Create a program window" class="wp-image-161510" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-f579e77a-c970-4245-b63d-66dc702618d1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Settings pop-up window displays.</li>



<li>Choose the video format you would like to use from the <strong>Format</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If you choose a specific Video Format for the Live Show, all your input feeds need to match with this program format for your live switching to be accurate. Please ensure all your input video formats are one and the same. You can separately choose your Output format when you want to go live.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Channel </strong>drop-down menu and select 2, 4, 6, or 8 output channels for your Producer project to enable the multi-channel audio feature.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-5376203e-52b8-441b-9db2-711df5f697fc"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="350" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings.jpg" alt="Format and Audio Channel settings" class="wp-image-161518" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings-300x217.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-0e310a3e-1354-493b-8fd7-31e0f2c6387f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired feature checkbox(es) for your live production, select a Region, and click <strong>Save</strong>:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>RPS:</strong> Whenever the RPS feature is enabled, the first six slots of your production will be reserved as RPS sources only.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical:</strong> Enable this feature to allow Producer to output your source in vertical (portrait) mode.</li>



<li><strong>Output buffer:</strong> The Output Buffer allows a time buffer (up to 300 seconds) to be set between what is viewed in the Live Output Program and the actual video being encoded for output. HLS, ISSP, RTP-FEC, SRT, Zixi, TVU Grid, TVU Channel, RTIL, RTMP(S), UDP, RTSP, YouTube, and /Social media outputs are supported.<br>This is primarily so the operator can censor the live source for any issues in the program (such as profanity). If an issue occurs, you have time to react and can switch to a replacement video/image.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline:</strong> Enabling this option automatically forces all TVU Anywhere participants to join a party. The Producer PGM will default to Video Return, and UI previews will use the RTIL stream coming directly from the device.</li>



<li><strong>Follower mode:</strong> Enable this feature to define programs that will follow the main program. Choosing this feature means this production is a Main production. It cannot be added as a follower production for any other Main production. Use the Configure link to select a follower program and follower feature.</li>



<li><strong>Source delay control:</strong> Enable this feature to set a delay in ms for a producer source.</li>



<li><strong>Input Source Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to select the source you want recorded. You can find the recordings in “Cloud Record”->”Remote Recording.”</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to allow recording functionality.</li>



<li><strong>Replay App:</strong> Enable this feature to force recording of live sources at high and low resolutions. It is suggested that the Relay App be used with productions running in progressive-scan mode to enable replay functionality. Replay is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before it can be used. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Replay App and testing the feature.</li>



<li><strong>Review App:</strong> Enable this feature to allow review functionality. Review is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before it can be used. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Review App and how to test the feature.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="7" id="block-cb7bc16f-daae-4b79-865f-809853f45ced" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the region related to your IP address, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="662" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window.jpg" alt="Setting window" class="wp-image-169208" style="width:472px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window-218x300.jpg 218w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change a program setting, click the three dots “…” in the program window and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Make your changes and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu.jpg" alt="Program Settings menu" class="wp-image-161532" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu.jpg 418w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu-300x182.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>three dot</strong>s “…” on your program window to view and select various program functions:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Rename</strong> to change your program name.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> to enable the Basic Collaboration feature. This feature allows the user to produce a live show by collaborating with production team members.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Setting</strong> to reopen the <strong>Settings</strong> window and change to your program settings.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Monitor</strong> to open the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Delete</strong> to remove your program from Workbench.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Duplicate</strong> to duplicate a program.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Offline setup</strong> to set up your programming in offline mode.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the new program and click<strong> Start</strong> to initialize your program in TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="249" height="203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Starting-a-program.jpg" alt="Starting a program" class="wp-image-161539"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Basic Audio Mixer functionality</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a1ed3cb3-9407-4e2e-bcd8-2d5f59c89630"><strong>Basic Audio Mixer functionality</strong></h2>



<p id="block-bafef8a1-dd7e-454a-b98c-4ad2d338e429">Basic audio mixer functionality is embedded into the Producer User Interface. Each input source has a dedicated audio icon that enables the operator to view, raise, and lower the volume of the audio channel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The basic audio mixer feature is enabled by default.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-38a70754-8b27-426b-bb6f-2449584b5203"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="312" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg" alt="Audio icon location" class="wp-image-161547" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location-251x300.jpg 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio Control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-970c2f8c-a11c-4d04-8a62-6b832cd1e00b"><strong>Audio Control</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c54ea430-d043-4fe9-862a-7a596ea8af66">The Audio Mixer tab is located in the left navigation menu. Click the tab to open the Audio Control panel. The Audio Control panel displays the Source, AFV controls, and indicates when a source is being output in Producer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-761f8d5d-7c82-4e33-8271-88132c6ff8be"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="597" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab.png" alt="Audio Mixer tab" class="wp-image-161554" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab-141x300.png 141w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Audio Follow Video mode (AFV) switch is enabled by default, allowing the input source cut to live broadcast/PGM to have its sound channel cut along with it.</li>



<li>If the AFV switch is disabled/off, the sound for live streaming is selected by choosing an alternate audio channel source.</li>
</ul>



<p>To choose an alternate audio channel source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="95" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AFV-switch-icon.png" alt="AFV switch icon" class="wp-image-161561"/></figure>



<p>The Audio Control panel opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="288" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON.jpg" alt="Audio Control panel - AFV switch ON" class="wp-image-161568" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON.jpg 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the <strong>AFV</strong> switch to the left to disable it. The Audio tab displays AFV/OFF.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="288" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF.jpg" alt="Audio Control Panel - AFV switch OFF" class="wp-image-161575" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF.jpg 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Audio Control panel displays audio sources. Move the AFV slider to the right of an available audio source. When an audio source is enabled and being output in Producer, the <strong>ON button</strong> displays red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected.png" alt="Audio control panel - New source selection" class="wp-image-161582" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected.png 279w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected-248x300.png 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 279px) 100vw, 279px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Alternatively, you can move the <strong>All </strong>slider to the right to enable or to the left to disable all audio sources.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on.png" alt="Audio control panel - All slider" class="wp-image-161589" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on-267x300.png 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To adjust the volume control for each source, click the <strong>Audio</strong> icon and move the audio control slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="312" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg" alt="Audio icon location" class="wp-image-161547" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location-251x300.jpg 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer functionality</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-638c8fdd-d06d-405f-b763-9689f1a80613"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer functionality</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f5fea8d6-33c6-4972-a73f-5fd8aab1d4c6">To switch to the ‘advanced’ audio mixer functionality, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-b1da5448-30ef-441e-ba99-00b90a3b6716" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio mixer</strong> icon in the left panel. The Audio Control menu displays.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> the menu options for the advanced Audio Mixer functions display.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" id="block-2a1377e0-d28f-41b9-ac29-967936ae22cf" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong> at the bottom of the Audio Control panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-bf036581-7380-499b-9e07-641707643fc0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on.png" alt="Audio Control menu, AFV on" class="wp-image-161597" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on.png 276w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on-170x300.png 170w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-335b55c3-0506-4769-893f-eaa939368712" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a browser window, paste the URL in the address bar, and press <strong>Enter</strong>. Alternatively, you can click the <strong>URL</strong> to open the advanced version of the Audio Mixer in a new browser window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer interface</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f25e537d-e197-4222-83be-615945e5a864"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer interface</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0cd15001-1668-4606-ba44-fd38291bea59">The TVU Audio mixer user interface displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-f52d13f7-2110-40f2-afbf-a24e1beada5d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="715" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer Web interface" class="wp-image-169215" style="width:663px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3.jpg 715w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 715px) 100vw, 715px" /></figure>



<p id="block-c9c0d983-85e9-422e-90e6-1bc038e25563">The Advanced Audio Mixer has the following controls:</p>



<p id="block-5f168b87-7287-47d6-8880-c6112b046b30"><strong>(A)</strong> Audio Mixer source settings and menu<br><strong>(B)</strong> Audio Mixer MIDI device menu<br><strong>(C) </strong>Audio Mixer Preset menu<br><strong>(D)</strong> Headphone control or sound monitoring<br><strong>(E)</strong> Fader level control<br><strong>(F)</strong> Pan control<br><strong>(G)</strong> Audio usage Indicator and audio enable/disable, displays red<br>or grey.<br><strong>(H)</strong> Mute icon<br><strong>(I)</strong> Master audio level setting<br><strong>(J)</strong> Monitoring modes and Master Preview toggle<br><strong>(K)</strong> Source Preview toggle<br><strong>(L)</strong> Audio Output Pair Control<br><strong>(M)</strong> Monitor Levels setting<br><strong>(N)</strong> Source mute and slide sync with output pairs menu</p>



<p id="block-9853b440-ff54-4e5f-8492-f8f7d4bbbeb8">All of the audio mixing controls are available for the event. The audio mixer engineer can work with up to 4 output pairs. Each output pair has a dedicated independent audio panel. Each input source can have up to 4 audio pairs. Each pair can be controlled independently.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2fa514a8-aea6-4efc-9970-3a6c543237dd"><strong>Left panel controls:</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f03adddf-6a62-440a-bcef-18984413ea49">The Audio Mixer Source Settings menu enables users to display visible and unavailable sources. In this menu, users can enable AFV, AGC, and add a description to each source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-35085b90-9ed8-43d0-8c8e-90b041b06e79"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="716" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer source settings menu" class="wp-image-169222" style="width:585px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2.jpg 716w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 716px) 100vw, 716px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MIDI icon</strong></h3>



<p id="block-4a926eb7-af9a-421f-993d-783df0fe24f2">The MIDI device menu displays available and connected MIDI devices. MIDI is supported for multi-channel sources and source on/off controls.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-febf8dca-e195-4982-9f43-37e225d1ed50"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="706" height="309" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer MIDI device menu" class="wp-image-169229" style="width:596px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2.jpg 706w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2-300x131.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 706px) 100vw, 706px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Mixer icon</strong></h3>



<p id="block-f7a2ea83-b4d0-41d3-a26a-57bc73080923">Audio Mixer Presets can be configured and saved for each source in the Preset panel.</p>



<p>To select an Audio Preset for a specific channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Preset</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3705f229-7c74-4954-b045-a54b32556e14"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="701" height="309" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer presets" class="wp-image-169243" style="width:600px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2.jpg 701w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2-300x132.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 701px) 100vw, 701px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Preset panel opens. Click <strong>+ Add Preset</strong> at the bottom of the panel and select a Source from the Select drop-down menu. To add a source, click <strong>+ Add source</strong> and make a selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="729" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer volume adjust preset menu" class="wp-image-169250" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu.jpg 314w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu-129x300.jpg 129w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source mute and slide sync icon</strong></h3>



<p>The <strong>Source mute and slide sync with output pairs</strong> icon displays selectable output pairs that correspond with the Audio Output Pair Control and allows you to mute the source from the Audio mixer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="717" height="293" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon.jpg" alt="Source mute and slide sync icon" class="wp-image-169257" style="width:641px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon.jpg 717w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 717px) 100vw, 717px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu.png" alt=" source mute icon menu" class="wp-image-161650" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu.png 351w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu-300x270.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3080e0d3-3ece-47c1-9d3a-e4375a3c6dee"><strong>Multi-audio channel feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-4f6d17c2-a8a0-4452-abb8-d4ad58200473">This feature supports 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels in Producer. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting a number in the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs.</p>



<p id="block-b071c7ed-e54f-4cb1-b159-a72ccde2c8fc">A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</p>



<p id="block-bd31f6ce-fc5b-49fb-a580-01648f296c5d">To set up multiple audio output channels in Producer:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-47e87bb6-8f28-41a5-935f-75d2b429e208" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source in the Producer User Interface and click the <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> icon in the left panel. The Audio Mixer panel opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>URL</strong> at the bottom of the panel to open the Audio Mixer interface.</li>



<li>Locate the &#8220;Audio Output Pair Control&#8221; at the top-right corner of the interface. Channel setting number 1 is selected by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-22e65423-8c7f-4830-bb06-f0d607b63f81"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="670" height="67" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control.jpg" alt="Audio Output Pair Control" class="wp-image-169264" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control.jpg 670w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control-300x30.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 670px) 100vw, 670px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-79e170d6-7d7a-4ac6-9c17-f0dcbb32af9a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Left-Right buttons</strong> in the audio source panel to select the audio source channels you would like to pair with setting 1.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior” for information about stereo and dual mono settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-dce3e97b-c7ad-4c74-84b8-c1a6221312a6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Adjust the individual source audio settings for <strong>channel 1</strong>, then adjust the <strong>Master audio level</strong> in the left panel to the desired setting.</li>



<li>Click channel setting<strong> 2 </strong>and repeat steps 4 and 5, respectively, and so on, to pair up to 4 channels (with a maximum of 8 outputs).</li>



<li>To adjust your audio channel paired settings, click the appropriate Audio Output Pair Control channel <strong>number</strong> to display your settings.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93d5be95-0d82-4377-b830-2106d0bc63a8"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0a383359-b605-458b-ba0d-ef57e9342669">The following two types of audio sources are supported in the Advanced Audio Mixer interface:</p>



<p id="block-ead8fbb1-a764-486d-903b-ee5467c9d59a"><strong>Stereo</strong>: Stereo has one channel and includes one fader, pan control, and audio level indicators. When stereo is selected, both left and right indicators illuminate together to indicate one channel.</p>



<p id="block-f48f59f5-1373-4384-9e64-c2e6f6dae217"><strong>Dual mono</strong>: Dual mono has a left and right channel and includes two fader controls, two pan controls, and two audio level indicators. When dual mono is selected, both left and right indicators illuminate separately to indicate two channels.</p>



<p id="block-220cb039-7407-4761-9b98-8cc472f4937e">The &#8220;Stereo and Dual-mono channel examples&#8221; figure shows the Stereo and dual mono channels:</p>



<ul id="block-45aed627-3bfe-4abb-9986-322b993ce555" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Source 1</strong> indicates Stereo (one channel)</li>



<li><strong>Source 2</strong> shows Dual mono (left and right channels)</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-23eda35e-063f-4bf0-af62-d4a97587b73c">The Fader level indicator ranges from -∞ to +12</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The following stereo and dual-mono channel example is shown to highlight the differences.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-3f275f07-d6ed-42cd-8295-024bc8752af6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="182" height="505" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples.jpg" alt="Stereo and Dual-mono channel examples" class="wp-image-161657" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples.jpg 182w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples-108x300.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 182px) 100vw, 182px" /></figure>



<p id="block-85b0cf61-2011-40fa-858b-ad45b18f16bc">Audio usage indicators are displayed in red at the bottom of the panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-21bbf855-e24c-4b2f-b7aa-4e65e2c1675d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="522" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-usage-indicators-Dual-mono.jpg" alt="Audio usage indicators (Dual mono)" class="wp-image-161664"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bcfb972a-5bbe-4daa-882f-a7405d13b70f"><strong>Stereo audio source</strong></h3>



<p id="block-3b9b06be-ff48-4df1-837f-b95793b17f3b">The Stereo audio source has only one fader and one balance control (or Pan control), as shown below.</p>



<ul id="block-b58553c9-938b-4f8d-a01a-a01490d83d80" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The fader level indicator range is from -∞ to +12.</li>



<li>Balance control ranges from 0 to 100. The balance is set to 50 (middle).</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c702a6c7-763f-4c6e-af52-777ad5bdfbe8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="127" height="568" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source.jpg" alt="Stereo audio source" class="wp-image-161671" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source.jpg 127w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source-67x300.jpg 67w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 127px) 100vw, 127px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b06eb41b-c303-4af2-beee-a609137ad7ea"><strong>Dual-mono audio source</strong></h3>



<p id="block-09d9c7b8-1cf0-4537-bf3c-747f0161d7dc">The Dual-mono audio source has two faders and two pan controls. One fader controls the left channel, and the other controls the right channel. The two channels operate independently.</p>



<ul id="block-1693ccb9-8c72-4902-8e04-39056e6e3891" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Each channel has an independent fader level indicator ranging from -∞ to +12.</li>



<li>The pan control slide ranges from 0 to 100. The left pan control setting is 0, and the right pan control setting is 100.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Dual Mono mode does not support MIDI devices. A warning message will display allowing you to convert to Dual Mono. Switching the source to stereo will support MIDI devices.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-2b4b1fa2-466a-4153-8b29-5180ddc5387d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="126" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Dual-mono-audio-source-controls.jpg" alt="Dual-mono audio source controls" class="wp-image-161678"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9eb2aa9b-cbce-4ce2-94c9-a952b435385b"><strong>Headphone control and sound monitoring</strong></h3>



<p id="block-6ee9aca4-7536-4ba1-8bbb-fd189d234fc5">The headphone icon allows the operator to monitor a specific audio channel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-1c8c78ee-9206-4f8e-9b02-08c3a028166b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="125" height="472" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Headphone-icon.jpg" alt="Headphone icons" class="wp-image-161685"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-74bb319e-6fcd-4a07-8b72-e094121374c6"><strong>Fader level control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-287a1519-e145-461b-979a-a943e93db732">The fader level indicators show the appropriate status from the basic mixer. When the Audio Mixer displays for the first time, the fader level indicators must be set to the appropriate volume or gain, even though sound monitoring is switched.</p>



<p id="block-67660403-5b3c-49cb-9036-d8e6c6d53551">This will provide the audio operator with real-time results, ensuring all audio channel volumes are correctly working. The operator can then adjust the gains of specific audio channels as desired.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-0a404b22-4460-4e5d-9372-283d8f2694c3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="131" height="622" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators.jpg" alt="Fader level indicators" class="wp-image-161692" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators.jpg 131w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators-63x300.jpg 63w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 131px) 100vw, 131px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-d6511939-53d5-4292-95f6-8ddf6474621b"><strong>Audio usage indicator and enable/disable functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-88e68955-df41-437c-b0e6-b35fc831ccb1">The audio usage and enable/disable indicator button at the top of the panel (turns red or grey).</p>



<p id="block-9f83bcd9-8318-4074-a010-acbdb90b9138">The Audio usage button (one for each channel in the input source) indicates which audio channels are used or enabled.</p>



<ul id="block-0644ec91-fd79-45d8-a29a-886b64620249" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the audio switch is ON or enabled, it turns red</li>



<li>When the audio switch is OFF or disabled, it turns grey</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f2369566-ffd5-4092-93dc-75afe2d68e49">When live sources are switched, the audio usage indicator (in red) is applied to the newly switched input source and the channels. If PIP is enabled on a live source, then both these input sources, which are going to program output, will indicate usage when their left and right channel indicators turn red.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If AFV is enabled, the audio usage is read-only. The operator cannot enable audio on more than one channel.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If AFV is disabled, the operator can click on the audio usage button to switch between grey (disabled) to red (enabled) or red (enabled) to grey (disabled).</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-ada2b462-a447-49b1-9eb1-70c272e2a732">If the operator changes the audio usage on two different channels to Red, those two audio channels will go to program output.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-952df480-578b-471a-9f68-2c3e59dfc960"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="135" height="575" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-usage-button.jpg" alt="Audio usage button" class="wp-image-161699"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-29f3a6ad-1730-4727-8ce5-a47659d51ae3"><strong>Audio control for quad mode</strong></h3>



<p id="block-230fc197-0be0-4a11-a24b-bf83f8d9de75">When the quad mode (input source 7) is selected, it behaves like any other source.</p>



<p id="block-f42b6eb3-095d-4d0f-a5ad-943b7a24ca02">The audio usage indicator is ON for source 7 (and is only lit up for source 7), and whatever the presetting was for its original source still applies.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-a8afa7c5-92f8-4a1e-a706-d1cfe2989cc4"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/source-7.png" alt="Audio Mixer source 7"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized is-style-default" id="block-98c06e44-d167-4356-96de-9813f804eea6"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Audio-control-quad-mode.png" alt="Audio control quad mode" style="width:289px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6c66451e-5378-4a74-a9c0-ff1b42abf337"><strong>Monitor level control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-fe44aadf-512c-4dfb-8bf6-309382278e70">The Monitor level control in the audio mixer controls the volume of the Audio Mixer tab in the Chrome browser.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-6b3131cc-1661-4d8c-b49a-c9c5db7f6603"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/monitor-level.png" alt="Monitor level control"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-15cbe667-5f83-4a22-ab4e-2d655d319962"><strong>Mute control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-afabe4cd-b9cd-4fde-baed-7fc0d7be5212">The Mute control allows the end-user to silence the audio channel completely. This will also silence the channel output audio.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Mute can be used in both use-cases, when AFV is ON or OFF.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-d2976b1e-faf3-42b5-9c60-e78e1a835c2b">The user can mute the stereo source or dual-mono source channels when AFV is ON. When the mute icon is switched ON for the ‘Source’ chosen to go to Program output, the master volume is also muted.</p>



<p id="block-f7ef9bce-b329-4371-b70c-79475f15c4c2">In the following example, AFV is enabled. Video source 6 is chosen to go to the program output. When both channels are muted for this specific audio source, the master volume is entirely muted on the program output. Group audio is not enabled in the following ‘Use-case example.’</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default" id="block-b5a84ebd-e324-4532-9fe2-2f33f927c2a6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="560" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1024x560.png" alt="Use-case example" class="wp-image-169271" style="aspect-ratio:1.8285714285714285;width:691px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1024x560.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-300x164.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-768x420.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1536x840.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example.png 1664w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-312e1071-b95e-44aa-a91b-4fa0800f4f7f">Mute functionality works similarly if AFV is OFF and the Group Audio feature is enabled.</p>



<p id="block-2bd6725a-df7d-4bc3-9f0d-c3a9738134dd">In the use-case example, the user can use the mute functionality associated with the group directly. When using the mute icon associated with Group 1 or Group 2, the user can mute all of the audio sources assigned to Group 1 or Group 2.</p>



<p id="block-ba97a54f-9a39-4298-9934-4acd2244f90f">The user can also mute one of the audio channels chosen for Group 1, which will silence only that specific channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93ab54f4-0708-44c8-9e77-e0da3cb42a46"><strong>Group Audio feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-b429d0e1-77bd-4794-ab6b-c4b6fdbda374">The Group Audio functionality is enabled only when AFV is OFF. Users cannot choose groups in AFV mode.</p>



<p id="block-e207c23a-927e-44f0-9b93-e2edf9b0d43d">The Group Audio feature enables users to assign audio channels to specific groups. The Audio Mixer Panel supports two groups.</p>



<p id="block-6e981bdb-2875-4f34-806d-564500449d07">To use the Group Audio feature:</p>



<ol id="block-57a05230-0f0e-4289-8bdc-dbc033b6db5c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Advanced Audio Mixer</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Assign each desired audio channel in each respective audio source (whether a stereo source or dual mono) to <strong>group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong>.</li>



<li>Choose the desired <strong>channels</strong> and assign them to either <strong>group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Selecting audio channels for specific groups can be completed initially without enabling the group audio functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" id="block-7b2d5a14-37dc-4713-b9fe-beb5901ca95d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Group Audio setting, select <strong>Group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong> in the program output panel, then click the <strong>ON</strong> button in the Audio panel above Group Audio.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users can switch either group or both groups simultaneously to manage and control all of the audio channels and sources associated with a specific group.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-ee3010c8-6ff9-454d-b542-4b78fb582fd8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If desired, a user can dynamically assign new channels to either of the groups.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The ‘ON” Audio Button can be enabled only after assigning at least one audio channel. If the user has not assigned any audio sources to either group, the user cannot switch ON the group audio.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-d1b1ef21-abd9-4176-b83a-0b236f2cc0fa">In the following ‘Channel and input source example,’ channel 2 of input source 1 is assigned to Group 2. In addition, the two audio channels of the input source 3 are also assigned to Group 2. The User interface will now allow the user to switch ON the Group 2 control, then reduce the fader levels of all the associated channels using the Group fader controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Enabling the group feature will not have any impact on the current master volume functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default" id="block-891b8ee9-6934-4546-81d4-32c142ef0ee6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="520" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1024x520.png" alt="Channel and input source example" class="wp-image-169278" style="aspect-ratio:1.9726027397260273;width:730px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1024x520.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-300x152.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-768x390.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1536x780.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2.png 1791w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Purchasing TVU Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4cf9da63-893e-4b9e-abb0-5ed9d252273c"><strong>Purchasing TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b18ea89d-ba52-4cd1-ac80-deb2f775d552">A user can purchase Producer online using PayPal. To purchase a TVU Producer subscription, sign in to your trial account and click the Purchase button in the top main navigation bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-28b24d90-8f6e-4ee9-bd04-20420ecac0e6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="55" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button.jpg" alt="TVU Producer Purchase button" class="wp-image-169285" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button-300x52.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<p id="block-12d53998-f780-4489-b78b-1ab1c146eff4">We empower publishers, broadcasters, and enterprises to deliver the broadcast to the widest audience on any platform, anywhere on the globe. By transforming your PC into a live production control room, you can innovate and create your live event into a unique next-generation experience.</p>



<p id="block-686fd577-1b86-4a4c-9455-c74e3f93952e">There are two ways to purchase TVU Produce hours:</p>



<ul id="block-0d43301c-9bc3-4e10-80e7-b6b81e857c5b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sign in online at https://producer.tvunetworks.com/producer/ and click the Purchase button.</li>



<li>The TVU sales team can set up a monthly pricing schedule for customers who do not prefer to pay online by contacting TVU Sales by Phone at +1 650.440.4812 or email at support@tvunetworks.com</li>
</ul>



<p><br></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Producer Audio Mixer QSUG Rev H EN 03-2026</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	</div><p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/">TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Hardware User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-hardware-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 12:51:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=168345</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>This TVU server hardware setup user guide provides instructions for setting up and configuring TVU servers running Linux v8.4.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-hardware-user-guide/">TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Hardware User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="580" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image-1024x580.jpg" alt="TVU Server v8.4 HW Featured image" class="wp-image-168346" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image-1024x580.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image-768x435.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Server-v8.4-HW-Featured-image.jpg 1031w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>This TVU server hardware setup user guide provides instructions for setting up and configuring TVU server models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650. <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Use Linux v7.9 for Models VS3100, VS3200, and VS3250</mark></span></a>.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> It is recommended that only Models VS3500 and VS3550 (v2-v7) hardware be upgraded to the v8.4 software build. The VS3600 and VS3650 (v1-v7) hardware can be upgraded to the v8.4 software build.</p>



<p><strong>Note:</strong> The VS3500/VS3550 (v1) hardware is not supported.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>For more information, refer to the “Appliance cross-reference matrix” on page ii. Throughout this user guide, the TVU server may be referred to as the TVU server model, along with the following designations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU Model VS3100 high-density server</li>



<li>TVU Models VS3200 and VS3250 servers</li>



<li>TVU Models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 servers</li>
</ul>



<p>For advanced server configuration, refer to the “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Server Software User Guide, models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 &#8211; Linux</mark></a></em>” as appropriate.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standard components</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server includes the following standard components:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Server</li>



<li>Power cable</li>
</ul>



<p>Optional components include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Interrupt for broadcast (IFB) external USB interface</li>



<li>Keyboard and mouse</li>



<li>Regionalized power cord</li>
</ul>



<p>This hardware guide provides information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU server hardware overview and setup</li>



<li>Understanding the faceplate controls and the operations panel</li>



<li>Logging in to the TVU server</li>



<li>TVU server Web interface overview</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Appliance cross-reference matrix</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Appliance cross-reference matrix</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="125" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix.jpg" alt="Appliance cross-reference matrix v8.4" class="wp-image-168353" style="width:837px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix.jpg 559w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Appliance-cross-reference-matrix-300x67.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Server front and rear panel overviews</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel overview (VS3200 / VS3250)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server (models VS3200 and VS3250) front panel features the following connections and controls, and runs <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Linux v7.9</mark></a>:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="717" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-Front-panel.png" alt="VS3200 VS3250 front panel" class="wp-image-105798" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-Front-panel.png 717w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-Front-panel-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 717px) 100vw, 717px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Rear <strong>panel overview (VS3200 / VS3250)</strong></strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server (model VS3200) rear panel is shown with a single power supply and features the following components and connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-back-panel-panel.png" alt="vs3200 rear panel single power supply" class="wp-image-105807" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-back-panel-panel.png 721w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3200-back-panel-panel-300x92.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel overview (VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server (models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650) front panel features the following connections and controls:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-front-panel.png" alt="models VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 front panel" class="wp-image-105816" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-front-panel.png 720w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-front-panel-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Rear panel overviews (VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU server (models VS3500 and VS3600) rear panel with the quad SDI card option features the following components and connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-back-panel-quad-card.png" alt="models VS3500 and VS3600 quad SDI card" class="wp-image-105834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-back-panel-quad-card.png 721w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3500-3600-back-panel-quad-card-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /></figure>



<p>The TVU server (models VS3550 and VS3650) rear panel is shown with dual power supplies and a dual SDI card option, and features the following components and connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="129" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/models-VS3550-and-VS3650-dual-power-supplies-1.jpg" alt="models VS3550 and VS3650 dual power supplies" class="wp-image-157894" style="width:754px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/models-VS3550-and-VS3650-dual-power-supplies-1.jpg 552w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/models-VS3550-and-VS3650-dual-power-supplies-1-300x70.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="556" height="156" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/VS3550-VS3650-single-dual-and-quad-configs.jpg" alt="VS3550 VS3650 single dual and quad configs" class="wp-image-157902" style="width:769px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/VS3550-VS3650-single-dual-and-quad-configs.jpg 556w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/VS3550-VS3650-single-dual-and-quad-configs-300x84.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU high-density server front panel overview</strong> <strong>(VS3100)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU high-density server front panel features the following connections and controls, and runs <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Linux v7.9</mark></a>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="302" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-panel-controls.png" alt="Model 3100 High density front panel" class="wp-image-105883" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-panel-controls.png 302w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-panel-controls-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 302px) 100vw, 302px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU high-density server rear panel overview</strong> <strong>(VS3100)</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU high-density server rear panel features the following components and connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-rear-panel-controls.png" alt="Model 3100 High density rear panel" class="wp-image-105874" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-rear-panel-controls.png 350w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-rear-panel-controls-300x206.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Only use a TVU Networks supplied AC adapter with this unit.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>IMPORTANT: </strong>Information regarding the supplied AC adapter:</p>



<p>The supplied AC adapter is designed for use with an input voltage of 100-240 V AC.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Powering the TVU server on and off</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the steps in the following procedure to power the server on and off or to restart the unit.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To power on the TVU server, press the square or circular <strong>power button</strong> on the front panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="339" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Powering-the-servers-on-and-off.png" alt="Powering the server's on and off" class="wp-image-105892" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Powering-the-servers-on-and-off.png 339w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Powering-the-servers-on-and-off-264x300.png 264w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 339px) 100vw, 339px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To power off the TVU server, hold the <strong>power button</strong> down for four seconds.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The TVU server will automatically restart if the power button is pressed and held in for less than four seconds.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Complete the procedures to set up the TVU server.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To assist with the setup procedures, refer to the front and rear panel overviews for the server connection descriptions and locations.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the server</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before setting up the TVU server, TVU Networks recommends allocating a static IP address to the server to ensure the network configuration remains stable. All incoming ports in “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-1-hardware-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Appendix A, Network and firewall configur</mark></a><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/tvu-servers-linux-v7-8-hardware-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-8"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">ation</mark></a>” are configurable. Please contact TVU Networks Customer Support at <a href="mailto:support@tvunetworks.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">support@tvunetworks.com</mark></a> if you wish to use a configuration other than the one specified in this documentation.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To assist with the software setup procedures, refer to the “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Server Software User Guide &#8211; Linux</mark></a></em>.”</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the Linux server</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the TVU Linux server</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to set up the TVU server:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the factory-supplied power cable to the server.</li>



<li>Connect a monitor to the encoder using the HDMI or display port connections.</li>



<li>Connect a keyboard and mouse to the encoder using the USB ports.</li>



<li>Connect an Ethernet cable to one of the two Ethernet ports.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Notice whether your server comes with a dual or quad SDI card.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the SD/HD-SDI video source to the SDI input port if your server has a dual card.</li>



<li>If you have a high-density server, connect the HD/SD video source to the SDI port on the back of the server.</li>



<li>To power on the TVU server, press the <strong>power button</strong> on the front panel.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> At boot-up, the TVU Receiver landing page displays.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="398" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver landing page" class="wp-image-168360" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Network Setup</strong>. The Receiver Web Control login page displays.</li>
</ol>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<p>User ID: tvu<br>Password: last 8 digits of the PID using all caps.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png" alt="Receiver control login page" class="wp-image-141057" style="aspect-ratio:1.8123893805309734;width:564px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-768x424.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page.png 1376w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>. The TVU Network interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux Receiver UI Network configuration</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Network-interface-2.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver Network interface 2" class="wp-image-168367" style="aspect-ratio:1.2491349480968859;width:570px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Network-interface-2.jpg 451w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Network-interface-2-300x224.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Network setting panel, complete the following actions as indicated:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A) Network Interface:</strong> Click the<strong> Interface</strong> drop-down menu to select an <strong>Ethernet adapter</strong>.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Is Up:</strong> The <strong>Is Up</strong> setting displays the state of the selected Ethernet adapter.</p>



<p><strong>(C) IP:</strong> When you select <strong>Static mode</strong>, you can enter the<strong> IP address</strong> in the field provided.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Gateway:</strong> When you select <strong>Static mode</strong>, you can enter the <strong>gateway address</strong> in the field provided.</p>



<p><strong>(E) IP Method:</strong> Click the <strong>IP Method</strong> drop-down menu to select a <strong>Static IP</strong> or <strong>DHCP</strong> address setting.</p>



<p><strong>(F) MAC Address:</strong> The MAC address of the Ethernet adapter is displayed.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Mask:</strong> When you select <strong>Static mode</strong>, you can enter the <strong>Subnet mask</strong> address in the field provided.</p>



<p><strong>(H) DNS1 and DNS2:</strong> The DNS setting fields are displayed in the <strong>DNS</strong> panel.</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, click the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon, then <strong>Restart Service</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="262" height="174" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/System-settings-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="System settings drop-down menu" class="wp-image-168374"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue with &#8220;Logging in to the TVU Server Web UI.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Logging in to the Web UI</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU Server Web UI</strong></h2>



<p>To log in to the TVU receiver Web UI, have your server’s static IP address available and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter:</li>
</ol>



<p>      http://external_IP_Address:8288<br>      (Where External_IP_Address is your server’s static IP address)</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong>. The TVU Receiver landing page displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="398" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver landing page" class="wp-image-168360" style="aspect-ratio:1.8253119429590017;width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-landing-page-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The Receiver landing page includes access to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Web Control</strong> &#8211; TVU Receiver Web UI</li>



<li><strong>Network Setup</strong> &#8211; Network and DNS setup</li>



<li><strong>File Browser</strong> &#8211; Recorded files and Profile settings</li>



<li><strong>Migration</strong> &#8211; R configuration restoration</li>



<li><strong>Port Test</strong> &#8211; Network diagnostics for inbound/outbound ports, and NTP status</li>



<li><strong>Service Control </strong>&#8211; The Service Control link allows users to enable FTP service, SSH service, Media Server, and Agent Service.</li>



<li><strong>Check for Updates (BETA)</strong></li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For detailed information about the Receiver landing page refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Server Software UG Linux v8.4</mark></a></em>.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Web Control</strong>. The TVU Networks Receiver Web Control Login page displays.</li>



<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<p>     <strong> User ID:</strong> tvu<br>      <strong>Password:</strong> Enter the last <strong>8 digits of the PID</strong> using all caps</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png" alt="Receiver control login page" class="wp-image-141057" style="aspect-ratio:1.8123893805309734;width:688px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-1024x566.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page-768x424.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Receiver-web-control-login-page.png 1376w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>. The TVU Receiver Web UI displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver Web UI" class="wp-image-168381" style="width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI-300x190.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To complete the setup procedure, continue with &#8220;TVU Linux Receiver UI configuration.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Receiver configuration settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux Receiver UI configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Receiver interface Settings drop-down menu in the top-right panel displays several options. These include accessing the Network setup page, selecting an output video format, configuring IP and port mapping, and accessing Web services.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Restart Service feature can now be accessed in the Settings drop-down menu to reset the WebR after enabling or disabling features.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="211" height="366" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Settings-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Settings drop-down menu" class="wp-image-160117" style="width:238px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Settings-drop-down-menu.jpg 211w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Settings-drop-down-menu-173x300.jpg 173w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 211px) 100vw, 211px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP and port mapping</strong></h2>



<p>To configure IP and Port Mapping, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the TVU Receiver User Interface, click the <strong>Settings</strong> menu in the top-right corner of the screen, then select <strong>IP and Port Mapping</strong>. For more information about port forwarding, refer to the latest &#8220;<em>Port-forwarding guidelines</em>&#8221; document.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="207" height="358" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-selection.jpg" alt="IP and Port Mapping selection" class="wp-image-160124" style="width:267px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-selection.jpg 207w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-selection-173x300.jpg 173w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 207px) 100vw, 207px" /></figure>



<p>The IP and Port Mapping window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="517" height="380" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-window.jpg" alt="IP and Port Mapping window" class="wp-image-160131" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-window.jpg 517w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/IP-and-Port-Mapping-window-300x221.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 517px) 100vw, 517px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>External IP</strong> and<strong> Local IP</strong> address in the appropriate IP and Port Mapping fields. To add an additional slot, click <strong>+Add</strong>. Then, click <strong>Apply</strong> and close the window.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SDI output settings</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your video output format, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Settings drop-down menu, select <strong>SDI Output Settings</strong>. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="359" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SDI-Output-Setting-selection.jpg" alt="SDI Output Setting selection" class="wp-image-160138" style="width:263px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SDI-Output-Setting-selection.jpg 203w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SDI-Output-Setting-selection-170x300.jpg 170w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 203px) 100vw, 203px" /></figure>



<p>The SDI Output Settings window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Output Format</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SDI-output-setting-format-menu.png" alt="SDI output setting  format menu" class="wp-image-106025" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SDI-output-setting-format-menu.png 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SDI-output-setting-format-menu-212x300.png 212w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>format</strong> from the menu, click <strong>Apply</strong>, and close the window.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network setup page</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Network settings page from the Receiver Web UI, select <strong>Network Setup</strong> from the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="355" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Network-Setup-selection.jpg" alt="Network Setup selection" class="wp-image-160145" style="width:265px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Network-Setup-selection.jpg 206w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Network-Setup-selection-174x300.jpg 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 206px) 100vw, 206px" /></figure>



<p>The Network setup interface opens in a new window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-settings-panel.jpg" alt="Network settings panel" class="wp-image-153770" style="width:558px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-settings-panel.jpg 456w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Network-settings-panel-300x232.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To open the System settings menu, click the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon in the top right corner of the Network interface screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="262" height="174" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/System-settings-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="System settings drop-down menu" class="wp-image-168374" style="width:305px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can use the system settings menu to restart the service, restart the system, update the firmware, and shut down the server.</li>



<li>To return to the Receiver user interface, click the <strong>Web Control</strong> icon in the top navigation bar.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Network-setup-interface-Web-Control-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Network setup interface Web Control icon" class="wp-image-168388"/></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU Receiver Web user interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg" alt="TVU Receiver Web UI" class="wp-image-168381" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-Receiver-Web-UI-300x190.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3600, VS3650, VS3500, and VS3550 servers</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product Specifications</strong> &#8211;<strong> Model VS3600, VS3650, VS3500, and VS3550 servers</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU VS3600/VS3650 4K Server models are designed to host multiple TVU applications that can perform numerous tasks simultaneously, including SDI/IP encoding and decoding, frame-accurate IP video switching, graphics overlay, AI-based closed captioning, store-and-forward file transfers, and more. TVU Server is also the gateway to TVU Grid®, allowing IP content to be routed and distributed easily within your network or with partner networks.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png" alt="The TVU VS3600/3650 4K Server " class="wp-image-106087" style="aspect-ratio:5.389473684210526;width:410px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-300x56.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-768x143.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="558" height="379" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3600-4K-with-a-single-power-supply.jpg" alt="Server model VS3600 4K with a single power supplyv8.4  prod spec" class="wp-image-168395" style="aspect-ratio:1.4838709677419355;width:829px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3600-4K-with-a-single-power-supply.jpg 558w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3600-4K-with-a-single-power-supply-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 558px) 100vw, 558px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png" alt="The TVU VS3600/3650 4K Server " class="wp-image-106087" style="aspect-ratio:5.389473684210526;width:445px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-300x56.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-768x143.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="374" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3650-4K-with-a-dual-power-supplies-v8.4-prod-spec.jpg" alt="Server model VS3650 4K with a dual power supplies v8.4 prod spec" class="wp-image-168402" style="aspect-ratio:1.48;width:823px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3650-4K-with-a-dual-power-supplies-v8.4-prod-spec.jpg 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3650-4K-with-a-dual-power-supplies-v8.4-prod-spec-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png" alt="The TVU VS3600/3650 4K Server " class="wp-image-106087" style="aspect-ratio:5.389473684210526;width:470px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-300x56.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-768x143.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="554" height="386" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3500-with-a-single-power-supply.jpg" alt="Server model VS3500 with a single power supply v8.4" class="wp-image-168409" style="aspect-ratio:1.4786096256684491;width:838px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3500-with-a-single-power-supply.jpg 554w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3500-with-a-single-power-supply-300x209.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png" alt="The TVU VS3600/3650 4K Server " class="wp-image-106087" style="aspect-ratio:5.389473684210526;width:477px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-1024x190.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-300x56.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1-768x143.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/V5-appliance-front-1.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="388" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3550-with-dual-power-supplies-v8.jpg" alt="Server model VS3550 with dual power supplies v8.4" class="wp-image-168416" style="aspect-ratio:1.488;width:828px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3550-with-dual-power-supplies-v8.jpg 559w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Server-model-VS3550-with-dual-power-supplies-v8-300x208.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3100 server</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3100 high-density tray mount  server</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="556" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-1024x556.png" alt="2RU server, tray mount (VS3100)" class="wp-image-106098" style="aspect-ratio:1.841726618705036;width:226px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-1024x556.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-300x163.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-768x417.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-1536x834.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/VS3100-front-2048x1112.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="589" height="328" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3100-v7.9-spec.png" alt="vs3100 v7.9 spec" class="wp-image-141105" style="aspect-ratio:1.8013029315960911;width:839px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3100-v7.9-spec.png 589w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3100-v7.9-spec-300x167.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 589px) 100vw, 589px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3200 and VS3250 servers</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications &#8211; Model VS3200 and VS3250 servers</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="780" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TX3200-Front-panel.png" alt="VS3200 and VS3250 servers" class="wp-image-106107" style="aspect-ratio:5.27027027027027;width:459px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TX3200-Front-panel.png 780w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TX3200-Front-panel-300x57.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TX3200-Front-panel-768x146.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 780px) 100vw, 780px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="588" height="635" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3200-ans-VS3250-v7.9-specs.png" alt="vs3200 vs3250 v7.9 specs" class="wp-image-141113" style="aspect-ratio:0.9328859060402684;width:840px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3200-ans-VS3250-v7.9-specs.png 588w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/VS3200-ans-VS3250-v7.9-specs-278x300.png 278w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 588px) 100vw, 588px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Network and firewall configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Appendix A &#8211; Network and firewall configuration</strong></h2>



<p>This section provides related support documentation for network and firewall configuration.</p>



<p>TVU Networks® recommends assigning the TVU server a static IP address to ensure the network configuration remains stable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Contact TVU Networks support if you want to use a configuration other than the one specified in the this user guide.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The following configuration allows the transmitters and servers to link automatically and enable video transport.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to configure your TVU Pack router or firewall:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Allow TCP Outgoing traffic from the TVU server on port 3970.</li>



<li>Allow UDP Outgoing traffic from the TVU server on port 123.</li>



<li>Permit all TCP/UDP incoming traffic for port 8088 to the server.</li>



<li>Forward all traffic arriving on port 8088 on the external firewall interface of the TVU server&#8217;s IP address.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Recommended firewall configuration for remote control of the server from an iPad or smartphone</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Pack hotspot feature allows remote configuration of the TVU Pack server settings from a smartphone. To enable this feature, allow all incoming TCP traffic on port 8288 to the receiving terminal; forward all traffic arriving on port 8288 on the external firewall interface to the TVU Receiver&#8217;s IP address. This port is configurable.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Bandwidth requirements</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks recommends a stable, low-latency connection with guaranteed bandwidth for best results. Allowances should be made for the bandwidth of incoming TVU transmitter transmissions based upon the following criteria:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Each TVU server can utilize up to 20 Mbps of downstream bandwidth per live video feed.</li>



<li>A minimum of 20 Mbps upstream bandwidth per TVU server is required for all features to function efficiently.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU server port-forwarding guidelines</strong></h2>



<p>TVU has developed a separate internal document on port-forwarding. Please refer to the latest &#8220;TVU Server Port-Forwarding Guidelines&#8221; for the VS3100, VS3200, VS3250, VS3500, VS3550, VS3600, and VS3650 models. If you are a customer, contact TVU Support for detailed information.</p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Server Hardware UG Linux v8.4 Rev M EN 03-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-servers-linux-v8-4-hardware-user-guide/">TVU Servers Linux v8.4 Hardware User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU MLink TE5500 v7.4 and TE5800 v8.0 User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mlink-te5500-v7-4-and-te5800-v8-0-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 14:06:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=167981</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>This MLink User Guide provides specifications and instructions for setting up and operating two MLink Models.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mlink-te5500-v7-4-and-te5800-v8-0-user-guide/">TVU MLink TE5500 v7.4 and TE5800 v8.0 User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-227fc3b4-c9e5-4ed2-af1e-45f928f47159"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1033" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8.jpg" alt="Featured image MLink TE5500 and TE5800 v7 v8" class="wp-image-167992" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8.jpg 1033w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8-1024x579.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-MLink-v7-v8-768x434.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1033px) 100vw, 1033px" /></figure>



<p id="block-6d1b45f9-aac7-47ac-9913-c1122b83b354">TVU MLink is the complete and versatile rack-mount IP video solution designed specifically for use in vans, trucks, sport utility vehicles, and fixed studios. MLink uses all cellular 3G/4G/LTE/5G, satellite, microwave, WiFi, and Ethernet connections to transmit a high-quality, reliable HD video stream with sub-second latency. A stream can be started with any type of connection, and additional or removed connections can be made at any time, without disrupting video.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-045c245e-a8b9-47cd-85e6-565850402244"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p id="block-16f0602a-c8d1-4ffb-b4f3-592f4336d896">The TVU MLink features Inverse StatMux Plus (ISX) technology for dependable video broadcast in even the most challenging transmission environments, such as a moving vehicle. TVU MLink uses IP67-rated external roof-mounted antennas to ensure the best possible signal strength.</p>



<p id="block-1818b527-f7ec-433f-954e-e688575aa0d3">The TVU MLink transmitter also features the new TVU 7 platform, which supports the TVU Partyline feature.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-19ab3f8a-f475-403d-bb36-fe3e147acb86"><strong>TVU MLink overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1d024a38-2317-4f13-981f-c914e2d0232d">TVU MLink models TE5500 and TE5800 are a part of the TVU ecosystem. The video streams from MLink can also be easily distributed to multiple locations using TVU Grid® for live video switching, routing, and distribution solutions.</p>



<p id="block-a8926293-24ad-4e92-81ed-2623feab10a7">The TVU MLink TE5500 transmitter (encoder) uses the TVU Command Center Web interface, which provides a cloud-based centralized management and control solution for all TVU devices and services. For detailed information about TVU Command Center, refer to the “TVU Command Center Setup and User Guide.“</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-aff6a404-0af6-4b61-ace9-c2e53397bfb6"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/command-center-3-1024x623.png" alt="This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is command-center-3-1024x623.png"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	</div>

<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-31f0298a-b322-417a-8a56-dba858e31ffe"><strong>Features overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-aeb3a23a-94e3-47e1-ab09-72fe08a7e603"><strong>TVU MLink Model TE5500 contribution encoder:</strong></p>



<ul id="block-3765adad-080e-4240-a0b3-7f8776b84e47" class="wp-block-list">
<li>MLink TE5500 is an ISX transmitter in a 1RU rack-mount form factor.</li>



<li>Auto-senses and supports virtually all video formats 4K 25/30P, 1080p, 1080i, 720p, NTSC/PAL transmission using HEVC or H.264 VBR or CBR encoding (300K-50Mb/s).</li>



<li>Connect to virtually any live professional/consumer video device via 6G-SDI or HDMI 2.0a input, including cameras, video routers, pool feeds, video switchers, video players, and more.</li>



<li>Ultra-low latency transmission over commodity internet. Glass-to-glass latency as low as 500ms over cellular / 350ms over Ethernet.</li>



<li>Supports up to 16 SDI-embedded audio channels or 8 channels of HDMI-embedded audio.</li>



<li>Single Ethernet port for commodity internet connectivity.</li>



<li>Support for TVU Return Video Feed via rear-panel HDMI port.</li>



<li>Status monitor output via DP or HDMI.</li>



<li>Talkback support uses TVU Voice (2-way voice) or traditional IFB (package dependent).</li>



<li>Supported as a source when used with TVU Partyline for collaboration.</li>



<li>Dual encoder support (package dependent); one is dedicated for live transmission, and the other automatically records in a 7.5 hour, 8 Mbps CBR loop anytime an input is connected (whether you are live or not). Access recordings locally or via the TVU Transceiver back at the studio.</li>



<li>Upload files from the field using a connected USB device (thumb drive or HDD/SSD) with file management capability (Package dependent).</li>



<li>Web-based ConfigT interface for local or remote monitoring and control. Supports up to 6 IP source inputs.</li>



<li>Supports HTTP, UDP, RTMP, and RTMPS protocols.</li>



<li>Directly compatible with TVU Cloud production tools, including TVU Command Center, TVU Producer, TVU Partyline, TVU Channel, and TVU CloudR.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-8ff9b288-013e-49bc-b60f-81fed6d3dcea"><strong>TVU MLink Model TE5800 &#8211; ISX field / Remote uplink:</strong></p>



<ul id="block-d21ce1f3-eb64-4c42-a77a-3effbed917cc" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The MLink TE5800 is an ISX transmitter in a 2RU rack-mount form factor.</li>



<li>Aggregates any mix of cellular, Ethernet, WiFi, satellite, and microwave.</li>



<li>Supports up to 6 embedded LTE or 5G modems. Ships standard with external IP67 rated external LTE antennas (3m cables) or optional 5G antennas.</li>



<li>Has the ability to support a mix of 5G (optional) /LTE/4G and 3G modems (internal to the chassis) with external SMA antenna connections (4x SMA per 5G Modem, 2x SMA per LTE modem). The MLink TE5800 allows modem antennas to connect directly to the chassis, simplifying cabling.</li>



<li>Auto-senses and supports virtually all video formats, including 4K (50/59.94P), 1080p, 1080i, 720p, NTSC/PAL transmission using HEVC or H.264 VBR or CBR encoding (300K-50Mb/s).</li>



<li>Connect to virtually any live professional/consumer video device via 6G-SDI or HDMI 2.0a input, including cameras, video routers, pool feeds, video switchers, video players, and more.</li>



<li>Super low-latency transmission over commodity internet. Glass-to-glass latency as low as 500ms over cellular / 350ms over Ethernet.</li>



<li>Supports up to 16 channels of SDI-embedded audio or 8 channels of HDMI-embedded audio.</li>



<li>Dual encoder support (package dependent); one is dedicated for live transmission, and the other automatically records in a 7.5 hour, 8Mb/s CBR loop anytime an input is connected (whether you are live or not). Access recordings locally or via the TVU Transceiver back at the studio.</li>



<li>File upload management; Upload files from the field using a connected USB device (thumb drive or HDD/SSD) with file management capability (package dependent).</li>



<li>Web-based ConfigT interface for local or remote monitoring and control. Supports up to 6 IP source inputs.</li>



<li>Easily accessible front panel SIM card slots for easy configuration.</li>



<li>Front panel LCD interface for easy configuration, control, and monitoring.</li>



<li>Embedded outbound WiFi module with external antenna support (MIMO) for use with ISX transmissions.</li>



<li>Embedded HotSpot WiFi module with external antenna support (MIMO) for access point use (Internet connectivity).</li>



<li>Support for TVU Return Video Feed via rear-panel HDMI port.</li>



<li>Talkback support uses TVU Voice (2-way voice) or traditional IFB (package dependent).</li>



<li>Supported as a source when used with TVU Partyline for collaboration.</li>



<li>Optional TVU Router support (TVU model RE980 only) which turns MLink into a high-speed access point in virtually any location. All data connections are aggregated together to provide high-speed connectivity.</li>



<li>Optional dual power supply</li>



<li>Directly compatible with the TVU Cloud production tools, including TVU Command Center, TVU Producer, TVU Partyline, TVU CloudR, and TVU Channel.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-3db1face-0b93-48b2-8a2d-2139a32db887"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ENG-vehicle-configuration-example.png" alt="ENG vehicle configuration example" class="wp-image-95581" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ENG-vehicle-configuration-example.png 476w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ENG-vehicle-configuration-example-300x285.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9aac6628-8ccf-4df0-9bfc-aac5cf04dbd8"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p id="block-73b73475-1841-4baf-8ddc-f00857636c36">This MLink User Guide provides specifications and instructions for setting up and operating two MLink Models, the TVU MLink Model TE5500 (for Ethernet applications) and the TVU MLink Model TE5800 transmitters.</p>



<p id="block-f0e5aada-3c50-4b35-8b60-1d103cd6a5d4">Main topics:</p>



<ul id="block-2855e063-7cae-4fe0-bf76-5de665484dd5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Setting up the TVU MLink model TE5500 and model TE5800</li>



<li>Using the faceplate controls and operations panel</li>



<li>Configuring, monitoring, and controlling the TVU MLink transmitter using the Web UI</li>



<li>Operating the TVU MLink model TE5500 and model TE5800</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Model TE5500 front and back panel overviews</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-cf23d1a6-8a14-435a-9bd0-30da9c802077"><strong>Model TE5500 front panel overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-41fae7e2-bc62-474c-9658-b3072d805fd6">The TVU MLink model TE5500 front panel features the following connections, indicators, and controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> USB ports on the front panel are intended to support only a keyboard and mouse. Do not connect USB modems, network adapters, and like devices into these ports.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-51eb4480-fbcc-4c9f-89cc-1d1587027e09"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-front-panel.png" alt="TVU MLink model TE5500 front panel" class="wp-image-95735" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-front-panel.png 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-front-panel-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e1055d03-65f7-4aaa-ae14-59956fb1a7ca"><strong>Model TE5500 rear panel overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9b344a6b-c28b-4df5-864e-55fa037b397f">The TVU MLink model TE5500 rear panel features the following connections.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The USB ports support up to four USB devices from any of the six ports.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-7e07b14f-18c3-4f7a-95fc-50a68ddf29de"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-rear-panel-connections.png" alt="TVU MLink model TE5500 rear panel connections" class="wp-image-95742" style="aspect-ratio:2.95;width:688px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-rear-panel-connections.png 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5500-rear-panel-connections-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Model TE5800 front and back panel overviews</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-63f82d77-36bf-4f9b-a0dc-fdd6a4ce7310"><strong>Model TE5800 front panel overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4745b904-4279-4cb6-9de4-2bef02b0f53e">The TVU MLink model TE5800 front panel features the following connections, indicators, and controls. The TE5800 ships with 3 standard LTE dome antennas to support 6 modems.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-7365d3c0-4b3d-4b8e-9faf-ed771c2a75d5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="177" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5700-front-panel.png" alt="TVU MLink model TE5700 front panel" class="wp-image-95749" style="aspect-ratio:2.8926553672316384;width:742px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5700-front-panel.png 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-model-TE5700-front-panel-300x104.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-774c131e-d5c6-490a-907b-a7c3288d4a23"><strong>Model TE5800 rear panel overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f79b08c4-6237-445a-a0f7-31dd381384c2">The TVU MLink model TE5800 and rear panel feature the following connections.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The top left USB port supports WiFi while the bottom right port supports hotspot functionality (for TE5800 support only)</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-4803474f-7176-4e4f-ba4a-b18300a14db3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="279" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-back-panel-2.jpg" alt="TE5800 rear panel" class="wp-image-167985" style="aspect-ratio:2.6116504854368934;object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-back-panel-2.jpg 705w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-back-panel-2-300x119.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Before you begin</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f9c911de-af64-4ba3-ad48-c5ee57b4062d"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f996f828-633d-4b49-84ff-15af08fec6d8">Complete the following procedures to set up the TVU MLink model TE5500 and TE5800 transmitters.<br>Refer to the front and rear panel overviews for MLink transmitter connection descriptions and locations to assist with the setup procedures. Contact TVU Support if you have any difficulties during the setup process.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Model TE5500 setup</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-727d10fd-c597-429a-9b2d-cf96f2f7fec7"><strong>MLink TE5500 transmitter setup procedure</strong></h2>



<p id="block-04866067-8ee5-4e57-8903-5fe200b8ecdb">Complete the following steps to set up the MLink model TE5500 transmitter. All input sources must be in a supported video format and frame rate:</p>



<ol id="block-a6688ead-48c6-4771-abc3-1c9d0adf4b0b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the factory-supplied AC power cable to the MLink and AC power source.</li>



<li>Connect a computer display connector to the rear panel display or HDMI output port to view real-time system status.</li>



<li>Connect a TP-Link wireless card dongle to the top left rear panel USB port to enable WiFi if required.</li>



<li>Connect a TP-Link wireless card dongle to the bottom right rear panel USB port to enable hotspot functionality if required.</li>



<li>Connect an Ethernet cable to the left Ethernet port on the rear panel.</li>



<li>Connect the HD/SD video source to the SDI or HDMI port on the back of the MLink. Refer to the rear panel overview diagram for the SDI input and HDMI input port locations.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Supports up to 8 channels of embedded audio.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" id="block-645bb35a-3fc3-4e3e-96ff-7d215516415f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU IFB and VoIP service are provided using the USB audio box connected to the receiver. Connect your audio equipment as appropriate.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Model TE5800 setup</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-028c6532-4a3f-4468-83e8-969ed834d54b"><strong>MLink TE5800 transmitter setup procedure</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b71b061e-c3b1-4030-ab61-89272a6bd692">Complete the following steps to set up the MLink model TE5800 transmitter:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> All input sources must be in a supported video format and frame rate.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol id="block-2705eff2-62d4-4a5f-adf5-bbc0e0110913" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the factory-supplied AC power cable to the MLink and AC power source.</li>



<li>Connect the computer display to the rear panel display or HDMI output port to view real-time system status.</li>



<li>If required, connect WiFi MIMO antennas to the top left WiFi connectors to support the MIMO mode configuration for LTE downloading (does not support uploading.)</li>



<li>Connect an Ethernet cable to one of the two GbE Ethernet ports on the rear panel.</li>



<li>Connect the antenna connector to the modem connection on the rear panel:</li>
</ol>



<ul id="block-ad52d0e1-b733-40cf-afb9-db43293aba90" class="wp-block-list">
<li>LTE dome antenna (3 antennas) with two connectors. One antenna supports 2 modems and should be installed at least 20 centimeters apart.</li>



<li>5G modem antenna (one per modem) with four connectors. The 5G antenna should be installed at least 20 centimeters apart.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-9ef0e27e-29c2-4c84-aad7-1687ebf90691"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="763" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/WiFi-MIMO-antennas.png" alt="WiFi MIMO antennas" class="wp-image-95497" style="aspect-ratio:1.5764462809917354;width:495px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/WiFi-MIMO-antennas.png 763w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/WiFi-MIMO-antennas-300x190.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-5bb7d6fe-b593-4472-8f41-86ed39d1f4e5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="381" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/LTE-dome-antenna.png" alt="LTE dome antenna" class="wp-image-95623" style="aspect-ratio:1.6377952755905512;width:463px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/LTE-dome-antenna.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/LTE-dome-antenna-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-4c384503-c628-40e0-9063-6cfbd85734c6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="656" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/5G-modem-antenna.png" alt="5G modem antenna" class="wp-image-95511" style="aspect-ratio:1.5508274231678487;width:468px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/5G-modem-antenna.png 656w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/5G-modem-antenna-300x193.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 656px) 100vw, 656px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-b26aacbc-eaff-47ac-882d-1b034a503e07" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HD/SD video source to the SDI or HDMI port on the back of the MLink. Refer to the rear panel overview diagram for the SDI input and HDMI input port locations.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Supports up to 8 channels of embedded audio.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" id="block-40118d21-0ab8-4396-a416-5c64bdb459b9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU IFB and VoIP service are provided using the USB audio box connected to the receiver. Connect your audio equipment as appropriate.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	MLink TE5800 front panel controls and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f34630c5-1e1f-42fc-9ce6-7396c3f93a12"><strong>MLink TE5800 front panel controls and operations</strong></h2>



<p id="block-af727db7-ccfb-4b6f-81cf-c6866731eab9">You will use the control panel buttons to access common device functions, such as switching receivers, changing transmission modes, or triggering a live transmission.</p>



<p id="block-1199da4c-2dee-4cf9-9b00-cd4daea6fff8">The control panel button functions are as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-a0131ccf-4a6b-4da5-ad5c-1b221342d614" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the<strong> Left</strong> and <strong>Right arrows</strong> to switch between paired receivers or transceivers.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>green check button</strong> to go live or to confirm an action.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Red X button</strong> to stop a live transmission or deny an action.</li>



<li>Use the <strong>Up</strong> and <strong>Down arrows</strong> to switch between preset transmission modes.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-41795cdd-4ae6-4c5d-9d7d-b94369c82d92"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Control-panel-buttons.png" alt=" Control panel buttons" class="wp-image-95539" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Control-panel-buttons.png 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Control-panel-buttons-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Powering the TVU MLink TE5800 On and Off</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b72ebb1f-1314-4225-8eee-4adb02564570"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Powering the TVU MLink TE5800 On and Off</strong></h2>



<p id="block-09ebd495-d9d2-4342-a911-53ea44204272">Complete the following steps to power on/off and restart the MLink transmitter:</p>



<ol id="block-98812fa0-b63d-4fc5-b8d2-862811408755" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To power On the TVU MLink, press the power button in the front panel&#8217;s left lower section.<br><br>The name and PID number of the unit displays on the MLink LCD screen during boot-up.</li>



<li>To power Off the TVU MLink, press and hold the power button down for more than four seconds.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The TVU MLink will automatically restart if the power button is pressed and held in for less than four seconds.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c401d83b-fce7-4474-bc0a-b47e77a7ad85"><strong>TVU MLink TE5800 front LCD panel and functions</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ca76c0ae-9d76-417c-ab7f-8312d8300364">The MLink front LCD display panel allows the user to view the status of the following functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-2cdef7f4-368b-4e01-bd0d-aac59557f512"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="156" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-front-LCD-panel.png" alt="TVU MLink front LCD panel" class="wp-image-95707" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-front-LCD-panel.png 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-MLink-front-LCD-panel-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1624205c-0d2b-451d-96f7-b39188706975"><strong>Transmission status monitor</strong></h2>



<p id="block-811a979c-6beb-482d-a6ac-97055a3da2f9">The transmission status monitor displays the current transmission status of the paired TVU One, referred to as the “TVU Pack.”</p>



<ul id="block-2b31b680-e067-42a6-99eb-0fbfa0e55c51" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the display is flashing “LIVE,” it indicates the transmission is live.</li>



<li>If a camera or input source is not connected to the TVU MLink transmitter, the LCD panel displays “Online.”</li>



<li>If a video source is detected, but the session is not Live, the display will show “STDBY” to indicate it is in Standby mode.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-053a5c96-2265-4e27-9c10-43758524dca9"><strong>Receiver name</strong></h2>



<p id="block-104919fe-bc7e-4232-b5a7-833bb117f8b1">The currently selected receiver name is displayed on line 2.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bd8294f3-4b0c-4d15-8504-f15296240397"><strong>Preset transmission mode</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ef2503ec-be68-4119-a30d-2ddcafb8d76b">The transmission mode status for the selected receiver is displayed under the receiver name.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b6129e97-a166-475d-adbe-ed6de373c630"><strong>Input</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a1011731-4825-4d79-a904-7f5b641fb98f">The input source is displayed on line 4.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a0a5a91e-a4fe-4e78-b02a-25e0afb46b96"><strong>Using the TVU MLink controls and operations panel</strong></h2>



<p id="block-88725c0d-e21c-421f-87f4-9953a87fecd0">Complete the following procedures in steps 2 through 4 to use the TVU MLink front panel controls and operations functions. The MLink status displays on the LCD screen.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to the following “LCD status display panel” figure unless otherwise indicated for this section.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-b85be09c-78ff-4779-9c51-6bd755e5759b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="212" height="108" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/LCD-status-display-panel.png" alt="" class="wp-image-95616" style="aspect-ratio:1.962962962962963;width:448px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8182a10c-316f-4939-97d5-463498e00f0c">Figure reference: LCD status display panel</h5>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; Choosing a transceiver</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2d9cc179-6deb-4aa2-99ad-8885682fcd6b"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Choosing a transceiver</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-05c58cea-a05b-4290-86b9-829a18648759" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate the currently selected transceiver’s name. Refer to callout<strong> ( 2 )</strong> on the MLink “LCD status display panel” figure.</li>



<li>To choose a preset transmission mode, use the controls and operations panel. Press the <strong>Left</strong> and <strong>Right arrows</strong> to scroll through and select the available receiver.</li>



<li>Verify your change on the LCD panel.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-6a6ffade-d9af-4818-b6ab-478910b8dd97">The default preset transmission mode may be different for each receiver or transceiver. You may see the preset transmission mode change when switching between other receivers and transceivers.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 3 &#8211; Choosing a preset transmission mode</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-5db3dcbb-7269-4f88-8cac-07e130a498bc"><strong>Step 3 &#8211; Choosing a preset transmission mode</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-96c971f3-869e-4ad4-8f36-db40f3457a71" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate the preset transmission modes displayed under the receiver name. Refer to callout<strong> ( 3 )</strong> on the MLink “LCD status display panel” figure.</li>



<li>To choose a preset transmission mode, use the controls and operations panel<strong> Up</strong> and <strong>Down arrow keys</strong> to scroll through and select the desired option.</li>



<li>Verify your change on the LCD display panel.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 4 &#8211; Going live with your transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1ed36f76-e25b-4073-9196-0ebc031c4783"><strong>Step 4 &#8211; Going live with your transmission</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-fbd091e2-c4d6-40a1-8d1f-59796c36cf6d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Before going “Live,” connect the camera or input source to the MLink transmitter. If a camera or input source is not connected, “Online” displays in the top left corner of the LCD panel.</li>



<li>Verify that the camera or input source is connected. The LCD panel displays “STDBY” in the top left corner of the LCD panel. Refer to callout<strong> ( 1 )</strong> on the MLink “LCD status display panel” figure.</li>



<li>To go “Live,” press the <strong>green check mark button</strong> on the front control panel. The transmitter will prompt you to start a live transmission in the LCD display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-e393ceb4-cb15-4de9-a5bd-a6bd85e744b5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="121" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-Live-action-display.png" alt="Go Live action display" class="wp-image-95602" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-Live-action-display.png 359w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-Live-action-display-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-c081d575-7a67-499f-adfc-d96e45a39110" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To confirm, click the<strong> green check mark button</strong> once more.</li>



<li>To deny the request, click the front panel controls <strong>red X button</strong>. The selected preset transmission mode and paired receiver name will display on the LCD panel.</li>



<li>When the transmitter is in “Live” mode, the word “LIVE” (as shown in the go-live confirmation display) blinks in the top left corner of the LCD panel. The variable bitrate will also display in real-time next to the flashing “LIVE” indicator.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-d72687bf-4727-492d-9445-49a8d20bd714"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="131" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-live-cancellation.png" alt="Live confirmation display" class="wp-image-95609" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-live-cancellation.png 372w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Go-live-cancellation-300x106.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /></figure>



<p id="block-62acf93f-df1a-4113-9d5a-bcdc5a6ab448">The selected preset transmission mode, paired receiver name, and input source are displayed.</p>



<ol start="7" id="block-21b72411-0130-4165-a9ca-31a06bb9b719" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>red X button</strong> on the control panel to stop a live transmission. The unit will prompt you to stop the live transmission, as shown in the following figure.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-7c5c5a0f-6e0d-490d-baa2-eee6b8a61fde"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="125" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/go-live-cancellation-2.png" alt="Go live cancellation 2" class="wp-image-96642" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/go-live-cancellation-2.png 366w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/go-live-cancellation-2-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-e85217b5-2d41-4952-8250-23fd16f89da0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To confirm that you want to stop the transmission, press the front panel&#8217;s controls&#8217; <strong>green check mark button</strong>. Then, click the <strong>red X button</strong> on the front panel controls to deny the request.</li>



<li>After the live transmission has stopped, the screen returns to (“STDBY”) mode.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 5 &#8211; Using the display or HDMI port</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ad48fefc-7c24-42c0-82c8-d00c0cceb21a"><strong>Step 5 &#8211; Use the Display or HDMI port to view the Video preview and transmission status screen</strong></h2>



<p id="block-fc580d6c-1b9f-4c55-ac24-14bca291ecf6">To view a detailed view of the status screen, complete the following steps to connect a monitor to the Display or HDMI port on the TVU MLink rear panel:</p>



<ol id="block-b1224f7e-3bf6-46bb-81fb-05ed88238219" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a Display or HDMI monitor cable to the appropriate port on the TVU MLink to view the detailed status display screen.</li>



<li>Connect a camera to the TVU MLink and power on both the camera and MLink devices. The Video Preview Transmission screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-53a2e8e3-a716-4b42-8422-902585af82be"><strong>Video Preview Transmission screen</strong></h2>



<p id="block-e4f0afda-fd2f-499b-ac08-d75df99cc82d">Refer to the following “Video preview transmission screen” figure and the live TVU MLink display status screen settings and descriptions list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3927a50f-ad5f-4aa1-9c46-abe85d33d77a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="671" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-preview-transmission-screen.png" alt="video preview transmission screen" class="wp-image-167999" style="width:627px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-preview-transmission-screen.png 671w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-preview-transmission-screen-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></figure>



<p id="block-9e975f9c-6871-4231-a895-2bea81985d3e">TVU MLink display status screen settings and descriptions:</p>



<ul id="block-e9b13133-fea5-4d8d-9e49-5586cc6de8e5" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Input preview</strong> &#8211; Shows the live picture from the camera and captured in TVU MLink.</li>



<li><strong>Transmission status monitor</strong> &#8211; Provides the current transmission status of the TVU Pack. TVU MLink transmits a “Live” picture if the indicator is red. If the indicator displays black/gray, the TVU MLink is not transmitting live and is on “Standby.”</li>



<li><strong>File upload status monitor</strong> &#8211; Displays the progress of any file being uploaded from the TVU MLink’s SSD hard drive to the TVU Receiver.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Uploading a file is not possible when the TVU Pack is in “Live” mode.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-63aad145-ac79-482e-a680-f05d8050f8a9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Data card status monitor:</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-a8d714ba-2126-4f24-8362-0bd30e2c2aff">&#8211; Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the TVU MLink.<br>&#8211; The status of data cards connected to the Pack will appear as green, red, or black.<br>&#8211; The green status indicates that the data card is connected.<br>&#8211; The red status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial.<br>&#8211; The black status indicates there is no card.</p>



<ul id="block-22675e3b-085f-49f8-8941-9a13d776674e" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU MLink PID and firmware version information</strong> &#8211; Indicates the unit’s identifying PID and version number. Be sure to have this information available when contacting TVU customer support.</li>



<li><strong>Audio input level monitor</strong> &#8211; Dynamically displays a graphic indicator in color for the TVU MLink audio input level (DBFS).</li>



<li><strong>VoIP/IFB indicator</strong> &#8211; Indicates whether or not the IFB function is on. The small red IFB box indicates that the IFB function is enabled and connected. If the red box does not appear, IFB is not connected or is disabled.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e7053efb-6f3b-4504-b963-baa7ca244f54"><strong>Standby video input status screen</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6aa5f754-5bcb-41d0-808f-e457670fcd95">Refer to the following “Standby video input status screen” and the TVU MLink standby video status screen settings and descriptions list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f268236b-72b5-43ee-bff1-2366de2179ce"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="403" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/standby-video-input-status-screen.png" alt="standby video input status screen" class="wp-image-168006" style="width:631px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/standby-video-input-status-screen.png 702w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/standby-video-input-status-screen-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></figure>



<ul id="block-658e7387-cca0-48ba-92f3-d138b070aece" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Connection status:</strong></li>
</ul>



<p id="block-5fbbb05e-32a8-4686-9cc7-62424ff6e797">&#8211; Displays the status and IP of each network connection. The status of data cards connected to the TVU Pack will appear green, red, or black.<br>&#8211; The <strong>green</strong> status indicates that the data card is connected.<br>&#8211; The <strong>red</strong> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial.<br>&#8211; The <strong>black</strong> status indicates there is no card detected.</p>



<ul id="block-03e3c539-d79e-4cbc-98eb-039beee00497" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Transmission status monitor</strong> &#8211; Provides the current transmission status of the Pack. TVU MLink transmits a “Live” picture if the indicator is red. If the indicator is black/gray, TVU MLink is not transmitting live and is on “Standby.”</li>



<li><strong>File upload status monitor</strong> &#8211; Displays the progress of any file being uploaded from the TVU MLink’s SSD hard drive to the TVU Receiver.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Uploading a file is not possible when the TVU Pack is in “Live” mode.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-3cb1933f-5fe4-4279-a187-b722edd34dfd" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Data card status monitor:</strong></li>
</ul>



<p id="block-6162844d-0102-4641-837d-7d9938a0a9a8">&#8211; Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the TVU MLink.<br>&#8211; The status of data cards connected to the TVU Pack will appear green, red, or black.<br>&#8211; The <strong>green</strong> status indicates that the data card is connected.<br>&#8211; The <strong>red</strong> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial.<br>&#8211; The <strong>black</strong> status indicates there is no card detected.</p>



<ul id="block-6746a05e-f5c0-4f47-9ea3-bf8a098153da" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>VoIP/IFB indicator</strong> &#8211; Indicates whether or not the IFB function is on. The small red IFB box indicates that the IFB function is enabled and connected. If the red box does not appear, IFB is not connected or is disabled.</li>



<li><strong>TVU MLink PID and firmware version information</strong> &#8211; Indicates the unit’s identifying PID and version number and is used when contacting TVU customer support.</li>



<li><strong>Audio input level monitor </strong>&#8211; Dynamically displays a graphic indicator in color for the TVU MLink audio input level (DBFS).</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1096bb2e-7122-4498-9515-5500907a2119"><strong>Advanced Configuration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2a8633c8-f068-486e-b46c-b48bb42af067">This section provides instructions for advanced configuration settings for hotspot, WiFi, modem, microwave, router, and BGAN configuration for the MLink model TE5800 transmitter.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2d80faff-c0c4-4f24-8e3f-fa1a77b89c60"><strong>TVU MLink system status monitoring and control using a Web browser on an iPhone or a smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-23344aa8-5a67-4bde-a8e6-123ddc57adef">The TVU Transmitter&#8217;s operational status can be monitored, and various parts of the transmission can be controlled from a Web browser. This interface can be accessed using a standard web browser connected to the TVU MLink TE5800 hotspot USB port on the rear transmitter panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-768fedfb-caef-4e63-9e01-de29877b4e6f"><strong>Connecting the MLink TE5500 to the internal hotspot (optional)</strong></h2>



<p id="block-15a0120a-43b6-4ea0-a9b4-df8fd3304421">Complete the following steps to configure the TVU MLink transmitter to the internal hotspot using your iPhone or a smart mobile device:</p>



<ol id="block-d3b9bfba-fd18-481d-bad8-35b331cbb873" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the TP-Link WiFi dongle to the rear panel bottom right USB port.</li>



<li>Search for the Hotspot on your iPhone/smart device, then, when prompted, enter the case-sensitive SSID:
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVUPACK_XXXX<br>(Where X is the last 4 digits of the MLink’s PID)</li>



<li>The default password is the last 8 digits of the MLink PID</li>



<li>All password characters are uppercase. The password can be changed in the Web UI if desired.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>



<ol start="3" id="block-386349a3-2223-4408-b12c-281b874a5074" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect to the SSID using your iPhone/smart device. Refer to the following “TVU MLink status; video and network screen” for examples of how the status screens display on a smart device Web browser.</li>



<li>Once the connection is established, open a web browser and enter the following IP address in the address line to see the transmitter&#8217;s &#8220;System status&#8221;: <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong></li>



<li>The MLink System Status panel will display.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MLink System status panel overview</strong></h2>



<p>The System status panel provides access to the following information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-5a0616c8-6f56-40e2-ab82-262664494ad8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-system-status-panel.jpg" alt="TE5800 system status panel" class="wp-image-168013" style="aspect-ratio:0.8590604026845637;object-fit:contain;width:436px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-system-status-panel.jpg 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TE5800-system-status-panel-228x300.jpg 228w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>



<p id="block-626f8a6f-d636-4579-8b12-75bcb64cefd8">The MLink transmitter System status panel provides access to the following information:</p>



<p><strong>(A) MLink advanced operations icon</strong> &#8211; Tap the three-bar icon to open the advanced operations menu. This opens the Live, File,<br>General, and Advanced menu selection panels.. Refer to “MLink Advanced operations &#8211; Web interface controls” for more information.<br><strong>(B) Configuration shortcut icons</strong> &#8211; These icons open the WiFi, HotSpot, Modem, and Ethernet configuration panels.<br><strong>(C) System panel</strong> &#8211; Displays the MLink mode, version, PID, CPU capacity, and temperature.<br><strong>(D) Network panel</strong> &#8211; Modem card information including type, connectivity, and IP address all organized by slot number.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="576" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Network-panel.jpg" alt="Network panel" class="wp-image-168020" style="width:575px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Network-panel.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Network-panel-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Network-panel-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E) IFB/VoIP panel</strong> &#8211; This panel allows the user to change the audio level of the IFB function.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="464" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg" alt="IFB VoIP panel" class="wp-image-168027" style="width:585px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/IFB-VoIP-panel-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/IFB-VoIP-panel-768x413.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) Video panel</strong> &#8211; Displays video transmission information and status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="574" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-panel.jpg" alt="Video panel" class="wp-image-168034" style="width:604px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-panel.jpg 859w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-panel-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Video-panel-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Power panel</strong> &#8211; Contains the reboot and power off buttons.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="531" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Power-panel.jpg" alt="Power panel" class="wp-image-168041" style="width:602px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Power-panel.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Power-panel-300x185.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Power-panel-768x473.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c5db7c4c-272f-4888-a06d-4e09368dde6c"><strong>Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Network configuration panel allows users to monitor and control all aspects of MLink network connectivity.</p>



<p>To open the <strong>Network</strong> configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu.jpg" alt="General menu" class="wp-image-168048" style="width:590px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>LAN Settings</strong> panel will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="General Network LAN settings" class="wp-image-168065" style="width:610px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the LAN settings panel, set the MLink&#8217;s local LAN address. The default IP address is <strong>192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> and select a <strong>Router</strong> setting from the drop-down menu; the default is <strong>Auto</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The WiFi panel provides configuration information and access to change the WiFi settings. The MLink TE5500 can optionally support multiple WiFi connections by purchasing optional hardware. For more information, contact TVU Networks support.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure the WiFi login information using the TVU MLink WiFi setup and configuration panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> WiFi </strong>icon, or click <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="167" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-icon.jpg" alt="WiFI icon" class="wp-image-168072" style="width:419px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-icon-300x87.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>WiFi</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="362" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Ethernet-icon-WiFi-panel.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon WiFi panel" class="wp-image-158285" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Ethernet-icon-WiFi-panel.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Ethernet-icon-WiFi-panel-300x189.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Scan</strong> button to display any available networks. The center panel displays available networks. Choose the desired network from the <strong>Devices</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click the “<strong>i</strong>” Information icon in the <strong>Devices</strong> list. The Security window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="252" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/wifi.png" alt="wifi" class="wp-image-158292" style="width:580px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/wifi.png 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/wifi-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Security setting supports WPA2/WPA-PSK.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>Password</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Join</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hotspot settings</strong></h2>



<p>The Hotspot panel provides status information about clients connected through the hotspot.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon, or click <strong>General </strong>&gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/HotSpot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-168079" style="width:469px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/HotSpot-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/HotSpot-icon-300x89.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Hotspot</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong><strong>Hotspot</strong></strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="578" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-168086" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hotspot-panel-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update the <strong>Password</strong>, edit the <strong>Password field</strong>.<br><br>The new password must be 8 characters. A system restart is necessary after changing the password.<br></li>



<li>The hotspot feature will enable a connected device to access the internet using one of the connected networks.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Hotspot access allows FTP file transfers. If higher bandwidth is required, refer to “Router configuration settings.”</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Connected Clients</strong> panel displays a list of devices that are connected to hotspots.</li>



<li>To manually select the route taken (for example, a Hotel WiFi network), choose the path from the <strong>Connected Clients</strong> list. In the Bandwidth drop-down menu, choose 2.4G or 5G.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Modem panel provides modem configuration information. Many cellular data cards are automatically detected by the TVU MLink transmitter and will self-configure. If this is the case, no further action will be required. However, if a data card requires configuration, you can use the Modem panel to configure it.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For information about the RPS Link and MLink v8 Model TE5800 antenna configuration, refer to “Antenna configuration RPS Link and MLink v8.0 model TE5800.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To open the Modems panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon, or click <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-168093" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-icon-300x86.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Modems</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Continue to Configuring data cards.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring data cards</strong></h2>



<p>There are two data card configuration methods, Auto and Manual.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto configuration</strong></h2>



<p>Data cards are “Auto” detected, and further configuration is not necessary.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="556" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-Auto.jpg" alt="General Network Modems Auto" class="wp-image-168100" style="width:663px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-Auto.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-Auto-300x248.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To confirm that the data cards are auto-detected:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Both <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> and <strong>Roaming for this modem </strong>box are checked by default.</li>



<li>The <strong>Auto</strong> Network registration radio mode button is selected.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Available Slots</strong> drop-down list to confirm the list of available slots.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual configuration</strong></h2>



<p>When using the Manual data card configuration method, you can scan the list of available carriers and select the ones you want to configure. You can also change the APN or other details as needed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="665" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual.jpg" alt="General Network Modems manual" class="wp-image-168107" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Modems-manual-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To “Manually” configure specific data cards:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Both <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> and <strong>Roaming for this modem </strong>box are checked by default.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Available Slots</strong> drop-down list to display available slots for configuration.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Manual</strong> Network registration mode radio button. The Carrier panel opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> button to refresh the <strong>Carrier</strong> list. Make a selection, then input the setting information provided by the carrier.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>In its standard deployment, the MLink can use one of its connections to support a data connection. When featured and deployed in router mode, the MLink can fully aggregate bandwidth.<br>Note: Router mode cannot be deployed in conjunction with a VLAN deployment, which is discussed in the next section.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VLAN Mode configuration</strong></h2>



<p>VLAN mode is used for hotspot pass-through, providing a single default connection.</p>



<p>The VLAN settings are accessed on the network page. When disabled, it will offer to switch to router mode. Once enabled, the receiver, receiver port, and switch mode (layer 2) options will be displayed.</p>



<p>If neither router nor VLAN-only features are applied, none of these will be displayed.</p>



<p>To configure the pass-through in VLAN mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu.jpg" alt="General menu" class="wp-image-168048" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>LAN Settings</strong> panel will display.</li>



<li>The <strong>Router</strong> setting is set to <strong>Auto</strong> by default in the<strong> LAN settings</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="General Network LAN settings" class="wp-image-168065" style="width:642px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>VLAN</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When the Router mode feature is enabled, the Switch to Router mode button appears in the VLAN panel.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="970" height="308" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-Network-VLAN.jpg" alt="general Network VLAN" class="wp-image-158341" style="width:649px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-Network-VLAN.jpg 970w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-Network-VLAN-300x95.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/general-Network-VLAN-768x244.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 970px) 100vw, 970px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the <strong>VLAN slider</strong> to the right to enable VLAN.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>server port</strong> of the receiver.</li>



<li>Enable <strong>Switch mode (layer 2)</strong> for a single LAN segment at both the MLink and Receiver locations. This is recommended for most users. If a separate LAN segment at each location is desired, leave this option disabled.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-VLAN-1.jpg" alt="General Network VLAN 1" class="wp-image-158348" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-VLAN-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-VLAN-1-300x145.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router mode configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU router has two pass-through data modes, VLAN and TVU Router mode. In VLAN mode, the MLink TE5800 can be used as an internet hotspot using one of the data connections. In the advanced TVU Router mode, the MLink TE5800 can utilize and make available the full aggregate bandwidth of the system for pass-through traffic. As a result, the bandwidth can often exceed 200 Mbps.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> TVU Router is an advanced licensed feature that must be activated by TVU Support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>Router</strong> can be selected in the top menu when <strong>Router mode</strong> is enabled.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="971" height="287" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Router-menu.jpg" alt="Router menu" class="wp-image-158355" style="width:664px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Router-menu.jpg 971w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Router-menu-300x89.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Router-menu-768x227.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 971px) 100vw, 971px" /></figure>



<p>To configure Router mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Router</strong> in the top menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Switch to Router mode</strong> button, then click <strong>Yes</strong> in the pop-up message box.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="970" height="404" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/switch-to-Router-mode-button.jpg" alt="switch to Router mode button" class="wp-image-158362" style="width:674px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/switch-to-Router-mode-button.jpg 970w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/switch-to-Router-mode-button-300x125.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/switch-to-Router-mode-button-768x320.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 970px) 100vw, 970px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Router configuration panel opens. The <strong>Router slider</strong> is enabled by default.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Router Server</strong> drop-down menu and select your region.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Ethernet Host</strong> checkbox to enable services for up to 10 attached devices.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users can switch to VLAN mode by clicking the <strong>Switch to VLAN mode</strong> button.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="653" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router-1024x653.png" alt="Router mode panel" class="wp-image-158369" style="width:591px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router-1024x653.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router-300x191.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router-768x490.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/router.png 1035w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Router feature (Client connections)</strong></h2>



<p>If higher bandwidth is required when using a hotspot, the optional TVU Router feature can be enabled to allow clients connected to the MLink speeds of up to 200 Mbps.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong> tab and expand the LAN Settings panel.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Auto</strong> in the Router drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>IP address</strong> and <strong>Subnet Mask</strong>, then click<strong> Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="General Network LAN settings" class="wp-image-168065" style="width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down on the <strong>Hotspot</strong> panel. Connected Clients will display in the <strong>Connected Clients</strong> device list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Hotspot-1.jpg" alt="General Network Hotspot" class="wp-image-168114" style="width:583px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Hotspot-1.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Hotspot-1-300x267.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Hotspot-1-768x683.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration DHCP IP</strong></h2>



<p>Ethernet settings are configured from the Receiver Control Config page.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The DHCP IP method, the address is automatically generated and cannot be manually entered.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To configure your DHCP IP Ethernet settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Ethernet </strong>icon, or click <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="169" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Ethernet-icon.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon" class="wp-image-168121" style="width:491px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Ethernet-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Ethernet-icon-300x88.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Ethernet</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select the<strong> DHCP IP</strong> method.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a slot number.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="407" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg" alt="General Network Ethernet DHCP" class="wp-image-168128" style="width:605px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg 861w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-DHCP-300x142.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-DHCP-768x363.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration Static IP</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your Ethernet settings for a Static IP address:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select the <strong>Static IP</strong> method.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Slot ID</strong> number from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Static IP address</strong> in the <strong>IP Address</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> in the <strong>Mask</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Gateway</strong> in the <strong>Gateway</strong> field.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="507" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-Static.jpg" alt="General Network Ethernet Static" class="wp-image-168135" style="width:643px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-Static.jpg 861w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-Static-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-Ethernet-Static-768x452.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Antenna configuration: RPS Link and MLink v8 model TE5800</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a757ccae-5fe2-44b0-9a74-be7a29827bf2"><strong>Antenna configuration RPS Link and</strong> <strong>MLink v8 model TE5800</strong></h2>



<p id="block-451c2118-121b-4536-af02-e4af7bd4e731">This section provides antenna configuration procedures for the RPS Link, MLink v7, and Rack Router v2 (Models RE975/980/990)</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8ba8f2bf-1593-4c51-9498-de360d8b8bae"><strong>RPS Link and MLink v</strong>8</h2>



<p id="block-6895b12c-1cfa-4507-88a8-33423e352b47">To configure antennas for the RPS Link and MLink model TE5800 unit with 6x 4G/LTE modem configuration, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-412c07f8-ff8f-4613-839d-946bdeea9266" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0 on all 6 slots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8fc8ad01-4355-4b1e-bf9d-835d8bf09c8f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ANT-0-antenna-configuration.png" alt="ANT 0 antenna configuration" class="wp-image-95518" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ANT-0-antenna-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ANT-0-antenna-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-9e34766f-f56b-4130-af90-26882a437815" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For RPS Link and MLinkV7 (TE5800) unit with 2x 5G modem and 4x 4G/LTE modem configuration, connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, ANT 1, ANT 2, ANT 3 on slot 1 and slot 2 for 2x 5G modems, and connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0 on slot 3, slot 4, slot 5, slot 6 for 4x 4G/LTE modems.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-fafca7b4-dfd9-4f78-9d35-f10814825bf0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration.png" alt="2x 5G modem and 4x 4G LTE modem configuration" class="wp-image-95504" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<p id="block-47854015-af18-41d8-be7c-e840e363f0d4">Notes:</p>



<ul id="block-64c625bd-3c38-4791-9de8-5bd5c1a3bdbb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The 5G antenna is compatible with 5G modems and 4G/LTE modems, whereas the 4G/LTE antenna can only be used with 4G/LTE modems but not 5G modems.</li>



<li>In addition, by connecting a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to the ANT 0 port for a 4G/LTE modem, the user has the option to connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to the ANT 1 port for a 4G/LTE modem. Meaning both ANT 0 and ANT 1 ports can be used for the antenna connection. However, connecting the ANT 1 port on both RPS Link and MlinkV8 (TE5800) product lineup is optional and not mandatory.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-67b2fe08-bb4a-461f-aed8-b189d38342b6"><strong>Rack Router v2 (RE975/980/990)</strong></h2>



<p id="block-cf44781d-b314-4338-a3ab-e2e7c1748520">To configure the Rack Router V2 unit with 6x 4G/LTE modem configuration, also known as RE975 unit, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-0823d8b8-f10a-4866-8ed7-0883b423f14e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, and ANT 1 on all 6 slots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8d208f97-fee2-43a6-be63-21feb4cf8175"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-router-modem-configuration.png" alt="Rack Router V2 unit with 6x 4G/LTE modem configuration" class="wp-image-95665" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-router-modem-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-router-modem-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-cf224ac7-acc3-459d-9582-ecd5ee13a2ef" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure a Rack Router V2 unit with 2x 5G modem and 4x 4G/LTE modem configuration, also known as RE980 unit, connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, ANT 1, ANT 2, ANT 3 on slot 1 and slot 2 for 2x 5G modems, and connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, ANT 1 on slot 3, slot 4, slot 5, slot 6 for 4x 4G/LTE modems.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-64267436-18e0-4273-bed1-0cd8d113be34"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration.png" alt="Rack Router V2 unit with 2x 5G modem and 4x 4G/LTE modem configuration" class="wp-image-95672" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-2x-5G-modem-and-4x-4G-LTE-modem-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-7c1ba589-63f7-44e1-9cda-414f1a9978f1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For a Rack Router V2 unit with 6x 5G modem configuration, also known as RE990, connect a 4G/5G external antenna SMA connector to ANT 0, ANT 1, ANT 2, ANT 3 on all 6 slots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-5e15dc31-fcfe-43b7-8b9e-c98065f4b5f0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-6x-5G-modem-configuration.png" alt="Rack Router V2 unit with 2x 5G modem and 4x 4G/LTE modem configuration" class="wp-image-95679" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-6x-5G-modem-configuration.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Rack-Router-V2-unit-with-6x-5G-modem-configuration-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced transmitter operations &#8211; Web interface controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-fd44bf6c-b9a4-465f-a972-74d22059c3b7"><strong>Advanced transmitter operations</strong> &#8211;<strong> Web interface controls</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ee3b4217-0ba3-4093-a150-8162c6c2fb0a"><strong>Advanced operations using an iPhone, smart device or laptop</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> There are two methods you can use to access the Mlink Advanced operations menu selections. The instructions in this chapter will show laptop display examples.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Method 1</strong></h3>



<p>To access the Advanced operations menu using an iPhone or smart device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar icon</strong> to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="MLink advanced icon" class="wp-image-158405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Advanced operations are categorized in the following menus: <strong>Live</strong>, <strong>File</strong>, <strong>General</strong>, and <strong>Advanced</strong>. The following sections will address all five menus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="MLink Advanced menu" class="wp-image-158412" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-menu.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-menu-300x209.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Method 2</strong></h3>



<p>To access the Advanced operations menu using a laptop:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Advanced operations are categorized in the top drop-down menus. They are located at the top right of the system status screen: <strong>Live</strong>, <strong>File</strong>, <strong>Router</strong> (when enabled), <strong>General</strong>, and <strong>Advanced</strong>. The following topics will address all five menus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="502" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Config-Home-screen.jpg" alt="Advanced config home screen" class="wp-image-168142" style="width:604px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Config-Home-screen.jpg 867w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Config-Home-screen-300x174.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Config-Home-screen-768x445.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live menu operations</strong></h2>



<p id="block-bd3db4c4-7063-4b5a-b5db-c58530f42901">The <strong>Live</strong> menu operations include the following settings:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Encoder</li>



<li>Receiver</li>



<li>Return Video</li>



<li>IP Source</li>



<li>VoIP/IFB</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b9f40106-8e7b-4075-aea5-cc08ca86e2cc"><strong>Live &#8211; Encoder</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5c908f15-58e8-4bc6-ad62-ef16399d01d5">Use the Encoder panel to configure video, audio encoding, and audio output mapping.</p>



<p>To access the Encoder panel:</p>



<ol id="block-5f80d0c9-2bc3-4ce4-99f8-38a213963ed7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Live</strong> menu, and then tap <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Encoder status and controls</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the optional HEVC license is purchased, both H.265 Interview and H.265 Fast Motion mode will be available as selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To configure Live video and audio encoding settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Video Encoding</strong> mode that suits your application based on the following criteria:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The encoding mode default is <strong>H.264</strong>.</li>



<li>If the optional HEVC license is purchased, both <strong>H.265 Interview</strong> and <strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong> encoding modes will be available as selections.</li>



<li>Select the<strong> H.265 Interview</strong> radio button for shots containing limited motion, such as stand-ups or fixed shot interviews.</li>



<li>Use the <strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong> radio button to optimize compression for video with significant motion, such as sports footage with high motion or fast pans and zooms.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="2" id="block-33f6af95-0b75-4302-87b6-757e7a1da8ff" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your <strong>Audio Encode</strong> panel configurations.</li>



<li>Select an <strong>Audio output mapping</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="767" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Encoder-panels.jpg" alt="Live Encoder panel" class="wp-image-168156" style="width:616px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Encoder-panels.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Encoder-panels-300x267.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Encoder-panels-768x683.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live &#8211; Receiver</strong></h2>



<p>Use the Receiver panel to configure your receivers. The Receiver panel displays the receiver status and controls.</p>



<p>To access the Receiver panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, and then <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Receiver</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="669" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver.jpg" alt="live menu receiver" class="wp-image-168163" style="width:590px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-300x233.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-768x596.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receiver status and controls</strong></h2>



<p>To select an alternate receiver, view its status, and set up and control a ”Live” transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To view and select a different receiver, click the Receiver <strong>Select R</strong> drop-down menu and select a receiver from the list.</li>



<li>Enable the<strong> Solo</strong> slider if you want a specific MLink to only display ‘Online” on the receiver you selected from the Receiver <strong>Select R</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Delay</strong> field, enter the desired transmission delay.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Bitrate (kbps)</strong> field, enter the desired transmission bitrate.</li>



<li>To enable the <strong>Low Bitrate Warning</strong>, enable the slider and enter a <strong>Low Bitrate</strong> <strong>Threshold</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="774" height="157" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-Low-bitrate-enabled.jpg" alt="Live Receiver Low bitrate enabled" class="wp-image-168170" style="width:580px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-Low-bitrate-enabled.jpg 774w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-Low-bitrate-enabled-300x61.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Receiver-Low-bitrate-enabled-768x156.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your changes.</li>



<li>To <strong>Start</strong> or <strong>Stop</strong> the live transmission, click the <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live &#8211; Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>The built-in HDMI output uses 720p by default, but can provide up to 1080p resolution and allows a user to send a confidence monitor or SDI source back to crews in the field. This onboard feature now supports viewing the return video feed on iPhone and iPad. Contact TVU Support for 1080p configuration.</p>



<p>To access the Return Video panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, and then <strong>Return Video</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" style="width:573px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Return Video</strong> panel opens. There are three RVF From selections: <strong>Receiver</strong>, <strong>Producer</strong>, and <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select where you want the RVF to come from. If you choose <strong>Receiver</strong>, select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select where your source is coming <strong>from</strong>.</li>



<li>Select where you want your <strong>Output to</strong> go and click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="671" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-for-Receiver.jpg" alt="Live Return Video for Receiver" class="wp-image-168177" style="width:573px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-for-Receiver.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-for-Receiver-300x233.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-for-Receiver-768x596.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RVF from Producer selection:</strong></h3>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Producer.jpg" alt="Live Return Video Producer" class="wp-image-168184" style="width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Producer.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Producer-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Producer-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RVF from Partyline selection:</strong></h3>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Partyline.jpg" alt="Live Return Video Partyline" class="wp-image-168191" style="width:592px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Partyline.jpg 860w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Partyline-300x148.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-Return-Video-Partyline-768x379.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live &#8211; IP Source</strong></h2>



<p>The IP Source panel allows users to select an external IP source or camera source from the selection window to go live.</p>



<p>To access the IP Source panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, and then<strong> IP Source</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>IP Source</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>SDI</strong> or <strong>IP Source</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>SDI</strong> radio button to display the camera source that is connected to the MLink.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="279" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source.jpg" alt="Live IP Source SDI" class="wp-image-168198" style="width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-300x97.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-768x249.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>IP Source</strong> radio button to add an IP Source with which to go live.</li>



<li>Enter the valid<strong> IP address</strong> in the field under an available source selection with which you want to go live, then click the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your source selection.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Home</strong> button to send all IP sources in one matrix picture to the TVU MLink.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="573" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-IP-Source.jpg" alt="Live IP Source-  IP Source" class="wp-image-168205" style="width:619px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-IP-Source.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-IP-Source-300x199.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-IP-Source-IP-Source-768x511.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live &#8211; VoIP/IFB</strong></h2>



<p>The VoIP/IFB panel enables you to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Integrate VoIP/IFB audio in/out and from/to the transceiver.</li>



<li>Integrate IFB audio from the transceiver to the MLink.</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the <strong>VoIP/IFB</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, and then <strong>VoIP/IFB</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg" alt="Live menu" class="wp-image-168149" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>VoIP/IFB</strong> panel opens. <strong>VoIP(Auto)</strong> is the default.</li>



<li>VoIP (Auto): Auto-select the VoIP technology based on the receiver software versions.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A reboot is required when switching between VoIP and IFB if the receiver version is lower than v8.2.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="376" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB.jpg" alt="Live menu &gt; VoIP/IFB panel - Legacy VoIP" class="wp-image-168212" style="width:574px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB.jpg 865w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-300x130.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-768x334.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live menu > VoIP/IFB panel &#8211; Legacy VoIP</strong></h5>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-selected.jpg" alt="Live VoIP IFB selected" class="wp-image-168219" style="width:580px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-selected.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-selected-300x134.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-selected-768x343.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live menu &gt; VoIP/IFB panel &#8211; IFB</strong></h5>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="408" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-Embedded-Audio-menu.jpg" alt="Live VoIP IFB Embedded Audio menu" class="wp-image-168226" style="width:582px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-Embedded-Audio-menu.jpg 867w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-Embedded-Audio-menu-300x141.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-IFB-Embedded-Audio-menu-768x361.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live menu > VoIP/IFB panel &#8211; Embedded Audio menu</strong></h5>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make the appropriate selections.</li>



<li>Select an <strong>Embedded Audio</strong> if applicable.</li>



<li>Adjust the <strong>Audio level</strong> slider if applicable.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File menu operations</strong></h2>



<p>The File menu is located at the top right of the system status screen.</p>



<p>The File menu operations include:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>File Uploader</li>



<li>Sync Folder</li>



<li>Recorder</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the Advanced operations menu using an iPhone or smart device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="MLink advanced icon" class="wp-image-158405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Advanced operations panel opens. Tap <strong>File</strong> &gt; <strong>File Uploader</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File &#8211; File Uploader</strong></h2>



<p>The File Uploader panel lets you upload files to a specified receiver with the Auto Sync feature.</p>



<p>The Auto Sync feature lets you wirelessly transmit digital content from the MLink to the TVU receiver via a USB memory stick.</p>



<p>The MLink will auto-detect the memory stick and transfer its contents to its internal SSD. The content will then be available for wireless transmission to the TVU receiver.</p>



<p>To access the File Uploader panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> menu, and then <strong>File Uploader</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg" alt="File menu" class="wp-image-168233" style="width:486px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>File Uploader</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Choose where you want your file uploaded <strong>From</strong>.</li>



<li>Choose where you want your file uploaded <strong>To</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong> Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="701" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader.jpg" alt="File Uploader all to one" class="wp-image-168240" style="width:612px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-300x244.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-768x625.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you select the <strong>Customize</strong> radio button, choose where you want your file uploaded <strong>From</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For more information, refer to the “File-Based Workflows Reference” document&#8217;s topic “Using the Auto Sync feature with a USB stick.”</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="713" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-Customized.jpg" alt="File Uploader Customized" class="wp-image-168247" style="width:632px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-Customized.jpg 862w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-Customized-300x248.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-File-Uploader-Customized-768x635.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File &#8211; Sync Folder</strong></h2>



<p>The Sync Folder panel enables users to transfer and sync files to a specified receiver and monitor the progress.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Sync Folder</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> menu, and then <strong>Sync Folder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg" alt="File menu" class="wp-image-168233" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Sync Folder</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> to sync your files to. The default is the last receiver you went live with.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Set as Default</strong> slider to set a specific receiver as your default.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For more information, refer to the “File-Based Workflows Reference” document&#8217;s topic “Auto Sync feature.”</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="416" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Sync-Folder.jpg" alt="File Sync Folder" class="wp-image-168254" style="width:599px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Sync-Folder.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Sync-Folder-300x145.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Sync-Folder-768x370.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>File &#8211; Recorder</strong></h2>



<p>The Recorder tab allows users to select, mark, download, rename, and upload recorded files.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Recorder</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> menu, and then <strong>Recorder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg" alt="File menu" class="wp-image-168233" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-menu-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Recorder</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to the File-based Workflow Reference guide “Working with recorded content” topic for detailed information about how to use the Record feature.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="819" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Recorder.jpg" alt="File recorder" class="wp-image-168261" style="width:616px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Recorder.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/File-Recorder-246x300.jpg 246w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General menu operations</strong></h2>



<p>The General Operations menu includes:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Network</li>



<li>Firmware Upgrade</li>



<li>Region</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the <strong>Advanced operations</strong> menu using an iPhone or smart device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="MLink advanced icon" class="wp-image-158405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Advanced operations panel opens. Tap <strong>General</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Network</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>Network </strong>panel enables users to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Configure LAN settings</li>



<li>Users can complete the Hotspot configuration for client connections in the Hotspot panel.</li>



<li>Create additional WiFi connections with additional USB WiFi adapter support. Users can enable or disable WiFi from the UI. The WiFi will automatically redial if network connectivity fails.</li>



<li>Configure Ethernet</li>



<li>Configure Modems</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the <strong>Network</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>General</strong> menu, and then <strong>Network</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1.jpg" alt="General menu" class="wp-image-168268" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Network</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="535" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-1.jpg" alt="General Network panel" class="wp-image-158552" style="width:602px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/General-Network-1-300x239.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Router</strong> drop-down menu and select an option. <strong>Auto</strong> is the default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="421" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-Router-Auto.jpg" alt="General Network LAN settings Router Auto" class="wp-image-168275" style="width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-Router-Auto.jpg 860w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-Router-Auto-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Network-LAN-settings-Router-Auto-768x376.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Network configuration information is explained in “Network configuration.”</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General &#8211; Firmware Upgrade</strong></h2>



<p>You can check for firmware updates in the <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong> panel.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>General</strong> menu, and then <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1.jpg" alt="General menu" class="wp-image-168268" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-menu-1-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>The following message appears when a firmware update is unavailable.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="363" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Firmware-Upgrade.jpg" alt="General Firmware Upgrade" class="wp-image-168282" style="width:521px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Firmware-Upgrade.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Firmware-Upgrade-300x126.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/General-Firmware-Upgrade-768x323.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a new Firmware version is available, you will have the option to upgrade from this panel.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced menu operations</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced menu includes:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Progressive Download</li>



<li>SelfCheck</li>



<li>NTP</li>



<li>MediaMind Story</li>



<li>MediaMind Setting</li>



<li>Messages</li>



<li>Token</li>
</ul>



<p>To access the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu using an iPhone or smart device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon to open the Advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="MLink advanced icon" class="wp-image-158405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Advanced operations panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; Progressive Download</strong></h2>



<p>The Progressive Download feature is enabled in the Progressive Download panel and is controlled by using the record button on the video camera (e.g., Camcorder).</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>Progressive Download</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Progressive Download</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="393" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Progressive-Download-enabled.jpg" alt="Advanced Progressive Download enabled" class="wp-image-168296" style="width:656px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Progressive-Download-enabled.jpg 861w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Progressive-Download-enabled-300x137.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Progressive-Download-enabled-768x351.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To use the Progressive Download feature, Move the <strong>Enable</strong> slider to the right until green.</li>



<li>The receiver is specified in the <strong>File</strong> menu &gt; <strong>Sync folder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; NTP</strong></h2>



<p>The NTP panel enables users to lock and synchronize an NTP host IP to the domain controller.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>NTP</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>NTP</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>NTP</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>The Lock to <strong>Auto (Default)</strong> selection will lock to the closest available Host IP.</li>



<li>The NTP Host IP should display “<strong>Synchronized</strong>” in green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="369" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-NTP.jpg" alt="Advanced NTP" class="wp-image-168303" style="width:710px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-NTP.jpg 867w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-NTP-300x128.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-NTP-768x327.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; MediaMind Story</strong></h2>



<p>The MediaMind Story panel allows you to add a Story name to a progressive download file.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>MediaMind Story</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, then <strong>MediaMind Story</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>MediaMind Story</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Enter a<strong> Story Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Tag</strong> to include the <strong>Story Name</strong> in the Progressive Download file name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="498" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Story.jpg" alt="Advanced MediaMind Story" class="wp-image-168310" style="width:679px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Story.jpg 864w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Story-300x173.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Story-768x443.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; MediaMind Setting</strong></h2>



<p>The MediaMind Setting panel enables you to configure live settings for face, speech, and speaker recognition up to four languages when you are using the TVU MediaMind Appliance (MMA) service.</p>



<p>Whether it is a live stream, an IP video stream, or a video file, the TVU MediaMind Appliance (MMA) uses AI technology to automatically generate metadata, organize, and search for content.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>MediaMind Setting</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>MediaMind Setting</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>MediaMind Setting</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Configure your live settings for MMA and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="577" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Setting.jpg" alt="Advanced MediaMind Setting" class="wp-image-168317" style="width:688px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Setting.jpg 857w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Setting-300x202.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-MediaMind-Setting-768x517.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; Messages</strong></h2>



<p>The Messages panel enables you to send and receive messages between the MLink and transceivers.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Messages</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>Messages</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Messages</strong> panel opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="863" height="503" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Messages.jpg" alt="Advanced Messages" class="wp-image-168324" style="width:650px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Messages.jpg 863w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Messages-300x175.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Messages-768x448.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>To</strong> field, enter the recipient’s TVU receivers’ <strong>PID</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter your message in the <strong>Message</strong> field and tap the <strong>Send</strong> button.</li>



<li>Expand the <strong>Received Message</strong> caret to view messages that were received by the MLink.</li>



<li>Expand the<strong> Sent Message</strong> caret to view messages that were sent by the MLink.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced &#8211; Token</strong></h2>



<p>The Token panel allows you to create and configure tokens. Tokens are used to allow a recipient temporary access to your device.</p>



<p>To access the <strong>Token</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then <strong>Token</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced menu" class="wp-image-168289" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu.jpg 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-menu-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Token</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Create Token</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the device <strong>PID</strong>. The device name automatically populates.</li>



<li>Enter the recipient’s <strong>email address</strong>.</li>



<li>Set up a <strong>Valid Time</strong> range: (<strong>D</strong>) Days, (<strong>H</strong>) Hours, (<strong>M</strong>) Minutes, and (<strong>S</strong>) Seconds for the token to be active.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Create Token</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Set Token panel, click<strong> GetMsgPipe Token</strong> and enter the <strong>Token String</strong>, and then click <strong>Set Token</strong>.</li>



<li>To <strong>Reset</strong> the <strong>Password</strong>, enter and confirm the new password and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>



<li>To <strong>Reset</strong> the <strong>Valid Time</strong>, select the <strong>receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu, set the <strong>Valid time</strong>, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="1094" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Token.jpg" alt="Advanced Token" class="wp-image-168331" style="width:632px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Token.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Token-184x300.jpg 184w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Token-629x1024.jpg 629w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-10fdae2b-4209-470d-ba55-0d2d3a253774"></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4004cdc3-5238-4a23-af11-2201e0b7424c"><strong>Product Specifications:</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-472614b5-e4b4-4582-a8ce-2ddc21ba55a5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="566" height="632" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-TE5500-prod-spec.jpg" alt="MLink TE5500 prod spec" class="wp-image-158208" style="aspect-ratio:0.9121951219512195;width:811px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-TE5500-prod-spec.jpg 566w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/MLink-TE5500-prod-spec-269x300.jpg 269w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 566px) 100vw, 566px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-e85ddcaf-4495-491b-88f7-4a512f6759aa"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="554" height="683" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/MLink-Model-TE5800-Peoduct-Spec.jpg" alt="MLink Model TE5800 Product Spec" class="wp-image-168338" style="aspect-ratio:0.8037518037518038;width:817px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/MLink-Model-TE5800-Peoduct-Spec.jpg 554w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/MLink-Model-TE5800-Peoduct-Spec-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU MLink TE5500 and TE5800 QSUG Rev A EN 02-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mlink-te5500-v7-4-and-te5800-v8-0-user-guide/">TVU MLink TE5500 v7.4 and TE5800 v8.0 User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-software-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2026 16:08:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=166410</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU Networks RPS One is a cloud and studio 4-channel REMI Live solution runs two software variations, the single-channel "One" and multi-channel RPS One. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3-1024x583.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-134228" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-SW-Featured-image-3.jpg 1028w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setup, configuration, and Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you use your TVU RPS One encoder, refer to the latest <em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> to set up the hardware and identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>The TVU RPS One encoder running The One/RPS One Software version 8.3 (Build 83128) or later uses the same hardware, which features two LCD console interfaces:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One single-channel transmitter</li>



<li>TVU RPS One multi-channel encoder</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To switch from a One to an RPS One console, contact TVU Support at support@tvunetworks.com. Once authorized, switching consoles is performed automatically. A reboot is necessary.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Single and multi-camera connections</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Single and multi-camera connections</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder&#8217;s LCD screen can be operated using single or multi-channel inputs. For input connection configurations and “Multi-Channel connections and behaviors,” refer to the following figures.</p>



<p>The following camera combinations are supported:</p>



<p>HDMI only &#8211; Up to 4K p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/HDMI-only-Up-to-4K-p60.jpg" alt="HDMI only - Up to 4K p60" class="wp-image-151157"/></figure>



<p>12G SDI In (1) only &#8211; Up to 4K p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/12G-SDI-In-1-only-Up-to-4K-p60.jpg" alt="12G SDI In (1) only - Up to 4K p60" class="wp-image-151165"/></figure>



<p>Up to 4 3G SDI In &#8211; Up to 1080 p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Up-to-4-3G-SDI-In-Up-to-1080-p60.jpg" alt="Up to 4 3G SDI In - Up to 1080 p60" class="wp-image-151173"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This software quick-start user guide provides information on performing basic configuration and operating the TVU RPS One encoder.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Refer to the <em><em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em></em> to set up your hardware.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning on the RPS One</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>power</strong> button, and the RPS One transmitter will begin to boot up.</li>



<li>The initial status screen will display.</li>



<li>The modems begin to connect automatically.</li>
</ol>



<p>When no transmission feed is connected to the unit, &#8220;No video input&#8221; will display on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:389px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> you may be prompted to upgrade your firmware. If you choose to upgrade, click the notification at the top of the status screen. It may take up to 30 minutes to complete.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Live status screen functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS One encoder Live status screen functions</strong></h2>



<p>When SDI is connected, field transmission control is enabled.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="288" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/live-status-functions.jpg" alt="live status functions" class="wp-image-151189" style="width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/live-status-functions.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/live-status-functions-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Transmission Status:</strong> The LCD touchscreen displays the RPS One&#8217;s current transmission status. When video input sources (SDI 1-4) are connected to the RPS One encoder, the touchscreen will display Standby until a channel is selected and taken “Live.”</p>



<p><strong>(B) Data Card Status Monitor:</strong><br>The status monitor displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the RPS One. The status of data cards connected to the encoder will appear as <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark>, <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark>, <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color">orange</mark>, or black. <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark> status indicates that the data card is connected. <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color">Orange</mark> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial. <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark> status indicates that the data card is not connected. Black status indicates that no card is present.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Ethernet Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the Ethernet connection.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Hotspot Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the hotspot connection.</p>



<p><strong>(E) WiFi Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the WiFi connection.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Latency Status:</strong> Displays the current latency of the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Bit Rate Status:</strong> Displays the current Bit Rate (B/R).</p>



<p><strong>(H) Receiver Name:</strong> Shows the receiver name to which the unit is transmitting.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Audio Input Level Monitor:</strong> This monitor dynamically displays the unit&#8217;s audio input level (DBFS) with graphical colors.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Battery Status:</strong> Indicates the battery&#8217;s status.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To go live using the receiver with which you last went live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Live</strong> button on the initial status screen to start the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RPS One unit will prompt you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Slide-to-go-live.png" alt="Slide to go live" class="wp-image-151197" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Slide-to-go-live.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Slide-to-go-live-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the button is engaged, the RPS One begins the live transmission using the last receiver with which you most recently went Live.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver and going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver, configure your settings, and go Live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li> Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the bottom right of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new menu will display. The new menu allows users to reorder, remove, and add menu options to customize the menu order based on user habits.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Setting,WiFi, and Hotspot buttons can not be removed.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To return to the previous screen, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Setting menu will display, tap the <strong>Receiver</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting config select receiver" class="wp-image-166433" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver you want to go live with from the drop-down menu, then tap<strong> OK</strong>, then tap the <strong>Go</strong> <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you only want to select a receiver but do not want to go Live, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button at the bottom-right corner of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting select receiver" class="wp-image-166440" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When starting a live transmission from this menu, you will not be prompted to slide a button. The transmission will begin with a countdown.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="660" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png" alt="connecting with receiver screen" class="wp-image-151221" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png 660w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Controlling multiple channels</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Controlling multiple channels</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a channel, then the green <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="Live 1 selection" class="wp-image-151229" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a channel is live with a receiver, “PGM” appears next to the channel number in the top-left corner of the preview screen.</li>



<li>Press and hold the channel number preview to stop a Live transmission until the red <strong>Stop</strong> button displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/stopping-a-live-transmission.jpg" alt="stopping a live transmission" class="wp-image-151237" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/stopping-a-live-transmission.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/stopping-a-live-transmission-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the live transmission is stopped, the LCD displays “Standby” in the top-left corner of the screen.</li>



<li>A message will be displayed if a live transmission fails after reboot.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Multi-channel operational modes</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains the RPS One operational modes and the expected behavior for each mode.</p>



<p>Users can select a multi-channel (group control) or single-channel (single mode) transmission on the touchscreen.</p>



<p>The RPS One displays the four connected SDI video input previews on the LCD touchscreen. It has two operational modes: single and group control. The RPS One default is group-control mode.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Multi-channel preview 1- 4 behavior</strong></h2>



<p>The video preview number displayed in the top-left corner of each video preview corresponds to the SDI video input channel.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Live source displays a red “<strong>PGM</strong>” next to the channel number on the top left of the video preview screen.</li>



<li>When the source is in Preview mode, the video preview <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">screen displays a green “<strong>PVW</strong>” next to the slot number in the top-left corner</span>.</li>



<li>Only the channel number will be displayed when a source is not in PVW or PGM mode.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Stop-All-Live.jpg" alt="stop all live" class="wp-image-151253" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Stop-All-Live.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Stop-All-Live-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a video preview to enter the group-control mode (default).</li>



<li>Tap and hold a video preview for 3 seconds to control the channel independently. To control another channel and return to group-control mode, wait 20 seconds between selections, then press another preview.</li>



<li>Tap the video preview, then the full-screen icon to enable the full-screen preview.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="29" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-icon.jpg" alt="full screen icon" class="wp-image-151261" style="width:49px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a PGM or PVW video preview, then the “<strong>&gt;</strong>” in the right panel to display the Tally banner.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="328" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PGM.jpg" alt="Tally PGM" class="wp-image-151269" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PGM.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PGM-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PVW.jpg" alt="Tally PVW" class="wp-image-151277" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PVW.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Tally-PVW-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Starting and stopping a multi-channel transmission</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">The&nbsp;<strong>Live All</strong>&nbsp;button will display on the LCD touchscreen when all channels are detected</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Standby-Live-All-button.jpg" alt="Standby Live All button" class="wp-image-151285" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Standby-Live-All-button.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Standby-Live-All-button-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tap a live preview and the&nbsp;<strong>Stop All</strong>&nbsp;button on the LCD touchscreen to stop all live multi-channel transmissions</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-stop-all.jpg" alt="Multi-view stop all" class="wp-image-151293" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-stop-all.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-stop-all-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Starting and stopping a single-channel transmission</strong></h2>



<p>To start a single-channel transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a video preview and press for two seconds.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Live</strong> button. You will notice that the selected channel number will be displayed on the &#8220;Live&#8221; button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="Live 1 selection" class="wp-image-151229" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the channel is transmitting, the preview window will be framed in red, and “PGM” will display in red next to the channel number.</li>



<li>To take another preview live, wait 20 seconds and repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<p>To stop a single-channel live transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap, press, and hold the channel number preview.</li>



<li>Tap the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-Stop.jpg" alt="Multi-view Stop" class="wp-image-151301" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-Stop.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Multi-view-Stop-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Full-screen preview</strong></h2>



<p>To enable single full-screen views from the touchscreen.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>channel</strong> and tap the<strong> full-screen</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="29" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-icon.jpg" alt="full screen icon" class="wp-image-151261" style="width:50px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-selection.jpg" alt="full-screen selection" class="wp-image-151309" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the multi-view display, tap the bottom-right icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-view.jpg" alt="full screen mode" class="wp-image-151317" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-view.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-view-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RPS One config tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the list of RPS One pack settings and explains how to locate and configure them.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-166582" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration <strong>setting</strong> page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting an encoder option</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS One has true dual encoding. It encodes the same content at a fixed bitrate in the background and records to local storage. Users can monitor the live-stream bitrate. A visual notification is displayed on the home screen if the selected transmission bitrate drops below the threshold.</p>



<p>The TVU RPS One model TM1100 supports onboard H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding.</p>



<p>To select an encoding option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button on the main menu to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap<strong> Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select an input<strong> Source</strong> channel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-167299" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Video</strong> to open the <strong>Video Encode</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Configure the <strong>Encoding</strong> and <strong>HDR/HLG</strong> settings.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>HDR / HLG Explained</strong></h3>



<p><strong>HDR (High Dynamic Range)</strong> increases contrast and color range, displaying brighter highlights and deeper shadows for more realistic images.</p>



<p><strong>HLG (Hybrid Log-Gamma)</strong> is a type of HDR designed for broadcast; compatible with both HDR and standard displays without needing metadata, making it ideal for live production.</p>



<p>Using 8-bit with HDR/HLG often results in visible artifacts, especially in smooth gradients. For effective HDR, 10-bit or higher is strongly preferred.</p>



<p>The <strong>Disabled</strong> HDR/HLG option disables HDR/HLG decoding or 10-bit.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H264" class="wp-image-167306" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H264-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H265" class="wp-image-167313" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-video-H265-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<p>When the device is live with a low version receiver that does not support 10-bit, the following error message will be displayed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="328" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/10-bit-message.jpg" alt="10 bit message" class="wp-image-167320" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/10-bit-message.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/10-bit-message-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Your selection will highlight green. The RPS One must be in live mode before you can change selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Chroma Subsampling: 4:2:0 vs 4:2:2</strong></h3>



<p>Chroma subsampling reduces color information to save bandwidth while preserving image detail.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>4:2:0 samples color at half the horizontal and vertical resolution; best for streaming or storage-efficient video with lower color fidelity.</li>



<li>4:2:2 samples color at full vertical resolution and half horizontal; preserves more color detail, preferred for professional editing or broadcast.</li>
</ul>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>H.265 Interview</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.264 Normal</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong></li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Back </strong>Arrow.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to open the <strong>Audio Encode</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-167299" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Codec descriptions:</strong></h3>



<p><strong>Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)</strong><br>AAC is a versatile audio compression format known for delivering high-quality sound with efficient file sizes.<br>AAC-LC (Low Complexity):<br>AAC-LC is a specific profile within the AAC format, optimized for lower computational complexity and broad compatibility. It offers excellent sound quality while being easier to decode, making it ideal for devices with limited processing power. AAC-LC is commonly used on platforms such as iTunes, YouTube, and digital radio.<br>AAC-HE (High Efficiency):<br>AAC-HE, also known as AAC+ or AAC Plus, is an extension of the AAC format designed for even greater compression efficiency. It utilizes more advanced encoding techniques to achieve higher compression ratios, reducing file sizes without significant loss of audio quality.<br>AAC-HE is particularly suited for low-bitrate applications such as streaming over limited bandwidth or storing audio on devices with constrained storage capacity<br><strong>OPUS Audio Codec:</strong><br>OPUS is a highly versatile and efficient audio codec designed for interactive, real-time audio applications like voice calls, video conferencing, and live streaming. It is widely adopted for delivering high-quality audio at low bitrates, making it perfect for modern communication and entertainment platforms.</p>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your <strong>Audio Encode</strong> selections. The Audio Codec now includes an OPUS option alongside the two AAC profile options.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio.jpg" alt="setting encoder audio" class="wp-image-167327" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Encoder </strong>menu, tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong>.</li>



<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong> again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Delay management</strong></h2>



<p>To manage the second and sub-second Latency settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Delay</strong> to configure the latency.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a box and use the <strong>up</strong> and<strong> down</strong> buttons to set the delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg" alt="setting delay" class="wp-image-166482" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong> to confirm your settings. To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NPT Host</strong></h2>



<p>Users can view the NTP host status at the touchscreen display. The NTP Host IP address is configured in the Advanced settings Web UI panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong></h2>



<p>Users can configure VoIP and IFB for both single-channel and multiple-channel scenarios.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB &#8211; Single-channel configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure VoIP and IFB settings for a single channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> to configure the settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> config will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>down</strong> button, then tap <strong>Bluetooth</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2.jpg" alt="Multi channel config Voip and IFB settings 2" class="wp-image-167334" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable the <strong>slider</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-off.jpg" alt="single channel config voip and IFB settings bluetooth off" class="wp-image-167341" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-off.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-off-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The currently connected device will display a <strong>green checkmark</strong> when the bluetooth is enabled.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-Connected-device.jpg" alt="Bluetooth - Connected device" class="wp-image-167348" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-Connected-device.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-Connected-device-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<p>When you tap the currently connected device, it will disconnect, and one of the following messages will be displayed.<br>You must disable the slider before disconnecting the device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-disconnect.jpg" alt="single channel config voip and IFB settings bluetooth disconnect" class="wp-image-167362" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-disconnect.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-disconnect-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove a device from the saved set, tap the “X”.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-remove-device.jpg" alt="Bluetooth - remove device" class="wp-image-167355" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-remove-device.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bluetooth-remove-device-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A confirmation to “Forget” the device will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-forget.jpg" alt="single channel config voip and IFB settings bluetooth forget" class="wp-image-167369" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-forget.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-bluetooth-forget-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB &#8211; Multiple-channel configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure VoIP and IFB settings for multiple channels:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> to configure the settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> config will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>down</strong> Arrow to ensure that <strong>Bluetooth</strong> is enabled &#8220;On&#8221;.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg" alt="Multi channel config Voip and IFB settings" class="wp-image-167390" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Transmitter</strong> to configure.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2-1.jpg" alt="Multi channel config Voip and IFB settings 2" class="wp-image-167383" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-2-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>Audio Setting</strong> from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-3.jpg" alt="Multi channel config Voip and IFB settings 3" class="wp-image-167376" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-3.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Multi-channel-config-Voip-and-IFB-settings-3-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data card monitoring</strong></h2>



<p>To monitor detailed encoder information along with Ethernet, hotspot, and WiFi connections:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap <strong>Slot</strong>.</li>



<li>The data cards and their status display along with Ethernet, Hotspot, and WiFi indicators:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Ethernet<br><strong>(B)</strong> Hotspot<br><strong>(C)</strong> WiFi connection<br><strong>(D)</strong> Slot number</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="302" height="229" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg" alt="Slot monitoring" class="wp-image-166496" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg 302w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring-300x227.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 302px) 100vw, 302px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot speed</strong></h2>



<p>A user can view the speed of each slot in real-time. To view a slot speed:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to view the real-time speed of a slot. The selected slot is framed in green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="323" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg" alt="Slot selection" class="wp-image-166503" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg 323w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The real-time speed of the slots is displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg" alt="Slot speed" class="wp-image-166510" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg 332w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the slot screen, tap the “&lt;” icon.</li>



<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, click the <strong>Back</strong> <strong>Arrow</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One transmitter information (About)</strong></h2>



<p>To access the RPS One model number, Peer ID, software version, App version, the designated ISX or IS+ mode, and region:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down and tap <strong>About</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / About </strong>information window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-About-ISX.jpg" alt="setting About ISX" class="wp-image-167397" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-About-ISX.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-About-ISX-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-about-is.jpg" alt="setting about IS+" class="wp-image-167404" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-about-is.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-about-is-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, tap the <strong>Back Arrow</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Language selection</strong></h2>



<p>Users can choose English or Chinese. </p>



<p>To select a language:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the<strong> Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down to tap the <strong>Language</strong> option. The default is English.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your location option using the <strong>up</strong> and <strong>down</strong> arrows.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg" alt="setting language" class="wp-image-166524" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the<strong> Setting</strong> main menu, tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong> twice.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	WiFi</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>The pack will automatically attempt to reconnect if the current WiFi connection disconnects.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure the WiFi login information on the Pack’s LCD screen or by using the RPS One WiFi setup and configuration panel. For detailed information, refer to “WiFi configuration and settings.”</p>



<p>To confirm the RPS One’s WiFi status:<br>The “W” icon at the bottom of the initial status screen will display green when WiFi is connected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/image.png" alt="" class="wp-image-167411" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/image.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/image-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p>To configure WiFi:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you don’t see the name, tap the<strong> Scan</strong> button to refresh the screen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi name</strong> you want to connect to.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-screen.jpg" alt="WiFi screen" class="wp-image-167418" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-screen.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-screen-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The virtual keyboard will display.</li>



<li>Enter the<strong> Password </strong>and tap <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg" alt="wifi enter password keyboard" class="wp-image-166545" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Hotspot</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>The Hotspot tab displays two QR codes. Users can scan the Hotspot QR code to join the packs’ internal Hotspot. Scanning the Configuration page QR code opens the WiFi Configuration page in a Web browser.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot </strong>button.</li>



<li>Use your smart device to scan the <strong>Hotspot QR code</strong> to join the pack’s network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg" alt="Hotspot QR code" class="wp-image-166552" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the connection is established, scan the <strong>Configuration page QR code</strong> to open the web browser window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg" alt="Config qr code" class="wp-image-166559" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For more information about the Hotspot feature and client connections, refer to “Configuring hotspot.”</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router</strong></h2>



<p>Users can enable the Router on the touchscreen. Once enabled, the Ethernet Host slider appears.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router Feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-167425" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Setting</strong> menu will display. Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button. By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg" alt="Router disabled" class="wp-image-167003" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is enabled, the following screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-167010" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>Ethernet Port Mode</strong>. For Advanced Router configuration and Ethernet LAN/WAN settings, refer to “Router feature.”</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switch</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Switch</strong></h2>



<p>The “Switch” mode is a Network switch feature. It’s visible on the pack LCD touchscreen is a quick-toggle shortcut for the VLAN Tunnel Switch feature.</p>



<p>While detailed IP networking is usually done via the Web GUI, the LCD screen allows the field operator to monitor or engage the tunnel status without opening a laptop.</p>



<p>To enable the <strong>Switch</strong> feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-167425" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. Tap the<strong> Switch</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When enabled, only one device can be set as a DHCP server.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Hotspot is only available when the RPS One is set as a DHCP server.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch.jpg" alt="Switch mode enabled" class="wp-image-167442" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Switch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	16-Channel Mono and Stereo encoding</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>16-Channel Mono and Stereo encoding</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One supports 16-channel Mono and Stereo Audio Encoding.</p>



<p>To configure 16 Mono and Stereo channels (default) on the Pack’s LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear icon) before going Live. The main setting menu will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Standby-Live-All-button.jpg" alt="Standby Live All button" class="wp-image-167449" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Standby-Live-All-button.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Standby-Live-All-button-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button &gt; <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">&nbsp;to displa</span>y the&nbsp;<strong>Audio Channel</strong>. The 16-Ch default is set to Stereo.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Audio-channel-mono-16ch.JPG.jpg" alt="Audio channel mono 16ch" class="wp-image-167456" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Audio-channel-mono-16ch.JPG.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Audio-channel-mono-16ch.JPG-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the slider to <strong>Mono</strong> and tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/audio-channel-stereo-16ch.jpg" alt="audio channel stereo 16ch" class="wp-image-167463" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/audio-channel-stereo-16ch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/audio-channel-stereo-16ch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>back Arrow</strong> to verify the <strong>Audio Channel</strong> mono setting.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio-16ch.jpg" alt="setting encoder audio 16ch" class="wp-image-167470" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio-16ch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/setting-encoder-audio-16ch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source Switch </div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source Switch</strong></h2>



<p>By selecting the Source Switch button, a user can enable the Source Switcher mode to switch between sources 1, 2, 3, and 4 from the touchscreen and output to a single receiver. Alternatively, users can control SDI Source Switching using a Keyboard or Web UI.</p>



<p>The v8.3 Source Switch introduces the ability to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Toggle focus: </strong>Switch between physical inputs (SDI 1-4 or HDMI) for monitoring or primary transmission.</li>



<li><strong>Mode Selection:</strong> Choose between Multi-Channel Mode (sending all 4 cameras) and Single Source Mode (prioritizing one camera for maximum bitrate/quality).</li>



<li><strong>Local Preview:</strong> Use the 3.5-inch pack LCD to “switch” through your inputs to verify signal integrity without an external monitor.</li>
</ul>



<p>It is important not to confuse Source Switching (Video) with VLAN Switch Mode (Networking).</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Source Switch:</strong> Changes what video is being encoded (Input 1 vs. Input 2).</li>



<li><strong>VLAN Switch Mode:</strong> Changes how the data is routed (Layer 2 bridge for PTZ/CCU control).</li>
</ul>



<p>The “Source Switch” capability is handled through two primary methods: the Physical Pack Interface (for quick field checks) and the Web GUI (for production routing).</p>



<p>To enable the Source Switch feature via Pack LCD:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen.</li>



<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down the menu and tap the <strong>Source Switch</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Source Switch</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Source Switcher</strong> slider.</li>



<li>Move the <strong>Add to Home Screen</strong> toggle to the right until it turns green to add the switch to the <strong>Home</strong> screen.</li>



<li>Select one receiver from the <strong>Receiver </strong>drop-down menu. The default receiver is the one you are currently live with.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>it is not possible to output each source to unique receivers in this mode.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="329" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-Switch.jpg" alt="Source Switch screen" class="wp-image-167477" style="aspect-ratio:1.4660194174757282;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-Switch.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Source-Switch-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select an audio switch setting from the <strong>AFV </strong>menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-Audio-switch-setting.jpg" alt="RPS One Audio switch setting" class="wp-image-167484" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-Audio-switch-setting.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-Audio-switch-setting-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>This option determines the audio source for the SDI Source Switcher. Your menu selections are:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Default &#8211; <strong>AFV</strong>: Audio follows the video, switching with it.</li>



<li><strong>Input 1: </strong>The audio always comes from Input 1, regardless of the selected SDI source.</li>



<li><strong>Input 2:</strong> The audio always comes from Input 2, regardless of the selected SDI source.</li>



<li><strong>Input 3:</strong> The audio always comes from Input 3, regardless of the selected SDI source.</li>



<li><strong>Input 4:</strong> The audio always comes from Input 4, regardless of the selected SDI source.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When the device is live, the receiver settings cannot be modified and the audio cannot be locked to the source that has no video input.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stream</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stream</strong></h2>



<p>Using the Stream tab, a user can remotely control the stream output destination of a receiver.</p>



<p>To enable the <strong>Stream</strong> feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen.</li>



<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. Tap the <strong>Stream</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a channel and a receiver from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu. Then<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">&nbsp;select a destination from the&nbsp;<strong>Destination</strong>&nbsp;drop-down menu and&nbsp;</span>tap <strong>Publish</strong>.</li>



<li>To stop the stream, tap <strong>Stop</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When the Stream is Live the destination selected displays red, when loading the status is yellow. Receivers that are available display white.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/stream.jpg" alt="Stream screen" class="wp-image-167491" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/stream.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/stream-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Self-Check</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-Check</strong></h2>



<p>The Self-Check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live.<br>TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes. This feature can also be accessed in the Advanced configuration Self-Check tab. This is further explained in “Advanced Self-check panel.”<br>To perform a self-check on your device from the LCD screen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen.</li>



<li>Scroll to the bottom of the Main setting menu, then tap the<strong> Self-Check</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap one or all <strong>Basic</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, and <strong>Network</strong> checkboxes and tap the <strong>Self-check Now</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg" alt="Self-check screen" class="wp-image-166610" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Self-check Now</strong> button to run diagnostics on your device.</li>



<li>Follow the prompts.</li>



<li>If the pack is live, the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg" alt="self check live" class="wp-image-166624" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When an issue occurs after self-checking the Basic, Video, or Network modules, the following warning message appears, indicating which module is not performing correctly.</li>



<li>Tap the red module to display the configuration issue and make the appropriate correction(s), then tap <strong>Self-Check Again</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-166617" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<p>When the Self-Check completes without any issues, the following message displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg" alt="self check success" class="wp-image-166631" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Progressive download</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download</strong></h2>



<p>Enabling the Progressive download feature allows users to record clips by connecting a camcorder to the SDI input. The camcorder record button controls the recording. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>The File based workflows in Camcorder or Pack mode in the “File-based Workflow&nbsp;Reference Guide”&nbsp;further explains recording.</p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>channel</strong> and tap the <strong>gear</strong> icon to open the Settings screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="Live 1 selection" class="wp-image-151229" style="aspect-ratio:1.4945454545454546;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> button from the main menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue to “Camcorder mode” or “TVU Pack control mode.”</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Camcorder mode</strong></h2>



<p>Camcorder mode can only be used with an SDI input. The time code must be inside the SDI signal.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Camcorder</strong> button, then slide the slider to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg" alt="Progessive download camcorder" class="wp-image-166638" style="aspect-ratio:1.4889705882352942;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Record</strong> button on the video camera to display its controls.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Standby and record modes</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standby and Record modes</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Standby “Stby” displays in <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark> when in camcorder mode and not recording</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-default-3.jpg" alt="Progressive download default " class="wp-image-151460" style="aspect-ratio:1.4944649446494465;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-default-3.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-default-3-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the video camera is recording, “•Rec” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-in-recording.jpg" alt="Progressive Download Mark in recording" class="wp-image-151468" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-in-recording.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-in-recording-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Standby “Stby” displays in <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark> when the video camera is finished recording</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-out-complete.jpg" alt="Progressive Download Mark out complete" class="wp-image-151476" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-out-complete.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-Mark-out-complete-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Stop the video camera from recording if you need to change your pack settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>If you change the settings to the<strong> Pack</strong> while <strong>Camcorder </strong>mode is running, the following message will appear:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg" alt="Progessive download in progress" class="wp-image-166645" style="aspect-ratio:1.4981949458483754;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">If you switch to&nbsp;<strong>Camcorder&nbsp;</strong>mode while running in&nbsp;<strong>Pack&nbsp;</strong>mode and the&nbsp;<strong>Mark In</strong>&nbsp;point is set but the&nbsp;<strong>Mark Out</strong>&nbsp;point is not, the following message appears</span>. Processing is interrupted and defaults to the current <strong>Mark Out</strong> point.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg" alt="progressive download mark out not set" class="wp-image-166652" style="aspect-ratio:1.5018450184501846;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<p>A new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar when a file transfer is in progress.  If you take the clip live during the transfer process, the following message will display:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="Live standby alert" class="wp-image-151484" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Pack control mode </strong></h2>



<p>Pack control mode can be used in either SDI or HDMI. A time code is not required. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>To enable the Progressive Download Pack mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>channel</strong> and tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-feature.jpg" alt="Progressive download feature" class="wp-image-151492" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-feature.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-download-feature-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Pack</strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>,</strong>&nbsp;then move the enable&nbsp;<strong>slider</strong>&nbsp;to the right until&nbsp;<strong>it turns&nbsp;</strong></span><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK. </strong>A Success prompt is displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg" alt="Progressive download Pack" class="wp-image-166659" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button. Your feed will display in “Standby” mode.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong>  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105036" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-black.png" alt="right arrow icon"></strong> icon to enter the control page to set your mark-in/out preferences.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-in-Standby-mode.jpg" alt="Progressive Download in Standby mode" class="wp-image-151508" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-in-Standby-mode.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Progressive-Download-in-Standby-mode-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<p>When a file is being transferred using the Progressive Download, download, and Auto Sync, methods a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar of the LCD touchscreen. A prompt will appear when a file is being transferred as the Pack shuts down.<br>The transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays when a file is being transferred. Tap the <strong>Transfer tab</strong> to view the file transfer details.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105055" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-red.png" alt="right arrow red">icon is red when a Progressive Download is in progress.</li>



<li>The camera <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105064" style="width: 34px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/video-camera-icon.png" alt="video camera icon red"> icon is red when the RPS One is live with a receiver.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return Video (RVF)</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video Feedback (RVF)</strong></h2>



<p>Version 8.2 and later support separate Return Video Feedback with the Pack and an RPS receiver.</p>



<p>The Return Video screen has three modes, allowing users to set up RVF from a Receiver, Producer, Partyline, or MediaHub session. These modes can be output to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Inner HDMI</li>



<li>V-box 2 (HDMI 2)</li>



<li>The Pack’s LCD</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When enabled, a single return video can be simultaneously output to multiple outputs, such as two HDMI ports, the Pack’s LCD screen, and a phone or tablet.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>All return video feed type settings are accessed from the initial screen<strong> Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> <strong>&#8211; RVF from a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a Receiver <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-to-inner-hdmi-start.jpg" alt="rvf to inner hdmi start" class="wp-image-167505" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-to-inner-hdmi-start.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-to-inner-hdmi-start-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI </strong>screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg" alt="to inner HDMI Producer" class="wp-image-167512" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Partytline</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a<strong> Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg" alt="to inner HDMI Partyline" class="wp-image-167519" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong> Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a MediaHub session To Inner HDMI:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main<strong> Setting </strong>menu &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Media Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg" alt="to inner HDMI MediaHub" class="wp-image-167526" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"> red</mark>.</li>



<li>Tap the Home button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a Receiver <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main<strong> Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or<strong> SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg" alt="rvf to v-box receiver" class="wp-image-167533" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Produce</strong>r.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg" alt="to v-box HDMI 2 Producer" class="wp-image-167549" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap Partyline.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg" alt="to v-box HDMI 2 Partyline" class="wp-image-167565" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>red</strong></mark>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the<strong> To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Media Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg" alt=" to v-box HDMI 2 Mediahub" class="wp-image-167581" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>red</strong></mark>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong> &#8211;<strong> From a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>The VFB connects from the transmitter’s HDMI Out port. When the VFB function is enabled on an RPS TVU One, the VFB allows the return video feed to be transferred from a receiver in the field and displayed on the Pack LCD in real time.</p>



<p>To set up the RVF from a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main<strong> Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg" alt="RVF to pack LCD Receiver" class="wp-image-167588" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>



<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-167595" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; From Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To Pack LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Video From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Producer" class="wp-image-167602" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-167595" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; From Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Pack LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack</strong> LCD screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Partyline" class="wp-image-167609" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home </strong>button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-167595" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; From MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To set up RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To Pack LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack</strong> LCD screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li><strong>Select a media</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Mediahub" class="wp-image-167616" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home </strong>button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-167595" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Upload</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Upload</strong></h2>



<p>The Upload setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>Upload</strong> button.</p>



<p>Using the Upload button, users can upload files from a USB flash drive to a Receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/upload.jpg" alt="Upload" class="wp-image-167623" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/upload.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/upload-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Upload to</strong> drop-down list, then select a <strong>source</strong> in the <strong>From</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>files</strong> you want from the list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Upload</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transfer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transfer</strong></h2>



<p>The Transfer setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu &gt; <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</p>



<p>To view file transfer status, including progressive download, download, and auto-sync:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/transfer.jpg" alt="Transfer" class="wp-image-167630" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/transfer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/transfer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is ongoing.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png" alt="File transfer ongoing" class="wp-image-151541" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing-300x199.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png" alt="File transfer complete" class="wp-image-151549" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>The following message appears when powering off the device if file transfers are in progress.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png" alt="live standby alert" class="wp-image-151565" style="aspect-ratio:1.5148148148148148;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Speedtest</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Speedtest</strong></h2>



<p>The Speedtest feature is a critical tool for ensuring your bonded cellular and satellite connections have enough combined bandwidth for a 4-camera HDR broadcast.</p>



<p>Unlike a standard smartphone speed test, the RPS One test specifically measures the uplink capacity to the TVU ecosystem.</p>



<p>To perform a speedtest:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Speedtest screen is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Scroll down and tap the<strong> Speedtest</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Speedtest screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg" alt="Speedtest select receiver" class="wp-image-166793" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg" alt="Speedtest screen" class="wp-image-166800" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RPS One Advanced configuration &#8211; pack controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One system status monitoring and control using a Web browser, iPhone, or smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One encoder’s operational status can be monitored, and various transmission functions can be controlled from a Web browser. This interface can be accessed using a standard web browser connected to the RPS One hotspot.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Connecting to the RPS One hotspot</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Connecting to the RPS One hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the steps to connect a laptop or phone to the internal hotspot.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Search for the hotspot on your iPhone/smart device. Then, when prompted, enter the case-sensitive SSID:<br><em>TVUPACK_XXXX</em><br>(Where X is the last <strong>4 digits</strong> of the encoder’s PID)<br>The default password is the last 8 digits of the RPS One PID.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> All password characters are uppercase. The password can be changed in the Web UI if desired.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect to the SSID using your iPhone or smart device. The following examples show how the status screens display on a smart device&#8217;s Web browser.</li>



<li>Once the connection is established, you can open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong> in the address line to see the RPS One’s “System status.”</li>



<li>The TVU RPS System status panel displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="513" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-system-status.jpg" alt="RPS One system status" class="wp-image-163128" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-system-status.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-system-status-225x300.jpg 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The System status screen provides detailed information on the <strong>System</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>IFB/VoIP</strong>, and <strong>Video</strong> status.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>System panel</strong></h2>



<p>Expand the <strong>System</strong> caret to display System status, model, software version, and PID information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-System-screen.jpg" alt="RPS One System screen" class="wp-image-167637" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-System-screen.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-System-screen-230x300.jpg 230w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Network panel displays the current Network status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="752" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Network-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Network panel" class="wp-image-163145" style="width:375px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Network-panel.jpg 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Network-panel-189x300.jpg 189w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IFB/VoIP panel</strong> <strong>&#8211; Audio Test</strong></h2>



<p>The IFB/VoIP panel allows the user to change the audio level of the IFB/VoIP function. Users can test the 3.5mm audio input and output interface hardware.</p>



<p>File management and recorded media progress can be accessed in the Advanced configuration <strong>File</strong> &gt; <strong>Recorder </strong>tab.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio test, the device must be available and not in use for <strong>Live</strong> or <strong>VoIP/IFB</strong>.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio Test:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the system status panel and expand the <strong>IFB/VoIP</strong> carat.</li>



<li>Click the green <strong>Audio Test</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="405" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg" alt="IFB VoIP panel" class="wp-image-167644" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-IFB-VoIP-panel-300x281.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Audio Test</strong> page will open.</li>



<li>Ensure the microphone and speaker are connected, then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="994" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page" class="wp-image-167651" style="width:618px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg 994w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-768x387.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 994px) 100vw, 994px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the device is currently in use for Live/VoIP/IFB, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page warning" class="wp-image-167658" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg 508w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Start Test</strong>.</li>



<li>The default active microphone and speaker are auto-enabled message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="999" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test enabled" class="wp-image-166842" style="width:637px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg 999w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-768x384.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 999px) 100vw, 999px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Recording will start automatically when you enter this page. It will capture audio from the default microphone and display the input level on the green level bar. It will stop when you close or leave this page. If desired, you can click the<strong> Stop Test</strong> button to stop the recording.</li>



<li>To play the last recorded audio captured via the default microphone, click the <strong>Stop Test</strong> button again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="462" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test capturing audio" class="wp-image-166849" style="width:646px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg 995w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-768x357.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To run the test again, click the <strong>Start Test</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test stop testing" class="wp-image-166856" style="width:649px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg 998w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-300x145.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-768x372.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video panel</strong></h2>



<p>The video panel displays information on video transmission and its status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="492" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Video-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Video panel" class="wp-image-163160" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Video-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Video-panel-234x300.jpg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel now includes two input format options: 4K and 1080P. These formats allow Twitch streamers to choose the maximum input format for the HDMI setting to channel 1, allowing units to limit or configure the available Extended Delay Identification Data (EDID) resolutions. This feature enables forcing 1080P input detection via HDMI when a connected camera uses automatic resolution settings.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="301" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-panel-new.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One Video panel - EDID configuration option" class="wp-image-167665" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-panel-new.jpg 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/video-panel-new-300x181.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel allows users to select <strong>USB</strong> as the <strong>Input Port</strong> when the pack detects a USB video input source.<br>Supported USB cameras are:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Pro</li>



<li>DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro</li>



<li>Logitech Brio 100</li>



<li>Hikvision DS-U11</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-menu-RPS-One.png" alt="Select USB menu RPS One" class="wp-image-167672" style="width:372px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-menu-RPS-One.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-menu-RPS-One-224x300.png 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<p>When selecting USB as a video input port, set <strong>1080P30</strong> as the <strong>Input format</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-format-menu-RPS-One.png" alt="Select USB format menu RPS One" class="wp-image-167679" style="width:380px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-format-menu-RPS-One.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Select-USB-format-menu-RPS-One-224x300.png 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<p>When the USB setting is successful, the USB input will be displayed at the top of the pack’s Home LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed.jpg" alt="USB input source displayed" class="wp-image-163192" style="width:382px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return Video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>This operation can be configured for the Receiver, Producer, Partyline, and MediaHub on the Pack’s LCD screen and in the Advanced operations configuration <strong>Live</strong> &gt; <strong>Return Video</strong> screen.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	IP Source configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP Source configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure the input source type for channel 1:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Web configuration</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Live</strong> menu, then the <strong>IP Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select channel 1, then click the <strong>HDMI/SDI/USB</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="476" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-1-USB-HDMI-SDI.jpg" alt="RPS One IP channel 1 USB HDMI SDI" class="wp-image-167686" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-1-USB-HDMI-SDI.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-1-USB-HDMI-SDI-300x283.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<p>To configure the input source type for channels 2/3/4:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Web configuration</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu, then the <strong>IP Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select channel 4, then click the<strong> SDI</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="507" height="474" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-2-3-4-SDI.jpg" alt="RPS One IP channel 2 3 4 SDI" class="wp-image-167694" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-2-3-4-SDI.jpg 507w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-One-IP-channel-2-3-4-SDI-300x280.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 507px) 100vw, 507px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Power panel allows users to <strong>reboot</strong> and <strong>power off</strong> the pack.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Power panel" class="wp-image-163199" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel-300x137.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To open the Network configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar icon</strong> to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="RPS One Advanced icon" class="wp-image-163206" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>. This allows users to navigate to, monitor, and control all aspects of transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="275" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-general-network.jpg" alt="general&gt;Network&gt; LAN settings" class="wp-image-167701" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-general-network.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-general-network-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the LAN settings panel, set the RPS One&#8217;s local LAN address. The default IP address is <strong>192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> and select a <strong>Router setting</strong> from the drop-down menu; the default is <strong>Auto</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="RPS One LAN setings" class="wp-image-167708" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the following procedures to scroll through the remaining Network options to complete the configuration settings:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hotspot</li>



<li>WiFi</li>



<li>Ethernet</li>



<li>Modems</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi configuration and settings</strong></h2>



<p>The WiFi menu provides configuration information, access to change WiFi settings, and the ability to lock to the current WiFi network. The RPS One can optionally support multiple WiFi connections by purchasing optional hardware. For more information, contact TVU Networks support.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure  WiFi login information using the RPS One WiFi setup and configuration panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg" alt="RPS One WiFi icon" class="wp-image-163227" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the<strong> Scan</strong> button to display any available networks. The available networks are displayed in the center panel. Move the <strong>WiFi</strong> slider to the right to enable it.</li>



<li>The WiFi network is disconnected by default, as shown below in the configuration screen, WiFi panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg" alt="WiFi panel" class="wp-image-167715" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-wifi-panel-2-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired network from the center panel, then click the information “i” icon to connect to the WiFi. The settings pop-up window displays. Enter the <strong>Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connect-to.jpg" alt="connect to WiFI" class="wp-image-167722" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connect-to.jpg 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connect-to-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the password is incorrect, the following failure message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg" alt="WiFI failure message" class="wp-image-166926" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg 605w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message-300x94.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Save</strong> button to save only the WiFi parameters, or the<strong> Join</strong> button to save and connect to the WiFi network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-click-i-to-connect-pop-up.jpg" alt="Join to WiFI" class="wp-image-166933" style="width:387px"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose <strong>Join</strong> to save and connect to WiFi, the following screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="496" height="388" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connected-RPS-One.jpg" alt="wifi connected  RPS One" class="wp-image-167729" style="width:500px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connected-RPS-One.jpg 496w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-connected-RPS-One-300x235.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi </strong>option, enable the slider. This option will automatically reconnect to the selected WiFi network if the signal drops.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="539" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-enable-lock-to-wifi-RPS-One.jpg" alt="wifi enable lock to wifi RPS One" class="wp-image-167736" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-enable-lock-to-wifi-RPS-One.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-enable-lock-to-wifi-RPS-One-280x300.jpg 280w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/wifi-enable-lock-to-wifi-RPS-One-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To switch to another WiFi network, disable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="522" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-unlock-and-switch-to-another-RPS-One.jpg" alt="WiFi unlock and switch to another RPS One" class="wp-image-167743" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-unlock-and-switch-to-another-RPS-One.jpg 500w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-unlock-and-switch-to-another-RPS-One-287x300.jpg 287w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/WiFi-unlock-and-switch-to-another-RPS-One-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a WiFi connection, then enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you enable the lock before connecting to another WiFi, the following message displays.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg" alt="No WiFi connection message" class="wp-image-166954" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg 607w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router feature</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>gear</strong> icon to open the Settings screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-167425" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Main <strong>Setting</strong> menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Router</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg" alt="Router disabled" class="wp-image-167003" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>To enable the Ethernet host setting, tap and move the <strong>Ethernet Host</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-167010" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Router feature (client connections)</strong></h2>



<p>If higher bandwidth is required when using a hotspot, the optional TVU Router feature can enable clients to connect to the RPS One at up to 200 Mbps.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Configuration page on an iPhone or other smart device, open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-167108" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Network</strong> tab and expand the <strong>LAN</strong> Settings panel.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Auto</strong> in the <strong>Router</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the<strong> IP address</strong> and <strong>Subnet Mask</strong>, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="RPS One LAN setings" class="wp-image-167708" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down on the Hotspot panel. Connected Clients display in the <strong>Connected Clients</strong> device list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>USB remote control PTT button operations</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>VoIP call operations</li>



<li>SCTE insertion</li>
</ul>



<p>Operators can now use a USB remote control as a Push-to-talk (PTT) button for the VoIP microphone. This allows users to mute and unmute their mic during a VoIP call independently of their headset.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When attempting to click to another control mode while the mic is “Mute” a confirmation message appears. Click Yes to mute and change modes. The Mic will automatically reset.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg" alt="Mute mic confirmation" class="wp-image-167750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Mute-mic-confirmation-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP call operations</strong></h2>



<p>To enable the VoIP call Mute/unmute feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and the <strong>Remote Control Setting </strong>tab.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Mute/Unmute Mic in VoIP Call</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg" alt="Remote controller setting" class="wp-image-167024" style="width:560px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg 695w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting-300x117.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the USB remote controller device to the TVU Pack. While on a VoIP call, press once to mute.</li>



<li>The Mic status shows <strong>Mute</strong> in red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg" alt="remote controller setting Mic status Mute" class="wp-image-167031" style="width:564px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-768x308.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press again to unmute.</li>



<li>When a VoIP microphone call invitation is received, the following message will appear automatically on the LCD touchscreen for 3 seconds.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="489" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-connecting.jpg" alt="Live VoIP connecting" class="wp-image-167757" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-connecting.jpg 489w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-connecting-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a VoIP call is connected, a white microphone icon appears at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-connected.jpg" alt="live VoIP connected" class="wp-image-167764" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-connected.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-connected-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When using VoIP, the Mic displays a modulating white-and-green icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-speaking.jpg" alt="live VoIP speaking" class="wp-image-167771" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-speaking.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-speaking-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you press the remote button, a &#8220;Mute the mic&#8221; message appears, and the mic icon turns red, indicating that VoIP is connected and the mic is muted.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-muted.jpg" alt="live VoIP muted" class="wp-image-167778" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-muted.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/live-VoIP-muted-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the remote button again to unmute the mic. The mic icon will return to the white (connected and open) state.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-unmuted.jpg" alt="Live VoIP unmuted" class="wp-image-167785" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-unmuted.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Live-VoIP-unmuted-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SCTE insertion</strong></h2>



<p>Note: If a user switches to Inserting SCTE while the Mic is Muted, a message will appear asking whether you want to switch to “Live control.” When this is allowed, the Mic will reset to Mute automatically.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select the<strong> Inserting SCTE</strong> radio button to set the control option.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Duration and Preroll SCTE default values that appear are editable.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="694" height="329" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE.jpg" alt="Inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167792" style="width:618px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE.jpg 694w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE-300x142.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 694px) 100vw, 694px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Plug the USB remote control device into the pack.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="RPS one live status - SCTE " class="wp-image-167799" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the USB remote button once to begin inserting SCTE. The insertion automatically stops when the duration ends.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The default duration value is 120 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after the pack reboots.</li>



<li>The default Preroll value is 2 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after the pack reboots.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The countdown displays at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg" alt="RPS one live status - SCTE count down" class="wp-image-167806" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the duration ends, the SCTE insertion automatically stops, and the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg" alt="RPS one live status - SCTE insertion complete" class="wp-image-167813" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the user presses the Remote control device button while it’s active, an “SCTE Splice currently in process. Unable to complete the requested action until the current splice duration is complete” message displays on the LCD screen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg" alt="RPS one live status - SCTE in process message" class="wp-image-167820" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RPS-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resetting the Duration and Preroll parameters to default values</strong></h2>



<p>To change the SCTE parameters back to the SCTE default values:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> page.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Inserting SCTE</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Reset </strong>buttons to change to the default values.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="694" height="329" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE.jpg" alt="Inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167792" style="width:618px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE.jpg 694w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Inserting-SCTE-300x142.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 694px) 100vw, 694px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced configuration &#8211; Web interface controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One Advanced configuration &#8211; Web interface controls</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS One hotspot settings</strong></h2>



<p>The hotspot panel provides status information about clients connected through the hotspot.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Hotspot configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>To configure a hotspot:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-167108" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Connected Client list window displays a list of devices that are connected using hotspots.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update the <strong>Password</strong>, edit the password field.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The new password must be 8 characters and does not take affect until the system is restarted.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The hotspot feature enables a connected device to access the Internet through one of the available network connections. This access allows file transfers via FTP or any other internet connection.</li>



<li>You can manually select the route taken (for example, a Hotel<strong> WiFi </strong>network) by selecting the path from the WiFi panel.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Bandwidth </strong>drop-down menu, choose<strong> 2.4 GHz</strong> or <strong>5 GHz</strong> frequency.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Modem configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Modem panel provides modem configuration information to enable two modes: <strong>Manual</strong> and<strong> Auto</strong>. The transmitter automatically detects many cellular data cards and will self-configure when in Auto mode. If this is the case, no further action will be required. If a data card needs configuration, you can use the Modem panel to configure it by selecting the Manual roaming feature.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto mode</strong></h3>



<p>To enable Auto mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/modem-icon.jpg" alt="modem icon" class="wp-image-163255" style="width:385px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for this modem</strong> checkbox and the <strong>Auto</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>The <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> checkbox will be checked by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="672" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg" alt="modems all enabled roaming panel" class="wp-image-167827" style="width:432px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel-224x300.jpg 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the “Roaming for this modem” box is unchecked, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167206" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose to disable Roaming, the Roaming for slot XX is disabled message appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="644" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg" alt="modem disabled default panel" class="wp-image-167834" style="width:423px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-disabled-default-panel-234x300.jpg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual roaming feature</strong></h3>



<p>The roaming for all modems is enabled by default.</p>



<p>The <strong>Manual</strong> radio button provides a global roaming toggle and an individual roaming switch for every slot. Changes to roaming settings (checked or unchecked) are saved automatically; clicking<strong> Apply</strong> is not necessary. Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</p>



<p>To enable the Manual roaming feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/modem-icon.jpg" alt="modem icon" class="wp-image-163255" style="width:385px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong>, <strong>Roaming for this modem</strong>, and <strong>Manual</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> button to load the<strong> Carrier</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="776" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual.jpg" alt="modem manual" class="wp-image-167862" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual.jpg 499w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual-193x300.jpg 193w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Carrier</strong> from the list and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual-scanning.jpg" alt="modem manual scanning" class="wp-image-167855" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual-scanning.jpg 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-manual-scanning-191x300.jpg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When successful, the <strong>Applied successfully</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-select-slot.jpg" alt="modem select slot" class="wp-image-167848" style="width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-select-slot.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modem-select-slot-194x300.jpg 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn global Roaming off, <strong>uncheck</strong> the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> checkbox. The <strong>Disable Roaming</strong> warning message appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167206" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Disable</strong> button.</li>



<li>The <strong>All modems Roaming is disabled</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="617" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg" alt="modems all disabled panel 1" class="wp-image-167841" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg 500w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/modems-all-disabled-panel-1-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Configuring data cards</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring data cards</strong></h2>



<p>To configure specific data cards:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Available Slots</strong> drop-down menu to display a list of available slots for configuration.</li>



<li>If Manual configuration is required, input the settings provided by your carrier into the <strong>Network registration mode</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save any changes.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Ethernet Configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration DHCP IP</strong></h2>



<p>Ethernet settings are accessed and configured from the System configuration Home panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The DHCP IP address is automatically generated and cannot be manually entered.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To configure your Ethernet settings for a DHCP IP address:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Web browser UI and tap the <strong>Ethernet</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon" class="wp-image-163270" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>DHCP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a<strong> slot number</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="557" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg" alt="Ethernet config" class="wp-image-163277" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config-207x300.jpg 207w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration Static IP</strong></h2>



<p>To configure your Ethernet settings for a Static IP address:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Static IP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a <strong>slot number</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a<strong> Static IP</strong> address in the IP Address field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> in the Mask field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Gateway</strong> in the Gateway field.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Apply </strong>button to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="619" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static IP" class="wp-image-163284" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP-186x300.jpg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live tab &#8211; Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>For the V-Box adapter, if the resolution of the return video from the receiver is 1080P or higher and the bitrate exceeds 2M, users can lower the resolution by selecting the appropriate Resolution and Bitrate in the drop-down menu.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating the return video resolution</strong></h3>



<p>To update the V-box adapter return video resolution:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Advanced</strong> configuration screen.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Live</strong> > <strong>Return Video</strong> panel and choose the appropriate <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Receiver</strong> tab and choose the appropriate <strong>Bitrate</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="387" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg" alt="advanced v box panel" class="wp-image-167869" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/new-advanced-v-box-panel-300x269.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the RVF feed resolution is too high, the following message appears on the LCD touchscreen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="315" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/pack-return-video-tab.jpg" alt="RVF pack resolution too high  message" class="wp-image-167876" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/pack-return-video-tab.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/pack-return-video-tab-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VoIP Audio inputs</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live tab &#8211; VoIP Audio inputs</strong></h2>



<p>Version 8.2 and higher of the receiver and pack support real-time switching between VoIP and IFB calls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A device reboot is required when switching between VoIP and IFB if the receiver version is lower than v8.2.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The Audio setting option only applies to VoIP, if it is IFB, these options are not available.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio encoding mode &#8211; 2 -channel option</strong></h3>



<p>Mixing all Channels is set as the default option when selecting any transmitter.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="593" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs.jpg" alt="rps one 2 audio inputs" class="wp-image-167883" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs-254x300.jpg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<p>When a specific channel is chosen, such as “Left Channel” or “Channel 1”, the other three transmitters will default to “Left Channel” or “Channel 1.” Users can manually adjust these transmitters as needed to send other individual Audio Channels.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs-menu.jpg" alt="rps one 2 audio inputs menu" class="wp-image-167890" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs-menu.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-2-audio-inputs-menu-300x87.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<p>The Apply button is only applicable for these settings. If nothing has changed, the <strong>Apply</strong> button will appear as grayed out. When in a call, switching the call mode will prompt the following confirmation dialog to remind users that the operation will interrupt the current call.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="507" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message.jpg" alt="audio inputs warning" class="wp-image-167897" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message.jpg 507w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message-300x98.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 507px) 100vw, 507px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio encoding mode &#8211; 4-channel option</strong></h3>



<p>When the <strong>without mixing </strong>option is selected in any transmitter, the other three transmitters will automatically synchronize to it.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="501" height="608" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-2.jpg" alt="rps one 4 audio inputs 2" class="wp-image-167904" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-2.jpg 501w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-2-247x300.jpg 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 501px) 100vw, 501px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="208" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-menu.jpg" alt="rps one 4 audio inputs menu" class="wp-image-167911" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-menu.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-menu-300x128.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<p>When in a call, switching the call mode will prompt the following confirmation dialog to remind users that the operation will interrupt the current call.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="507" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message.jpg" alt="audio inputs warning" class="wp-image-167897" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message.jpg 507w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/rps-one-4-audio-inputs-warning-message-300x98.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 507px) 100vw, 507px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Self-Check panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Self-Check panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced Self-Check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live. TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes.<br>To perform a self-check on your device in the Advanced configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Advanced configuration UI.</li>



<li>Tap the Advanced menu and select the <strong>Self-Check</strong> tab.</li>



<li>To run diagnostics on your device, tap one or all of the <strong>Basic</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, and <strong>Network</strong> checkboxes, then tap the <strong>Start self-check </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-start-self-check.jpg" alt="advanced start self-check" class="wp-image-167953" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-start-self-check.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-start-self-check-300x149.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following pre-check prompts display when selected in Step 1.</li>



<li>Tap<strong> Yes</strong> to confirm the Video check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="606" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm video message" class="wp-image-167946" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg 606w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-video-message-300x91.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Yes</strong> to confirm the Network check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm network message" class="wp-image-167939" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-confirm-network-message-300x77.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-Check window displays its status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg" alt="advanced checking module screen" class="wp-image-167932" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-checking-module-screen-214x300.jpg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-Check results display errors when completed. The errors are displayed in red.</li>



<li>Address any errors and tap the <strong>Self-check again</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="826" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg" alt="advanced self-check warnings" class="wp-image-167925" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/advanced-self-check-warnings-183x300.jpg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-Check report will display no red errors when complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="928" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Self-check-results-RPS-One.jpg" alt="Self check results RPS One" class="wp-image-167918" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Self-check-results-RPS-One.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Self-check-results-RPS-One-163x300.jpg 163w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Run Router Live Together feature makes it easy for users to define (WAN) Router mode vs. (LAN) pass-through or receive mode. Ethernet Port Mode includes a WAN (share internet) radio button that sends bonded cellular internet through the Ethernet port. The LAN (Receive internet) radio button will accept incoming internet through the Ethernet port.</p>



<p>To open the Router configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon or the Web UI to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Advanced icon" class="wp-image-152542" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Router</strong>. The <strong>Router</strong> panel will be displayed.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>TVU Router</strong> slider.</li>



<li>The Ethernet Port Mode radio button is set to <strong>WAN</strong> (Share internet) by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg" alt="router 1" class="wp-image-167178" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1-300x268.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over the <strong>radio buttons</strong> to display their behavior.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="445" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg" alt="router 2" class="wp-image-167185" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2-300x266.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the <strong>Run Router Live Together </strong>feature is enabled, the router panel displays the <strong>Smart Traffic Allocation</strong> radio button under <strong>Data Preference</strong>. This button will prioritize Live streaming and use the excess for the router.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="446" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg" alt="router 1a" class="wp-image-167192" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a-300x265.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio encoding</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Encoding &#8211; Stereo</strong></h2>



<p>To set the Audio Encoding to Stereo (default):</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> > <strong>Encoder</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>16-Ch</strong> radio button and move the slider from <strong>Mono</strong> to <strong>Stereo</strong> in the <strong>Audio Encode</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="843" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting.jpg" alt="source switcher stereo setting" class="wp-image-167960" style="width:518px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting.jpg 799w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting-284x300.jpg 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting-768x810.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-stereo-setting-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Encoding &#8211; Mono</strong></h2>



<p>To set the Audio Encoding to Mono:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> > <strong>Encoder</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>16-Ch</strong> radio button and move the slider from <strong>Stereo</strong> to <strong>Mono</strong> in the Audio Encode panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="804" height="847" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting.jpg" alt="source switcher mono setting" class="wp-image-167967" style="width:533px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting.jpg 804w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting-285x300.jpg 285w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting-768x809.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/source-switcher-mono-setting-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 804px) 100vw, 804px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software QGUG Rev G EN 02-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 14:14:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=166411</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU One Model TM1000v4 is an all 5G single-channel transmitter and features onboard RVF and HDMI output. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="582" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-1024x582.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 SW Featured image v8.3" class="wp-image-166412" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-1024x582.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3.jpg 1029w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setup, configuration, and Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you use your TVU One transmitter, refer to the <em><a href="/?p=155783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> to set up the hardware and identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Single-camera connections</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Single-camera connections</strong></h2>



<p>Refer to the following figures for input connection configurations.</p>



<p>The following camera combinations are supported:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/HDMI-In-TM1000v4.png" alt="HDMI In TM1000v4" class="wp-image-156531"/></figure>



<p>HDMI only &#8211; Up to 1080 p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/SDI-In-TM1000v4.png" alt="SDI In TM1000v4" class="wp-image-156539"/></figure>



<p>3G SDI In &#8211; Up to 1080 p60</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This software user guide provides information on performing basic configuration and operating the TVU One model TM1000v4 transmitter.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Refer to the <em><a href="/?p=155783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> to set up your hardware.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning on the TVU One</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>power</strong> button, and the TVU One transmitter will begin to boot up.</li>



<li>The initial status screen will display.</li>



<li>The modems begin to connect automatically.</li>
</ol>



<p>&#8220;No video input&#8221; will appear on the LCD touchscreen when no transmission feed is connected to the unit.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:389px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> you may be prompted to upgrade your firmware. If you choose to upgrade, click the notification at the top of the status screen. It may take up to 30 minutes to complete.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Live status screen functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter Live status screen functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="431" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions.jpg" alt="TVU One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions" class="wp-image-156550" style="width:476px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions.jpg 431w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Transmission Status:</strong> The LCD touchscreen displays the current transmission status of the TVU One. When the SDI video input source is connected to the transmitter, the touchscreen will display Standby until a channel is selected and taken “Live.”</p>



<p><strong>(B) Data Card Status Monitor:</strong><br>Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the transmitter. The status of data cards connected to the transmitter will appear as <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark>,<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"> <strong>red</strong></mark>, <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color"><strong>orange</strong></mark>, or<strong> black</strong>. The <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark> status indicates that the data card is connected. The <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color">orange</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial. The <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is not connected. The <strong>black</strong> status indicates that no card is present.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Ethernet Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the Ethernet connection.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Hotspot Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the hotspot connection.</p>



<p><strong>(E) WiFi Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the WiFi connection.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Latency Status:</strong> Displays the current latency of the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Bit Rate Status:</strong> Displays the current Bit Rate (B/R).</p>



<p><strong>(H) Receiver Name:</strong> Shows the receiver name to which the unit is transmitting.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Audio Input Level Monitor:</strong> Dynamically displays the audio input level (DBFS) for the unit with graphical colors.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Battery Status:</strong> Indicates the status of the battery.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To go live using the receiver with which you last went live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Live</strong> button on the initial status screen to start the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The transmitter will prompt you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png" alt="Slide to go live button" class="wp-image-166419" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the button is engaged, the transmitter begins the live transmission using the last receiver you most recently used to go Live.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver and going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver, configure your settings, and go Live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the center of the LCD touchscreen. The initial status screen displays. Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the bottom right of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new menu will display, and the new menu allows users to reorder, remove, and add menu options to customize the menu order based on user habits.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Setting,WiFi, and Hotspot buttons can not be removed.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Setting</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To return to the previous screen, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Setting menu will display, tap the <strong>Receiver</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting config select receiver" class="wp-image-166433" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">you want to go live with from the drop-down menu, then tap&nbsp;<strong>OK</strong>, </span>then tap<strong>&nbsp;</strong>the <strong>Go Live</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you only want to select a receiver but do not want to go Live, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button at the bottom-right corner of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting select receiver" class="wp-image-166440" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When starting a live transmission from this menu, you will not be prompted to slide a button. The transmission will begin with a countdown.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="660" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png" alt="connecting with receiver screen" class="wp-image-151221" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png 660w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Starting and stopping the transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Starting and stopping the transmission</strong></h2>



<p>When the SDI camera source is connected, the “Standby” screen will display until you take the transmission live.</p>



<p>To take the transmission live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the green <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="going live" class="wp-image-156560" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The transmitter will display a prompt for you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png" alt="Slide to go live v4" class="wp-image-156569" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a transmission is live with a receiver, a red <strong>Stop</strong> button will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg" alt="stopping a live transmission v4" class="wp-image-156578" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>To stop the live transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>The LCD will return to the “Standby” mode when the live transmission is stopped.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="going live standby mode" class="wp-image-156560" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Full-screen preview</strong></h2>



<p>To enable a full-screen view from the touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> full-screen</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="29" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-icon.jpg" alt="full screen icon" class="wp-image-151261" style="width:50px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg" alt="stopping a live transmission v4" class="wp-image-156578" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The full-screen mode will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view.jpg" alt="full-screen mode" class="wp-image-156596" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the previous display, tap the bottom-right icon.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU One Config settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One Configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the list of TVU One pack settings and explains how to locate and configure them.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the initial status page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-156604" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the Setting screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Setting menu will display, tap the <strong>Receiver</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting config select receiver" class="wp-image-166433" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver you want to go live with, then tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting select receiver" class="wp-image-166440" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Selecting an encoder option</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting an encoder option</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One TM1000v4 has true dual encoding. It encodes the same content at a fixed bitrate in the background and records to local storage. Users can monitor the live-stream bitrate. A visual notification is displayed on the home screen if the selected transmission bitrate drops below the threshold.</p>



<p>The TVU One model TM1000v4 supports onboard H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding.</p>



<p>To select an encoding option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting </strong>button on the main menu to open the Setting screen, then tap <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Encoder screen will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-166454" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Video</strong> to open the <strong>Video Encode</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Configure the <strong>Encoding</strong> setting.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>H.265 Interview</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.264 Normal</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H264" class="wp-image-166461" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Your selection will highlight green. The RPS One must be in live mode before you can change selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H265" class="wp-image-166468" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Chroma Subsampling: 4:2:0 vs. 4:2:2</strong></h3>



<p>Chroma subsampling reduces color information to save bandwidth while preserving image detail.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>4:2:0 samples color at half the horizontal and vertical resolution; best for streaming or storage-efficient video with lower color fidelity.</li>



<li>4:2:2 samples color at full vertical resolution and half horizontal; preserves more color detail, preferred for professional editing or broadcast.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow to return to the previous screen.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to open the <strong>Audio Encode</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-166454" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p></p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to select an <strong>Audio Codec</strong>, <strong>Audio Channel</strong>, <strong>Audio VBR/CBR</strong>, and <strong>Audio Bitrate</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Codec descriptions:</strong></h3>



<p><strong>Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)</strong>:<br>AAC is a versatile audio compression format known for its ability to deliver high-quality sound with efficient file sizes.</p>



<p><strong>AAC-LC (Low Complexity):</strong><br>AAC-LC is a specific profile within the AAC format, optimized for lower computational complexity and broad compatibility. It offers excellent sound quality while being easier to decode, making it ideal for devices with limited processing power. AAC-LC is commonly used in platforms like iTunes, YouTube, and digital radio broadcasting.</p>



<p><strong>AAC-HE (High Efficiency):</strong><br>AAC-HE, also known as AAC+ or AAC Plus, is an extension of the AAC format designed for even greater compression efficiency. It utilizes more advanced encoding techniques to achieve higher compression ratios, reducing file sizes without significant loss of audio quality.<br>AAC-HE Particularly suited for low-bitrate applications such as streaming over limited bandwidth or storing audio on devices with constrained storage capacity.</p>



<p><strong>OPUS Audio Codec:</strong><br>OPUS is a highly versatile and efficient audio codec designed for interactive, real-time audio applications like voice calls, video conferencing, and live streaming. It is widely adopted for delivering high-quality audio at low bitrates, making it perfect for modern communication and entertainment platforms.</p>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your <strong>Audio Encode selections</strong>. The Audio Codec now includes an <strong>OPUS</strong> option alongside the two AAC profile options.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo.jpg" alt="setting encoder audio 2 ch stereo" class="wp-image-166475" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the Encoder menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow.</li>



<li>To return to the Settings menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Delay management</strong></h2>



<p>To manage the second and sub-second Latency settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Delay</strong> to configure the latency.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a box and use the <strong>up</strong> and <strong>down</strong> buttons to set the delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg" alt="setting delay" class="wp-image-166482" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK </strong>to confirm your settings. To return to the Setting screen, tap the <strong>back</strong> Arrow.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NTP Host</strong></h2>



<p>Users can view the NTP host status on the touchscreen display. The NTP Host IP address is configured in the Advanced settings Web UI panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB &#8211; Single-channel configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure VoIP and IFB settings for a single channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the Setting screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> to configure the settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a <strong>VoIP</strong> or<strong> IFB</strong> configuration.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg" alt=" voip and IFB settings" class="wp-image-166489" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data card monitoring (Slot)</strong></h2>



<p>To monitor detailed encoder information along with Ethernet, hotspot, and WiFi connections:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down the menu and tap <strong>Slot</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / Slot</strong> monitoring screen opens.</li>



<li>The data cards and their status display along with Ethernet, Hotspot, and WiFi indicators:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Ethernet<br><strong>(B)</strong> Hotspot<br><strong>(C)</strong> WiFi connection<br><strong>(D)</strong> Data cards/slot number</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="302" height="229" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg" alt="Slot monitoring" class="wp-image-166496" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg 302w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring-300x227.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 302px) 100vw, 302px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot speed</strong></h2>



<p>A user can view the speed of each slot in real time and change the Network setting.</p>



<p>To view a slot speed:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to view the real-time speed setting.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="323" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg" alt="Slot selection" class="wp-image-166503" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg 323w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The real-time speeds of the connected slots are displayed.</li>



<li>To return to the data card view, tap the ”&lt;“ button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg" alt="Slot speed" class="wp-image-166510" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg 332w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tap <strong>Back</strong> Arrow to return to the Slot monitoring screen without changing the Network Setting</span>.</li>



<li>To return to the Setting screen, tap the <strong>Back </strong>Arrow again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Story</strong></h2>



<p>The Story selection enables users to configure a Story name with a source. This feature is described further in the “<em>TVU One Model TM1000v4 Advanced Configuration Guide</em>.”</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One transmitter information (About)</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>About</strong> screen provides the model, Peer ID, software version, App version and the designated ISX or IS+ mode, and region, information:</p>



<p>To access the About screen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “∇” button to scroll down to the bottom of the Config menu and tap <strong>About</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / About</strong> information window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4.jpg" alt="setting About ISX V4" class="wp-image-166517" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Settings</strong> menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Language selection</strong></h2>



<p>The Setting screen allows the user to choose between English and Chinese.</p>



<p>To select a language:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down and tap <strong>Language</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / Language </strong>screen will display. Select your location option.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg" alt="setting language" class="wp-image-166524" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> main menu, tap the <strong>back</strong> Arrow twice.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	WiFi</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>The pack will automatically attempt to reconnect if the current WiFi connection disconnects.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure the WiFi login information on the Pack’s LCD screen or by using the TVU One WiFi setup and configuration panel. For detailed information, refer to “WiFi configuration and settings”.</p>



<p>To confirm the TVU One’s WiFi status:</p>



<p>The “W” icon at the bottom of the initial status screen will display green when WiFi is connected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p>To configure WiFi:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap the <strong>WiFi </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you don’t see the name, tap the Scan button to refresh the screen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi name</strong> you want to connect to.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen.jpg" alt="WiFi screen" class="wp-image-166538" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>virtual keyboard </strong>will display.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Password</strong> and tap <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg" alt="wifi enter password keyboard" class="wp-image-166545" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning WiFi off</strong></h2>



<p>To turn WiFi off and keep your connection settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> button.</li>



<li>Disable the <strong>Onboard WiFi</strong> slider. When WiFi is off, the WiFi screen shows no connections.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>The Hotspot screen displays two QR codes. Users can scan the Hotspot QR code to join the packs’ internal Hotspot. Scanning the Configuration page QR code opens the WiFi Configuration page in a Web browser.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Settings (<strong>gear</strong>) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> button.</li>



<li>Use your smart device to scan the <strong>Hotspot QR code</strong> to join the pack’s network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg" alt="Hotspot QR code" class="wp-image-166552" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the connection is established, scan the <strong>Configuration page QR code</strong> to open the web browser window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg" alt="Config qr code" class="wp-image-166559" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For more information about the Hotspot feature and client connections, refer to “Configuring hotspot”.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router</strong></h2>



<p>Users can enable the Router on the touchscreen. Once enabled, the Ethernet Host slider appears. </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router Feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-156604" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> menu will display. Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button. By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router<strong> slider</strong> to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled.jpg" alt="router disabled" class="wp-image-166568" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>Select the Ethernet Port Mode. For Advanced Router configuration and Ethernet LAN/WAN settings refer to “Router feature”.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled.jpg" alt="router enabled" class="wp-image-166575" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switch</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Switch</strong></h2>



<p>The “Switch” mode is a Network switch feature. It’s visible on the pack LCD touchscreen is a quick-toggle shortcut for the VLAN Tunnel Switch feature.</p>



<p>While the detailed IP networking is usually done via the Web GUI, the LCD screen allows the field operator to engage or monitor the tunnel status without opening a laptop.</p>



<p>To enable the Switch feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-166582" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. Tap the <strong>Switch</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When enabled, only one device can be set as a DHCP server.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Hotspot is only available when the TVU One is set as a DHCP server.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch.jpg" alt="Switch mode enabled" class="wp-image-166589" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stream</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stream </strong></h2>



<p>Using the Stream feature, a user can remotely control the stream output destination of a receiver.</p>



<p>To enable the Stream feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Stream</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Receiver</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select one <strong>Destination</strong> from the drop-down list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Publish</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream.jpg" alt="Stream screen" class="wp-image-166596" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the stream is live, the destination output will display red; when loading, the status is yellow. Receivers that are available display white.</li>



<li>To stop the stream, tap the<strong> Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab.jpg" alt="Stream screen live" class="wp-image-166603" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Self-Check</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-Check</strong></h2>



<p>The Self-Check feature enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live.</p>



<p>TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes. This feature can also be accessed in the Advanced configuration Self-Check tab. This is further explained in “Advanced Self-Check panel”.</p>



<p>To perform a self-check on your device from the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll to the bottom of the Main setting menu, then tap the <strong>Self-Check</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap one or <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">more&nbsp;<strong>Basic</strong>,&nbsp;<strong>Video</strong>, and&nbsp;<strong>Network</strong>&nbsp;checkboxes, then</span> tap the <strong>Self-check Now </strong>button to run diagnostics on your device.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg" alt="Self-check screen" class="wp-image-166610" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Self-check Now</strong> button to run diagnostics on your device.</li>



<li>Follow the prompts.</li>



<li>If the pack is live, the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg" alt="self check live" class="wp-image-166624" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When an issue occurs after self-checking the Basic, Video, or Network modules, the following warning message appears, indicating which module is not functioning correctly.</li>



<li>Tap the red module to display the configuration issue and make the appropriate correction(s), then tap <strong>Self-Check Again</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg" alt="self check warning" class="wp-image-166617" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<p>When the Self-Check completes without any issues, the following message displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg" alt="self check success" class="wp-image-166631" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Progressive download</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download</strong></h2>



<p>The Progressive download feature enables users to record clips by connecting a video camera to the SDI input. The video camera&#8217;s record button starts and stops recording. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Camcorder mode applies to video cameras that have SDI with embedded timecode.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">The File-based workflows in Camcorder or Pack mode in the “<a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank"><em>File-based Workflow Reference Guide</em></a>” further explain recording.</span></p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 2" class="wp-image-156810" style="aspect-ratio:1.4945454545454546;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> button from the main menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue to “Camcorder mode” or “TVU Pack control mode.”</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Camcorder mode</strong></h2>



<p>Camcorder mode can only be used with an SDI input. Having the time code inside the SDI signal is required.</p>



<p>To enable Progressive Download Camcorder mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Camcorder</strong> and move the Enable slider to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Record</strong> button on the camcorder to display the controls.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg" alt="Progessive download camcorder" class="wp-image-166638" style="aspect-ratio:1.4889705882352942;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Standby and record modes</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standby and Record modes</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Standby “Stby” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong> when in camcorder mode and not recording.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3.png" alt="Progressive download default 3" class="wp-image-156836" style="aspect-ratio:1.4944649446494465;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3-300x198.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the camcorder is recording, “<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">• Rec</mark>” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in.png" alt="Progressive download mark in" class="wp-image-156845" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the camcorder finishes recording, Standby (“Stby”) displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done.png" alt="Progressive download mark done" class="wp-image-156853" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Stop recording on the camcorder if you need to change your pack settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you change the settings to the <strong>Pack</strong> while <strong>Camcorder</strong> mode is running, the following message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg" alt="Progessive download in progress" class="wp-image-166645" style="aspect-ratio:1.4981949458483754;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">If you switch to&nbsp;<strong>Camcorder</strong>&nbsp;mode while running in&nbsp;<strong>Pack</strong>&nbsp;mode and the&nbsp;<strong>Mark In</strong>&nbsp;point is set but the&nbsp;<strong>Mark Out</strong>&nbsp;point is not, the following message will appear</span>. The processing becomes interrupted and defaults to the current <strong>Mark Out</strong> point.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg" alt="progressive download mark out not set" class="wp-image-166652" style="aspect-ratio:1.5018450184501846;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a file transfer is in progress, a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar. The following message will display if you take the clip live during the transfer process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="Live standby alert" class="wp-image-151484" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Pack control mode </strong></h2>



<p>Pack control mode can be used in either SDI or HDMI. A time code is not required. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>To enable the Progressive Download Pack mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Settings<strong> gear</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> button in the Main menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Pack</strong> and move the enable <strong>slider</strong> to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>. A Success message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg" alt="Progressive download Pack" class="wp-image-166659" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button. Your feed will display in “Standby” mode.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong>  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105036" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-black.png" alt="right arrow icon"></strong>icon to enter the control page to set your mark-in/out preferences.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 2" class="wp-image-156810" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>When a file is being transferred using the Progressive Download, download, and Auto Sync methods, a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar of the LCD touchscreen. A prompt will display if a file is being transferred when the Pack is shutting down.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 3" class="wp-image-156870" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>The transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays when a file is being transferred. Tap the <strong>Transfer tab</strong> on the Settings screen to view the file transfer details.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105055" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-red.png" alt="right arrow red">icon is red when a Progressive Download is in progress.</li>



<li>The camera <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105064" style="width: 34px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/video-camera-icon.png" alt="video camera icon red"> icon is red when the RPS One is live with a receiver.</li>
</ul>



<p>Transferring, marking, and taking a clip live is further explained in the &#8220;<em>TVU One Software Advanced Configuration Guide</em>.&#8221;</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RVF</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video Feedback (RVF)</strong></h2>



<p>Version 8.2 and later supports separate return video feedback (RVF) with the Pack and an RPS receiver.</p>



<p>The Return Video screen has three modes that allow users to set up RVF from a Receiver, Producer, Partyline, or MediaHub session.</p>



<p>These modes can be output to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Inner HDMI</li>



<li>To V-box (HDMI 2)</li>



<li>To Pack’s LCD</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When enabled, a single return video can be simultaneously output to multiple outputs, such as two HDMI ports, the Pack’s LCD screen, and a phone or tablet.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The return video feed type setting is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> <strong>&#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>To configure <strong>RVF from a Receiver To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main Setting menu &gt;<strong> RVF button</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2.jpg" alt="rvf - Receiver to inner HDMI 2" class="wp-image-166680" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>red</strong></mark>.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session<strong> To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the RVF From panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF - Receiver to inner HDMI Producer" class="wp-image-166673" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF </strong>button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RVF / To Inner HDMI screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF - Receiver to inner HDMI Partyline" class="wp-image-166694" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RVF / To Inner HDMI screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a Media<strong> Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg" alt="RVF - To inner HDMI MediaHub" class="wp-image-166701" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> <strong>&#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Receiver To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2) </strong>screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list </strong>drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select<strong> Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg" alt="rvf - Receiver to rvf tab - Receiver to V-box HDMI 2-box " class="wp-image-166708" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF -  to v-box HDMI 2 Producer" class="wp-image-166715" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF - to v-box HDMI 2 Partyline" class="wp-image-166722" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from <strong>MediaHub To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2) </strong>screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Media Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg" alt="RVF - to v-box HDMI 2 Mediahub" class="wp-image-166729" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the<strong> Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD &#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>The VFB connects from the transmitter’s HDMI Out port. When the VFB function is enabled on an RPS TVU One, it allows the return video feed to be transferred from a field receiver and displayed on the Pack LCD in real time.</p>



<p>To configure the RVF from a <strong>receiver To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list </strong>drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg" alt="RVF to pack LCD Receiver" class="wp-image-166736" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home </strong>button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>



<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu </strong>&gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Video From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Producer" class="wp-image-166758" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or<strong> Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Pack‘s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partylin</strong>e.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Partyline" class="wp-image-166765" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Destination</strong> panel, <strong>select a media</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Mediahub" class="wp-image-166772" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Upload</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Upload</strong></h2>



<p>The Upload setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>Upload</strong> button.</p>



<p>Using the <strong>Upload</strong> button, users can upload files from a USB flash drive to a Receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload.jpg" alt="Upload screen" class="wp-image-166779" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Upload To</strong> drop-down list, then select a source in the <strong>From</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select the files you want from the list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Upload</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transfer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transfer</strong></h2>



<p>The Transfer setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</p>



<p>To view file transfer status, including progressive download, download, and auto-sync:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer.jpg" alt="Transfer" class="wp-image-166786" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is Ongoing.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png" alt="File transfer ongoing" class="wp-image-151541" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing-300x199.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png" alt="File transfer complete" class="wp-image-151549" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following message appears when powering off the device if file transfers are in progress.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png" alt="live standby alert" class="wp-image-151565" style="aspect-ratio:1.5148148148148148;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Speedtest</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Speedtest</strong></h2>



<p>The Speedtest feature is a critical tool for ensuring your bonded cellular and satellite connections have enough combined bandwidth for an HDR broadcast. Unlike a standard smartphone speed test, the TVU One test specifically measures the uplink capacity to the TVU ecosystem.</p>



<p>To perform a speedtest:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Speedtest screen is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down and tap the<strong> Speedtest </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Speedtest</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg" alt="Speedtest select receiver" class="wp-image-166793" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg" alt="Speedtest screen" class="wp-image-166800" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU One Advanced configuration &#8211; pack controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One system status monitoring and control using a Web browser, iPhone, or smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Transmitter’s operational status can be monitored, and various transmission functions can be controlled from a Web browser. This interface can be accessed using a standard web browser connected to the TVU One internal hotspot.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Connecting to the internal Hotspot</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Connecting to the internal hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to connect a laptop or phone to the internal hotspot.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Search for the hotspot on your iPhone/smart device, then when prompted, enter the case-sensitive SSID:<br>TVUPACK_XXXX<br>(Where X is the last <strong>4 digits</strong> of the TVU One’s PID)<br>The default password is the <strong>last 8 digits</strong> of the One PID.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>All password characters are uppercase. The password can be changed in the Web UI if desired.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect to the SSID using your iPhone/smart device. Refer to the following examples of how the status screens display on a smart device Web browser.</li>



<li>Once the connection is established, you can open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong> in the address line to see the One’s “System status.”</li>



<li>The TVU One System status panel displays.</li>



<li>The System status screen provides detailed information about the <strong>System</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>,<strong> IFB/VoIP</strong>, and <strong>Video</strong> status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="513" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status.jpg" alt="the One system status" class="wp-image-163345" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status-225x300.jpg 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	System status panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>System status panel</strong></h2>



<p>Expand the <strong>System</strong> caret to display System status, model, software version, and PID information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="521" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel.jpg" alt="v8.3 System panel" class="wp-image-166807" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel-249x300.jpg 249w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Network panel displays the current Network status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="733" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel.jpg" alt="v4 Network panel" class="wp-image-166814" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel-177x300.jpg 177w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IFB/VoIP panel</strong> <strong>&#8211; Audio Test</strong></h2>



<p>The IFB/VoIP panel allows the user to change the audio level of the IFB/VoIP function. Users can test the 3.5mm audio input and output interface hardware. File management and recorded media progress can be accessed in the Advanced configuration <strong>File</strong> &gt; <strong>Recorder</strong> tab.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio test, the device must be available and not in use for Live, or VoIP/IFB.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio Test:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>System</strong> status menu.</li>



<li>Expand the IFB/VoIP panel, then click the green <strong>Audio Test</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="405" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg" alt="IFB/VoIP panel" class="wp-image-166821" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel-300x281.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Audio Test</strong> page will open.</li>



<li>Ensure that the microphone and speaker are connected, then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="994" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page" class="wp-image-166828" style="width:592px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg 994w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-768x387.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 994px) 100vw, 994px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the device is currently in use for Live/VoIP/IFB, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page warning" class="wp-image-166835" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg 508w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Start Test</strong>.</li>



<li>The default active microphone and speaker are auto-enabled message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="999" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test enabled" class="wp-image-166842" style="width:622px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg 999w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-768x384.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 999px) 100vw, 999px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Recording will start automatically when you enter this page. It will capture audio using the default microphone and display the input level on the level bar indicated in green. It will stop when you close or leave this page. If desired, you can click the <strong>Stop Test</strong> button to stop the recording.</li>



<li>To play the last recorded audio captured via the default microphone, click the <strong>Stop Test</strong> button again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="462" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test capturing audio" class="wp-image-166849" style="width:621px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg 995w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-768x357.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To run the test again, click the <strong>Start Test</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test stop testing" class="wp-image-166856" style="width:632px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg 998w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-300x145.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-768x372.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video panel</strong></h2>



<p>Expanding the Video panel displays video transmission information and status.</p>



<p>Click the<strong> Video</strong> caret to expand the panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu.jpg" alt="TVU One video menu" class="wp-image-163366" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu-300x288.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel now includes two input format options: 4K and 1080P. These formats allow Twitch streamers to choose the maximum input format for the HDMI setting, allowing units to limit or configure the available Extended Delay Identification Data (EDID) resolutions. This feature enables forcing 1080P input detection via HDMI when a connected camera uses automatic resolution settings.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="623" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1.jpg" alt="video panel formats" class="wp-image-166863" style="width:390px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1-208x300.jpg 208w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel allows users to select <strong>USB</strong> as the <strong>Input Port</strong> when the pack detects a USB video input source.<br>Supported USB cameras are:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Pro</li>



<li>DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro</li>



<li>Logitech Brio 100</li>



<li>Hikvision DS-U11</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="604" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2.jpg" alt="video panel input types" class="wp-image-166870" style="width:375px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2-215x300.jpg 215w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel now includes input format options: 1080P30, 1080P50, 1080P5994, and 1080P60. When selecting USB as the video input port, set <strong>1080P30</strong> as the Input format.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu.png" alt="Select USB format menu" class="wp-image-163388" style="width:368px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu-224x300.png 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<p>When the USB setting is successful, the USB input will be displayed at the top of the pack’s Home LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1.jpg" alt="USB input source displayed" class="wp-image-163396" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>This operation can be configured for the Receiver, Producer, Partyline, and MediaHub on the Pack’s LCD screen and in the Advanced operations configuration <strong>Live</strong> &gt;<strong> Return Video</strong> screen.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP Source configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To open the advanced operations configuration menu:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Three-bar advanced icon" class="wp-image-166877" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Live</strong> &gt; <strong>IP Source</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>To configure an HDMI/SDI/USB input source type:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Web configuration menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu &gt;<strong> IP Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>HDMI/SDI/USB</strong> radio button.</li>



<li><strong>Apply</strong> an available source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="303" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source.jpg" alt="select usb hdmi sdi source" class="wp-image-166884" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>To configure an IP input source type:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Web configuration menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu &gt; <strong>IP Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>SDI </strong>radio button.</li>



<li><strong>Apply</strong> an available source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="671" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source.jpg" alt="select IP source" class="wp-image-166891" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source-193x300.jpg 193w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Power panel allows users to<strong> reboot</strong> and <strong>Power off </strong>the pack.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="175" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Power panel" class="wp-image-163199" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel-300x137.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Network configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To open the Network configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar </strong>icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Advanced icon" class="wp-image-152542" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>. This allows users to navigate to, monitor, and control all aspects of transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="275" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network.jpg" alt="General &gt; Network" class="wp-image-166898" style="width:383px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the LAN settings panel, set the TVU One&#8217;s local LAN address. The default IP address is <strong>192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> and select a <strong>Router setting</strong> from the drop-down menu; the default is <strong>Auto</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="LAN settings" class="wp-image-166905" style="width:377px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the following procedures to scroll through the remaining Network options to complete the configuration settings:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hotspot</li>



<li>WiFi</li>



<li>Ethernet</li>



<li>Modems</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi configuration and settings</strong></h2>



<p>The WiFi menu provides configuration information and allows you to change WiFi settings. The One can optionally support multiple WiFi connections by purchasing optional hardware. For more information, contact TVU Networks support.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available WiFi slots and configure WiFi login information using the TVU One WiFi setup and configuration panel.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	WiFi configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the steps to configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg" alt="RPS One WiFi icon" class="wp-image-163227" style="width:328px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Scan</strong> button to display any available networks. The available networks are displayed in the center panel. Move the <strong>WiFi</strong> slider to the right to enable it.</li>



<li>The WiFi network is disconnected by default, as shown below in the configuration screen WiFi panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg" alt="WiFI panel" class="wp-image-166912" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired network from the center panel, then click the information “i” icon to connect the WiFi. The settings pop-up window displays. Enter the <strong>Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to.jpg" alt="connect to WiFI" class="wp-image-166919" style="width:341px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to.jpg 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the password is incorrect, the following failure message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg" alt="WiFi failure message" class="wp-image-166926" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg 605w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message-300x94.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button to only save the WiFi parameters, or the<strong> Join</strong> button to save and connect to the WiFi network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-click-i-to-connect-pop-up.jpg" alt="Join to WiFI" class="wp-image-166933" style="width:343px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose<strong> Join</strong>, <strong>Save</strong>, and <strong>Connect</strong> to Wi-Fi, the following screen appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg" alt="WiFi panel connected" class="wp-image-166940" style="width:354px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi </strong>option, enable the slider. This option will automatically reconnect to the selected WiFi network if the signal drops.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked.jpg" alt="WiFi locked" class="wp-image-166947" style="width:353px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To switch to another WiFi network, disable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg" alt="WiFi panel connected" class="wp-image-166940" style="width:350px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>WiFi</strong> connection, then enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi </strong>slider.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you enable the lock before connecting to another WiFi, the following message displays.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg" alt="No WiFi connection message" class="wp-image-166954" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg 607w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Ethernet configuration &#8211; Pack LCD</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration on the Pack’s LCD touchscreen</strong></h2>



<p>Users can configure Ethernet DHCP and Static LAN IP’s on the Pack’s LCD touchscreen. Slot 11 is reserved for LAN configuration.</p>



<p>To configure the Ethernet on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Ethernet</strong> screen is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1.jpg" alt="Settings icon" class="wp-image-166961" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Main Setting</strong> menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Ethernet</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Ethernet</strong> screen will be displayed. The default IPv4 configuration is DHCP.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg" alt="Ethernet DHCP" class="wp-image-166968" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Ethernet configuration to Static, tap the <strong>Static</strong> button, then tap the <strong>Enter the IP Address</strong> field. The Virtual keypad will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static" class="wp-image-166975" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>Static IP address </strong>using the keypad and tap <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static enter IP" class="wp-image-166982" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static Apply" class="wp-image-166989" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Apply successful</strong> or <strong>Apply failed</strong> message appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful.jpg" alt="Ethernet static Apply successful" class="wp-image-166996" style="width:387px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router feature</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>gear icon</strong> to open the Settings screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-163291" style="width:385px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Main Setting</strong> menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Router</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the <strong>Router</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg" alt="Router disabled" class="wp-image-167003" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>To enable the Ethernet host setting, tap and move the<strong> Ethernet Host</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-167010" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Router feature (client connections)</strong></h2>



<p>If higher bandwidth is required when using a hotspot, the optional TVU Router feature can be enabled to allow clients connected to the TVU One with speeds of up to 200 Mbps.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Configuration page using an iPhone or smart device, open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot </strong>icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-163241" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Network</strong> tab and expand the <strong>LAN Settings</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Auto</strong> in the <strong>Router</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>IP address</strong> and <strong>Subnet Mask</strong>, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="LAN settings" class="wp-image-166905" style="width:379px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down on the <strong>Hotspot</strong> panel. <strong>Connected Clients</strong> display in the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	USB remote control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>USB remote control PTT button operations</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>VoIP call operations</li>



<li>SCTE insertions</li>
</ul>



<p>Operators can now use a USB remote control as a Push-to-talk (PTT) button for the VoIP microphone. This allows users to mute and unmute the mic when in a VoIP call independently from their headset.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When attempting to click to another control mode while the mic is “Mute” a confirmation message appears. Click Yes to mute and change modes. The Mic will automatically reset.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg" alt="mute Mic confirmation" class="wp-image-167017" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VoIP call operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP call operations</strong></h2>



<p>To enable the VoIP call Mute/unmute feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the<strong> Advanced</strong> menu, and the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Mute/Unmute Mic in VoIP Call</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg" alt="Remote controller setting" class="wp-image-167024" style="width:657px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg 695w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting-300x117.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the USB remote controller device to the TVU Pack. While on a VoIP call, press once to mute,</li>



<li>The Mic Status shows <strong>Mute</strong> in red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg" alt="remote controller setting Mic status Mute" class="wp-image-167031" style="width:662px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-768x308.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press again to unmute.</li>



<li>When a VoIP microphone call invitation is received, the following message will appear automatically on the LCD touchscreen for 3 seconds.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4.jpg" alt="VoIP call message displays V4" class="wp-image-167038" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4.jpg 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a VoIP call is connected, a white microphone icon appears at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4.jpg" alt="White Mic v4" class="wp-image-167045" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4.jpg 340w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When using VoIP, the Mic displays a modulating white-and-green icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="229" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4.jpg" alt="White and green Mic v4" class="wp-image-167052" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4.jpg 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you press the remote button, a Mute the mic message appears and the mic icon turns red, indicating that VoIP is connected and the mic is muted.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4.jpg" alt="Mic mute mode v4" class="wp-image-167066" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the remote button again to unmute the mic. The mic icon will return to the white (connected and open) state.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message.jpg" alt="White Mic v4 message" class="wp-image-167059" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SCTE insertion</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SCTE insertion</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If a user switches to Inserting SCTE when the Mic is Muted, a message will appear asking if you want to change to “Live control,” when this is allowed, the Mic will reset to Mute automatically.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the SCTE insertion option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select the Inserting SCTE radio button to set the control option.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Duration and Preroll SCTE default values that appear are editable.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167073" style="width:620px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-300x140.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-768x358.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Plug the USB remote control device into the pack.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE 1" class="wp-image-167080" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the USB remote button once to begin inserting SCTE. The insertion automatically stops when the duration ends.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The default duration value is 120 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after rebooting the pack.</li>



<li>The default Preroll value is 2 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after rebooting the pack.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The countdown displays at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE count down" class="wp-image-167087" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the duration ends, the SCTE insertion automatically stops, and the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE insertion complete" class="wp-image-167101" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the user presses the Remote control device button while it’s active, an “SCTE Splice currently in process. Unable to complete the requested action until the current splice duration is complete” message displays on the LCD screen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE in process message" class="wp-image-167094" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resetting the Duration and Preroll parameters to default values</strong></h2>



<p>To change the SCTE parameters back to the SCTE default values:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> page.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Inserting SCTE</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Reset </strong>buttons to change to the default values.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167073" style="width:629px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-300x140.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-768x358.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Web interface controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One Advanced configuration &#8211; Web interface controls</strong></h2>



<p>Log in to the Web User Interface to access the TVU One Advanced configuration page.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Hotspot configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One hotspot settings</strong></h2>



<p>The hotspot panel provides status information about clients connected through the hotspot.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to configure hotspot status:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-167108" style="width:342px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Connected Clients list panel displays a list of devices that are connected using hotspots.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update the <strong>Password</strong>, edit the password field.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The new password must be 8 characters and does not take affect until the system is restarted.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The hotspot feature will enable a connected device to access the internet through one of the available network connections. This access allows file transfers via FTP or any other internet access. If higher bandwidth is required, refer to “Router feature.”</li>



<li>Choose the path from the <strong>WiFi</strong> panel to manually select the route taken (for example, a Hotel WiFi network).</li>



<li>In the <strong>Bandwidth</strong> drop-down menu, choose <strong>2.4 GHz</strong> or<strong> 5 GHz</strong> frequency.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" style="width:332px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Modem configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Modem panel provides modem configuration information to enable two modes: Manual and Auto. The transmitter automatically detects many cellular data cards and will self-configure when in Auto mode. If this is the case, no further action will be required. If a data card needs configuration, you can use the Modem panel to configure it by selecting the Manual roaming feature.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto mode</strong></h3>



<p>To enable Auto mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap or click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-167115" style="width:347px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for this modem</strong> checkbox and the <strong>Auto</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>The Roaming for all modems checkbox will be checked by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="672" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg" alt="modems all enabled roaming panel" class="wp-image-167199" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel-224x300.jpg 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the “Roaming for this modem” box is unchecked, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167206" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose to disable Roaming, the <strong>Roaming for slot XX is disabled</strong> message appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="644" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg" alt="modem disabled default panel" class="wp-image-167213" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel-234x300.jpg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual roaming feature</strong></h3>



<p>The roaming for all modems is enabled by default.</p>



<p>The <strong>Manual</strong> radio button provides a global roaming toggle and an individual roaming switch for every slot. Changes to roaming settings (checked or unchecked) are saved automatically; clicking <strong>Apply</strong> is not necessary. Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</p>



<p>To enable the <strong>Manual</strong> roaming feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap or click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-167115" style="width:347px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong>,<strong> Roaming for this modem</strong>, and <strong>Manual</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> button to load the <strong>Carrier</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="776" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual.jpg" alt="modem manual" class="wp-image-167220" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual.jpg 499w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-193x300.jpg 193w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Carrier</strong> from the list and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning.jpg" alt="modem manual scanning" class="wp-image-167227" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning.jpg 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning-191x300.jpg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When successful, the <strong>Applied successfully</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot.jpg" alt="modem select slot" class="wp-image-167234" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot-194x300.jpg 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn global Roaming off, <strong>uncheck</strong> the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> checkbox. The <strong>Disable Roaming</strong> warning message appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167241" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Disabl</strong>e button.</li>



<li>The <strong>All modems Roaming is disabled</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="617" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg" alt="modems all disabled panel 1" class="wp-image-167248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg 500w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Data card configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring data cards</strong></h2>



<p>To configure specific data cards:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Available Slots</strong> drop-down menu to display a list of available slots for configuration.</li>



<li>If Manual configuration is required, input the settings provided by your carrier into the <strong>Network registration mode</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save any changes.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Ethernet configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet configuration DHCP IP</mark></h2>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet settings are accessed and configured from the System configuration <strong>Home</strong> panel and the pack&#8217;s LCD touchscreen.</mark></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color"><strong>Note:</strong> The DHCP IP address is automatically generated and cannot be manually entered.</mark></p>
</blockquote>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">To configure your Ethernet settings for a DHCP IP address:</mark></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Web browser UI</strong> and tap the <strong>Ethernet</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon" class="wp-image-163270" style="width:345px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>DHCP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a slot number.</li>



<li>Tap<strong> Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="557" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg" alt="Ethernet config" class="wp-image-163277" style="width:347px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config-207x300.jpg 207w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet configuration Static IP</mark></strong></h2>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">To configure your Ethernet settings for a Static IP address:</mark></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Static IP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a slot number.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Static IP address</strong> in the <strong>IP Address</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the<strong> Subnet Mask</strong> in the<strong> Mask</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Gateway</strong> in the <strong>Gateway</strong> field.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Tap the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your changes.</mark></li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="619" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static IP" class="wp-image-163284" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP-186x300.jpg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live tab &#8211; Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>For the V-Box adapter, If the resolution of the return video from the receiver is 1080P or higher and the bitrate exceeds 2M, users can lower the resolution by selecting the appropriate Resolution and Bitrate in the drop-down menu.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating the return video resolution</strong></h2>



<p>To update the V-box adapter return video resolution:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the packs <strong>Advanced</strong> configuration window.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Live</strong> > <strong>Return Video</strong> panel and choose the appropriate <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Receiver</strong> tab and choose the appropriate <strong>Bitrate</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="387" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg" alt="advanced v box panel" class="wp-image-167122" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel-300x269.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the RVF feed resolution is too high, the following message appears on the LCD touchscreen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="315" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab.jpg" alt="Pack RVF to high" class="wp-image-167129" style="width:418px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Self-check</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Self-check panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced Self-check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live. TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes.</p>



<p>To perform a self-check on your device in the Advanced configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Advanced configuration UI.</li>



<li>Tap the Advanced menu and select the <strong>Self-check</strong> tab.</li>



<li>To run diagnostics on your device, tap one or all <strong>Basic</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, and <strong>Network</strong> checkboxes, then tap the <strong>Start self-check</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check.jpg" alt="advanced start self-check" class="wp-image-167136" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check-300x149.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following pre-check prompts display when selected in Step 1.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Yes</strong> to confirm the Video check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="606" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm video message" class="wp-image-167143" style="width:507px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg 606w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message-300x91.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Yes</strong> to confirm the Network check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm network message" class="wp-image-167150" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message-300x77.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check window displays its status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg" alt="advanced checking module screen" class="wp-image-167157" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen-214x300.jpg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check results display errors when completed. The errors are displayed in red.</li>



<li>Address any errors and tap the <strong>Self-check again</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="826" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg" alt="advanced self-check warnings" class="wp-image-167164" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings-183x300.jpg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check report will display no red errors when complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="805" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report.jpg" alt="advanced self-check complete report" class="wp-image-167171" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report-187x300.jpg 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router Configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Run Router Live Together feature makes it easy for users to define (WAN) Router mode vs. (LAN) pass-through or receive mode. Ethernet Port Mode includes a WAN (share internet) radio button that sends bonded cellular internet through the Ethernet port. The LAN (Receive internet) radio button will accept the input into the unit through the Ethernet port.</p>



<p>To open the Router configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the three-bar icon or the Web UI to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Three-bar advanced icon" class="wp-image-166877" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Router</strong>. The Router panel will be displayed.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>TVU Router</strong> slider.</li>



<li>The Ethernet Port Mode radio button is set to <strong>WAN (Share internet)</strong> by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg" alt="router 1" class="wp-image-167178" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1-300x268.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over the radio buttons to display their behavior.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="445" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg" alt="router 2" class="wp-image-167185" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2-300x266.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the <strong>Run Router Live Together</strong> feature is enabled, the router panel displays the <strong>Smart Traffic Allocation</strong> radio button under <strong>Data Preference</strong>. This button will prioritize Live streaming and use the excess for the router.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="446" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg" alt="router 1a" class="wp-image-167192" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a-300x265.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG Rev C EN 02-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 14:39:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=163111</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU RPS One is a Cloud and Studio 4-channel REMI Live solution that can operate as a Single-channel transmitter or Multi-channel REMI encoder.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3-1024x583.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-134218" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-one-HW-Featured-image-3.jpg 1028w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks Model TM1100 “RPS One” is the most compact, lightweight, and portable combination of 5G cellular transmission and multi-camera remote production transmitter.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One features up to 12 connections and TVU’s enhanced next-generation Inverse Statmux Plus (ISX) transmission protocol technology.</p>



<p>With wireless connectivity, unparalleled transmission speeds, and superb multi-camera production performance, the TVU RPS One is the perfect addition to the already most powerful REMI and cloud-based production platform in the industry.</p>



<p>This wireless encoder supports up to 4 synchronized SDI inputs for 1080p HDR remote production and up to 4 hours of autonomy when paired with TVU POWERPAC for uninterrupted live production.</p>



<p>This solution supports 6 embedded worldwide 5G modems with LTE/3G fallback and aggregates up to 12 connections, including Starlink, WiFi, Ethernet, BGAN, and more. TVU RPS One supports up to 125 Mbps for unmatched Connectivity.</p>



<p>The TVU Networks RPS One hardware can be used with two software variations displaying different LCD console interfaces. The One (single-channel transmitter) or the RPS One (multi-channel REMI encoder), as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="226" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture.png" alt="RPS one architecture" class="wp-image-129864" style="aspect-ratio:2.265486725663717;width:693px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture.png 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Cloud and receiver compatibility</strong></h2>



<p>Current RPS One 4-channel receiver options:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Transceiver (Quad, dual, and single) 2x DualR, 1x QuadR</li>



<li>Cloud (TVU Producer, TVU Channel, MediaMind, and CloudR</li>
</ul>



<p>The RPS One model TM1100 includes an onboard, removable Li-Ion battery for unlimited runtime to give you more time for going live, recording, or transferring files.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this user guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this user guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide provides detailed information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>RPS One encoder components overview</li>



<li>Setting up the RPS One encoder</li>



<li>Charging the battery</li>



<li>Turning off the RPS One</li>



<li>Backpack and battery configurations</li>



<li>Product specifications</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Related literature</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU RPS Data Sheet</li>



<li>TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Software Quick Start User Guide</li>



<li>TVU RPS One Advanced Configuration Guide</li>



<li>POWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</li>



<li>TVU Battery Safety and Travel Guidelines</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Notices and guidelines</strong></h2>



<p>Read and follow the notes and guidelines in this document before you use your TVU RPS One encoder:</p>



<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you begin setting up the RPS One encoder, it is recommended that you identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>The One/RPS One Software version 8.2 (Build 82085) or later uses the same hardware, which features two LCD console interfaces:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One single-channel transmitter</li>



<li>TVU RPS One multi-channel encoder</li>
</ul>



<p>Refer to the latest TVU RPS One software user guide for operational information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Components, controls, and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One encoder components</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One encoder comprises the internal battery and embedded modems. Weighing just 3.9 lb. (1.79 kg), the encoder fits easily in the average person’s hand.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="1300" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One.png" alt="TVU Networks RPS one" class="wp-image-132118" style="aspect-ratio:0.6153846153846154;object-fit:cover;width:264px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One.png 800w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One-185x300.png 185w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One-630x1024.png 630w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-Networks-RPS-One-768x1248.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One standard components</strong></h2>



<p>Standard components for the RPS One model TM1100 encoder include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU encoder with up to 4x 1080p inputs, or HDMI input</li>



<li>1x micro Internal SD slot</li>



<li>1x micro SD card (128 GB) Type 10</li>



<li>External USB connections (4x)</li>



<li>Ethernet port</li>



<li>IFB port</li>



<li>Power supply (AC Adapter)</li>



<li>TVU RPS One breathable backpack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One controls and operations</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One is the central component of the RPS One system. The RPS One handles video capturing, video encoding and transmission, modem management and dialing, and system status monitoring.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel LCD touchscreen display and power indicator</strong></h2>



<p>Press the power button on the front panel to turn on the RPS One. The button turns green when the unit is powered on. The LCD touchscreen displays configuration and status information for connected modems, including video input and transmission. When a video input is connected, an input preview is displayed on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="214" height="208" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/LCD-touchscreen-and-power.jpg" alt="LCD touchscreen and power" class="wp-image-150952" style="aspect-ratio:1.015625;width:263px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/LCD-touchscreen-and-power.jpg 214w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 214px) 100vw, 214px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One side panel overviews</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS One encoder left-side and right-side panels feature the following input/output connections and controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The One and RPS One share the same hardware. Changing a license upgrade from single channel to multichannel is available. Please contact your sales representative for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>TVU RPS One encoder left-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="392" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-encoder-left-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One encoder left-side panel" class="wp-image-157024" style="aspect-ratio:0.9082278481012658;width:359px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-encoder-left-side-panel.jpg 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-encoder-left-side-panel-276x300.jpg 276w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<p><strong>TVU RPS One right-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="443" height="394" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-right-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One right-side panel" class="wp-image-157033" style="aspect-ratio:1.150943396226415;width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-right-side-panel.jpg 443w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-One-right-side-panel-300x267.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the RPS One</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the RPS One</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains the encoder connections, detaching and charging the battery, how to remove and replace SIM cards, and backpack battery configurations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Encoder connections</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the applicable steps to set up the RPS One encoder:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HDMI cable or connect the SDI cable to the <strong>SDI 1</strong> input port for a single channel. Multi-channel support is enabled with RPS One licensing features.</li>



<li>Connect the <strong>Ethernet</strong> input cable to the Ethernet port for a LAN connection if available.</li>



<li>Connect your power to the <strong>DC Input</strong> port.</li>



<li>Connect the IFB device (3.5 mm mini audio output jack) to the <strong>IFB output</strong> port.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Detaching the internal battery from the encoder</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder’s internal battery is designed to fit within the unit and can be easily removed. The LCD touchscreen and the receiver interface provide complete battery power management for the RPS One encoder.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to detach the internal battery from the encoder:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users will find two spring-loaded latches on the side of the encoder opposite the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Orient the encoder LCD touchscreen down, push down on the latches to release the battery, and slide it away from the encoder.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>Battery release latches</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="194" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-1.jpg" alt="Battery release latches" class="wp-image-157041" style="aspect-ratio:2.248447204968944;width:522px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-1.jpg 444w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-1-300x131.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Charging the internal battery</strong></h2>



<p>To charge the internal battery without removing it from the encoder, connect the provided AC power adapter to the DC input on the unit and plug the other end of the adapter into an electrical outlet. The battery will then begin to charge. When the encoder is turned off, the battery will charge significantly faster (in approximately 3 hours).</p>



<p>The TVU RPS One comes with an AC adapter. To charge the TVU RPS One, connect the AC adapter as shown.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery.png" alt="charging the RPS One battery" class="wp-image-150976" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery.png 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power button status when charging</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS One displays the following power button status when the AC adapter is connected correctly and the battery is charging:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The power button displays a steady green light when the unit is powered on and charging.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is charging, and the unit is off. The LCD touchscreen displays the battery charging percentage.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Note: </strong>An optional external TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery can extend the internal battery runtime. Refer to “RPS One backpack and battery mounting configurations” for more information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery mounts to the V-type or Gold-mount plates inside the backpack to extend the encoder&#8217;s battery life while in the field.</p>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC 2 Li-Ion battery mounts to the V-type mounting plate inside the backpack to charge and extend the transmitter&#8217;s onboard battery life while in the field. The POWERPAC 2 can power your accessories and transmitter simultaneously with the integrated USB-C, USB micro, and USB Type A interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png" alt="POWERPAC batteries" class="wp-image-150984" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information refer to the <em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-powerpac-quick-start-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">P</mark></a><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">OWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em>.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Inserting SIM cards</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inserting SIM cards</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder SIM card slots are designed to hold up to 6 Nano SIM (4ff) cards in three SIM trays. These SIM configurations are user serviceable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The encoder’s SIM card trays only accept Nano SIM (4ff) cards.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to insert a SIM card into the embedded modem slot on the encoder:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The unit must be powered down before inserting a SIM.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RPS One model TM1100 features three dual SIM card trays for use with the internal modems. To remove a SIM card tray, gently push the end of the SIM tool into the round opening next to the SIM card tray until it clicks and slightly pops out. Carefully pull the dual SIM tray out of the slot.</li>



<li>Place 2 SIM cards into the dual nano SIM card tray as shown below, and carefully slide the carrier into the embedded modem slot. Ensure the SIM cards stay in their respective carrier recesses during this process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Dual-nano-SIM-card-carrier.png" alt="Dual nano SIM card carrier" class="wp-image-97486"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SIM-type-reference.png" alt="SIM type reference" class="wp-image-97493"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Turning off the TVU RPS One</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning off the TVU RPS One</strong></h2>



<p>To turn off the TVU RPS One:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the power button once. A sliding button will display on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Slide the button from left to right to power down the unit.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Backpack and battery mounting configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS One backpack and battery mounting configurations</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS One encoder is designed to transmit from a wearable backpack. The backpack comfortably holds the pack, allowing users easy access to the power button and connections.</p>



<p>The touchscreen LCD interface on the pack can also be used while the unit is in the backpack. In addition, the backpack features breathable mesh that allows for the encoder&#8217;s essential ventilation to prevent overheating.</p>



<p>There are two TVU RPS One backpack external battery mounting configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>V-type mounting configuration</li>



<li>Gold-mount configuration</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>TVU RPS One and backpack</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="537" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/the-one-with-backpack-.png" alt="" class="wp-image-125157" style="aspect-ratio:1.4134078212290502;object-fit:cover;width:538px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/the-one-with-backpack-.png 759w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/the-one-with-backpack--300x212.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>V-type mounting plate configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>V-type mounting plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="V-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-150992" style="width:308px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>V-type mounting plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="v-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151000" style="width:327px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>V-type POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="v-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151008" style="width:338px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Gold-mount configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>Gold-mount plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-151016" style="width:344px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151024" style="width:355px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151032" style="width:356px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications</strong> &#8211; <strong>Model TM1100 encoder</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="589" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg" alt="RPS One product spec v8.3" class="wp-image-166375" style="aspect-ratio:0.8383045525902669;width:773px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-product-spec-v8.3-256x300.jpg 256w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU RPS One Model TM1100 HW QSUG Rev G EN 02-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-one-model-tm1100-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU RPS One Model TM1100 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 14:38:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=163113</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The Model TM1000v4 “One” is a compact, lightweight, and portable 5G cellular single-channel transmitter featuring onboard RVF HDMI output.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="582" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-1024x582.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 HW Featured image" class="wp-image-156429" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-1024x582.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-768x436.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image.jpg 1028w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks Model TM1000v4 “One” is the most compact, lightweight, and portable 5G cellular single-channel transmitter.</p>



<p>The TVU “One” Model TM1000v4 single-channel transmitter delivers high-definition picture quality with 0.5-second latency at 3 Mbps. The TVU One transmitter utilizes the H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding and compression standards to deliver greater efficiency in data usage and increased transmission stability, featuring onboard RVF HDMI output.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One features TVU’s enhanced next-generation Inverse Statmux Plus (ISX) transmission protocol technology ensuring ultra-low latency.</p>



<p>With the TVU One, live video broadcasters can fully leverage the versatility of a small, lightweight, IP-based high-definition video field transmitter without sacrificing performance, features, or picture quality.</p>



<p>The TVU One provides 1080p HDR remote production. The transmitter includes an onboard, removable Li-Ion battery, which, when combined with the POWERPAC 2, can provide unlimited runtime to give you more time for going live, recording, or transferring files.</p>



<p>The TVU One TM1000v4 can communicate using RTIL, IFB, and bidirectional VoIP between the studio and the field operator without latency.</p>



<p>Real-time dual encoding enables you to go live under any network conditions by simultaneously recording a full HD copy of your video for later download.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="226" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production.png" alt="TVU One TM1000v4 remote production" class="wp-image-156440" style="aspect-ratio:2.265486725663717;width:693px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production.png 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this user guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this user guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide provides detailed information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU One TM1000v4 transmitter components</li>



<li>Setting up the transmitter</li>



<li>Charging the battery</li>



<li>Turning off the transmitter</li>



<li>Backpack and battery configurations</li>



<li>Product specifications</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you begin setting up the transmitter, it is recommended that you identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>Read and follow the notes and guidelines in this document before you use your TVU One transmitter:</p>



<p><strong>NOTE: </strong>These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.</p>



<p>Refer to the latest TVU One Model TM1000v4 software Quick Start User Guide for operational information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Components, controls, and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter components</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter comprises the internal battery and embedded modems. Weighing just 3.9 lb. (1.79 kg), the transmitter fits easily in the average person’s hand.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="1080" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel.png" alt="TVU One TM1000v4 left panel" class="wp-image-156453" style="aspect-ratio:0.6153846153846154;object-fit:cover;width:264px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel.png 676w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel-188x300.png 188w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel-641x1024.png 641w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One standard components</strong></h2>



<p>Standard components for the “One” model TM1000v4 transmitters include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU transmitter with one 3G-SDI 1080p input or HDMI input</li>



<li>1x micro internal SD slot</li>



<li>1x micro SD card (128 GB) Type 10</li>



<li>External USB connections (4x)</li>



<li>Ethernet port</li>



<li>IFB port</li>



<li>Power supply (AC Adapter)</li>



<li>TVU One breathable backpack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel LCD touchscreen display and power indicator</strong></h2>



<p>Press the power button on the front panel to turn on the transmitter. The button turns green when the unit is powered on. The LCD touchscreen displays configuration and status information for connected modems, including video input and transmission. When a video input is connected, an input preview is displayed on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="258" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator.jpg" alt="LCD touchscreen and power indicator" class="wp-image-156461" style="aspect-ratio:1.015625;width:343px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator.jpg 258w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 258px) 100vw, 258px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One side panel overviews</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter left-side and right-side panels feature the following input/output connections and controls.</p>



<p><strong>TVU One model TM1000v4 left-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="289" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 left-side panel" class="wp-image-156469" style="aspect-ratio:0.9082278481012658;width:359px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel.jpg 289w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel-277x300.jpg 277w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 289px) 100vw, 289px" /></figure>



<p><strong>TVU One model TM1000v4 right-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="361" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 right-side panel" class="wp-image-156477" style="aspect-ratio:1.150943396226415;width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel.jpg 361w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel-300x268.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the transmitter</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains the transmitter connections, detaching and charging the battery, how to remove and replace SIM cards, and backpack battery configurations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transmitter connections</strong></h2>



<p>To set up the transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HDMI cable or connect the SDI cable to the <strong>SDI</strong> input port.</li>



<li>Connect the <strong>Ethernet</strong> input cable to the Ethernet port for a LAN connection if available.</li>



<li>Connect your power to the <strong>DC Input</strong> port.</li>



<li>Connect the IFB device (3.5 mm mini audio output jack) to the <strong>IFB output</strong> port.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Detaching the internal battery from the transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter’s internal battery is designed to fit within the unit and can be easily removed. Complete battery power management for the transmitter is available on the LCD touchscreen and the receiver interface.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to detach the internal battery from the transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users will find two spring-loaded latches on the side of the transmitter opposite the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Orient the transmitter LCD touchscreen down and push down on the latches to release the battery and slide it away from the transmitter.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>Battery release latches</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches.jpg" alt="Battery release latches" class="wp-image-156485" style="aspect-ratio:2.248447204968944;width:522px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Charging the internal battery</strong></h2>



<p>To charge the internal battery without removing it from the transmitter, connect the provided AC power adapter to the DC input on the unit and plug the other end of the adapter into an electrical outlet. The battery will then begin to charge. When the transmitter is turned off, the battery charges significantly faster (in approximately 3 hours).</p>



<p>The TVU One comes with an AC adapter. To charge the transmitter, connect the AC adapter as shown.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4.png" alt="Charging the batteryTM1000 V4" class="wp-image-156494" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4.png 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power button status when charging</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One displays the following power button status when the AC adapter is properly connected and the battery is charging:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The power button displays a steady green light when the unit is powered on and charging.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is charging, and the unit is off. The LCD touchscreen displays the battery charging percentage.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Note: </strong>An optional external TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery can extend the internal battery runtime. Refer to “TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations” on page 5 for more information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery mounts to the v-mount, g-mount, or gold-mount plates inside the backpack to extend the battery life of the transmitter while in the field.</p>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC 2 Li-Ion battery mounts to the v-mount plate inside the backpack to charge and extend the onboard battery life of the transmitter while in the field. The POWERPAC 2 can power your accessories and transmitter simultaneously with the integrated USB C, USB micro, and USB type A interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png" alt="POWERPAC batteries" class="wp-image-150984" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information refer to the <em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-powerpac-quick-start-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">P</mark></a><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">OWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em>.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Inserting SIM cards</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inserting SIM cards</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter SIM card slots are designed to hold up to 6 Nano SIM (4ff) cards in three SIM trays. These SIM configurations are user serviceable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The transmitter’s SIM card trays only accept Nano SIM (4ff) cards.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to insert a SIM card into the embedded modem slot on the transmitter:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The unit must be powered down before inserting a SIM.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU one model TM1000v4 features three dual SIM card trays for use with the internal modems. To remove a SIM card tray, gently push the end of the SIM tool into the round opening next to the SIM card tray until it clicks and slightly pops out. Carefully pull the dual SIM tray out of the slot.</li>



<li>Place 2 SIM cards into the dual nano SIM card tray as shown below and carefully slide the carrier into the embedded modem slot. Ensure the SIM cards stay in their respective carrier recesses during this process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Dual-nano-SIM-card-carrier.png" alt="Dual nano SIM card carrier" class="wp-image-97486"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SIM-type-reference.png" alt="SIM type reference" class="wp-image-97493"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Turning off the TVU One</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning off the TVU One</strong></h2>



<p>To turn off the TVU One:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the power button once. A sliding button will display on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Slide the button from left to right to power down the unit.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Backpack and battery mounting configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter is designed to transmit from a wearable backpack. The backpack comfortably holds the pack, allowing users easy access to the power button and connections.</p>



<p>The touchscreen LCD interface on the pack can also be used while the unit is in the backpack. In addition, the backpack features breathable mesh that allows for the essential ventilation of the transmitter to prevent overheating.</p>



<p>There are two TVU One backpack external battery mounting configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>V-type mounting configuration</li>



<li>Gold-mount configuration</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>TVU One and backpack</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="257" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-and-backpack.png" alt="The One TM1000v4 and backpack" class="wp-image-156502" style="width:330px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>V-type mounting plate configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>V-type mounting plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="V-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-150992" style="width:308px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>V-type mounting plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="v-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151000" style="width:327px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>V-type POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="v-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151008" style="width:338px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Gold-mount configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>Gold-mount plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-151016" style="width:344px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151024" style="width:355px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151032" style="width:356px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications</strong> &#8211; <strong>Model TM1000v4 transmitter</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="519" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg" alt="TVU One product spec v8.3" class="wp-image-166383" style="aspect-ratio:0.8383045525902669;width:840px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg 519w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 519px) 100vw, 519px" /></figure>



<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media. Document Part Number: TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG Rev C EN 02-2026</p>



<p></p>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 02 Jan 2026 14:54:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide-copy/</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU Producer is a ground-breaking live cloud production platform combined with video conferencing and social production. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0c40dbe3-f9cd-4c9e-a6d1-8c9468cd2fa7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="580" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2.png" alt="" class="wp-image-114501" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2-768x435.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-f0f4c92d-26d1-43a5-8f11-def79b209bcb">TVU Producer is a groundbreaking live cloud production platform that combines video conferencing and social production. All you need is a PC and Chrome browser to operate TVU Producer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and use</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bc50f0a3-d4ed-4852-b1d5-400865dff8bb"><strong>Introduction, setup, and use</strong></h1>



<p id="block-a11bef72-e563-48f4-a463-ee4782c56c7d">TVU Producer requires a subscription to be activated by registering online or through TVU Support (refer to <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-46"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Purchasing TVU Producer</mark></a> for more information). TVU Networks recommends logging in to your TVU Producer account using your credentials and familiarizing yourself with the user interface, features, and functions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a7b1e759-0a86-47a1-b263-d4a3bc042b65"><strong>TVU Producer overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-78fab2bb-7106-4dd0-b1fc-5dfa7f299879">TVU Producer allows multiple, live, and synchronized IP video streams from professional cameras, mobile devices, or cloud storage. Video streams are seamlessly switched and combined with graphic overlays. As a result, the operator can simultaneously output video clips to multiple destinations, including TVU Grid for traditional workflows and CDN or social media destinations.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-617e6e42-cae4-4a0c-a080-ac235ab76f78"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Producer-instruction-How-it-works.png" alt="TVU Producer - How it works"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e1cef9e9-dec7-4dac-bb9f-0db283652705"><strong>TVU Producer &#8211; How it works</strong></h2>



<p id="block-66e9b163-52c2-4b03-9c31-1b91ed8ea7f2">The TVU Producer workflow is defined as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-f8ff4b86-4f1f-471f-a360-e799ebf44cc3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Create and manage live productions or programs with the Producer Workbench</li>



<li>Obtain a live video ingest</li>



<li>Upload local video and Assets</li>



<li>Add graphic overlays and audience data</li>



<li>Perform real-time switching, replays, or publishing to a CDN/social media</li>



<li>Monitor your production</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	System requirements</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ef7cba57-9e01-4f9d-9125-f708dd6ec232"><strong>System requirements</strong></h2>



<ul id="block-510ba19d-e787-4ca4-a130-ef2177c079a6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A laptop with an i7 processor or above with 16 GB memory, and a minimum screen resolution of 1920 x 1080</li>



<li>Internet bandwidth &#8211; 32 Mbps (download), 10 Mbps (upload)</li>



<li>Windows 10 or later, Mac OS 12.0 or later, iPad Pro 12.9 or later (using a Chrome browser)</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Guide contents</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93dd0342-2f09-4028-97c4-a6b91b0ebbc8"><strong>User Guide contents</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9402ea4b-c10b-43f4-abf6-9c59c3a178ac">This TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide provides a general overview of each feature and instructions for setting up and using TVU Producer.</p>



<p id="block-18fbc4de-cc5d-4dbc-8bbf-89177e02ae02">This user guide provides details for the following topics:</p>



<ul id="block-8b31174a-1199-4d42-a10a-3e97ab5a250f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Setting up a TVU Producer account</li>



<li>Logging in to TVU Producer</li>



<li>TVU Producer Workbench Web interface overview</li>



<li>TVU Producer Web interface overview</li>



<li>TVU Producer base operations &#8211; How to use TVU Producer</li>



<li>Purchasing a TVU Producer</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-20e871f8-9651-47fe-b246-63731f1ef63a"><strong>Features overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-03ae5f3a-50ba-49fa-890c-580681f9a12d">TVU Producer’s robust cloud-based service comes with the following features:</p>



<ul id="block-1d242beb-bee1-40cc-9016-579e9e469d30" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>New light or dark theme selector</strong> &#8211; This allows users to switch from dark to light mode. The dark mode is the default.</li>



<li><strong>Output Buffer</strong> &#8211; The Output Buffer feature allows users to upload and configure a secondary video for Censorship purposes.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Failover </strong>&#8211; Use the Auto Failover feature to configure a primary and secondary slot if the primary video slot stops playing.</li>



<li><strong>Live IP video switcher</strong> &#8211; Up to 8 live video streams can be switched seamlessly in the cloud with precise frame accuracy from the TVU Producer interface. Producer supports four or eight live video sources, 1 EXT IP, one local video clip player, and custom source.</li>



<li><strong>Transitions</strong> &#8211; A Transition is a special effect in a live streaming show that occurs when you connect or switch from one live feed or scene to another live feed or new scene during a live production. TVU Producer supports three transitions: Dissolve, Iris in, and Iris out.</li>



<li><strong>Clip player feature</strong> &#8211; The new Clip Player feature in TVU Producer is enhanced with support capabilities for all of the local clips’ basic and advanced operations, including playlist and audio file support.</li>



<li><strong>Works with any standard IP source</strong> &#8211; TVU Producer is designed to work with virtually any IP video source and integrates with TVU Anywhere, TVU One, TVU Grid, TVU Partyline, TVU Replay, and TVU RPS as well as support for any standard IP video stream including SRT, RTP, RTMP, HLS, HTTP, UDP, etc.</li>



<li><strong>Workbench</strong> &#8211; Delivers more functionality to allow users to quickly create and manage live production shows or programs. A user can define or choose configuration options for a live production and assist in creating a live streaming workflow.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline / Video conferencing</strong> &#8211; Partyline is the next-generation IFB/ video conferencing solution that allows controllable multi-way communication between the event director, camera or graphics operators, audio engineers, and viewers behind the scenes using TVU Partyline. Producer allows you to add a Partyline participant as a source. Producer can also send its PGM as a video return to Partyline.</li>



<li><strong>Advanced audio mixer</strong> &#8211; Advanced Audio Mixer is a dedicated separate interface built for audio operators to mix audio for the program separately from video and graphics operation.</li>



<li><strong>Multi-audio channels</strong> &#8211; Support for 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels can be configured in the Workbench Settings window for your Producer project. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs. A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</li>



<li><strong>Video publishing</strong> &#8211; Publishing in a landscape and vertical mode, TVU Producer helps push live and recorded content to social media or virtually any CDN and video cloud service workflow in a landscape and vertical mode (9:16 aspect ratio). The customers can now directly and easily broadcast their live content to Facebook, YouTube, Twitch, Periscope (Twitter), and Yizhibo. Customers can also push their program stream to their CDN or send it out to Grid, where they can distribute the content with their partners.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Anywhere</strong> &#8211; TVU Producer integrates with TVU Anywhere. Any iOS, Android, or macOS device user can quickly download the TVU Anywhere application and be added as a live video source.</li>



<li><strong>Multi-channel graphic overlays via Singular.live and Viz Flowics integration</strong> &#8211; In the TVU Producer interface a user can upload any PNG graphic, including an alpha channel and transparency, and an NDI alpha channel as an overlay for the video output. TVU Producer supports dynamic overlays using the Singular.live app on multiple channels.</li>



<li><strong>Instant Replay</strong> &#8211; The Replay feature allows users to rewind and replay a critical moment that happened a few minutes ago. With a simple button click, the TVU Producer allows you to replay the selected frames and allow users to see a double take of the best plays or moments. This increases the value of your live shows.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Replay integration</strong> &#8211; Create playlists within TVU Replay and bring them into the dedicated thumbnail preview within TVU Producer as clips instantly and ready to be produced.</li>



<li><strong>ISO recording</strong> &#8211; With the ISO Recording feature enabled, you can record each camera source or input source independently of other feeds and final program output. ISO feature can assist in many ways, including fixing live production mistakes and creating new content with customized graphics for your mobile and social media audiences. This feature assists in enhancing your revenue opportunities for all digital assets.</li>



<li><strong>Input Source Recording</strong> &#8211; The Input Source Recording checkbox can be checked in the Workbench Settings menu. When enabled, you can select what input sources will be recorded.</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording</strong> &#8211; This checkbox in the Workbench Settings menu replaces the previous VM recording service. When adding a new source in Producer, The &#8220;Recording Service&#8221; is now an option. The live recordings completed by your VM are sent to an external recording service. Your recordings display in the Cloud Record tab&#8217;s Remote Record File list. You can add markers to your recording, upload them to the Remote File list, or download them to your local drive.</li>



<li><strong>Customizable Multiviewer</strong> &#8211; The Customizable Multiviewer feature enhances the current Multiview feature within Producer. This feature can create any multi-view sources, including quad-view and dual-views.</li>



<li><strong>SCTE 35-based dynamic ad insertion</strong> &#8211; With TVU Producer, customers can perform a dynamic ad insertion for a Live broadcast by collaborating with third-party ad services. A new feature is available to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad-insertion in the transport stream, pre-roll replacement in SCTE pass-through is also supported.</li>



<li><strong>Captioning</strong> &#8211; The Captioning feature provides the capability to deliver live and closed captions into the program output in TVU Producer. This enables our customers to automatically add captions to the outgoing live feed from TVU Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Intercom</strong> &#8211; The Intercom feature is still available for legacy devices. The Intercom feature allows a producer to communicate with a cameraman using TVU Anywhere or a TVU One transmitter. The intercom feature has been replaced with Partyline, the new collaboration tool that works with TVU Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Basic Collaboration</strong> &#8211; The Basic Collaboration feature allows the TVU Producer user to create a live show and share the live show with the production team members. This feature allows for a collaborative effort between production team members to produce and publish a live show.</li>



<li><strong>Monitoring and diagnostics</strong> &#8211; The Monitoring and diagnostics feature provides a dashboard that displays the key parameters to indicate your IP feed health coming to all input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream going into each destination. In addition, the user can view Producer timeline messages and diagnostic errors.</li>



<li><strong>RTMP pull/push</strong> &#8211; The RTMP push/pull features allow users to add RTMP sources from ext encoders, webcams, or Go pro devices with Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Custom view and border</strong> &#8211; The custom view and border feature allows a user to add multiple custom source views with or without borders to Producer.<strong></strong></li>



<li><strong>Clear and remove overlay feature</strong>s &#8211; The clear and remove overlay features allow a user to clear all overlays from the Preview window and remove all overlays from the Program window by clicking a button at the bottom of each window.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical mode </strong>&#8211; The vertical production feature allows users to set up a Producer instance in 9:16 production mode. In addition, cropped 9:16 is supported for 720p and 1080p productions. This feature is enabled in the Workbench Settings menu.</li>



<li><strong>PTZ Control</strong> &#8211; The PTZ camera control feature is integrated into the TVU Producer user interface software to give users a single interface to control their PTZ cameras.</li>



<li><strong>Offline setup</strong> &#8211; Producer allows users to set up a production without starting the Producer program.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Quick Start Guide</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-66bdd8fa-510e-494a-b149-ccd96a7371d9"><strong>Quick Start Guide</strong></h1>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ec02cda1-8995-4535-a169-5f3e253047ec"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-d55f6daf-b381-4a57-bf5f-08d866a98c63">To sign up or register for TVU Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase TVU Producer, go to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-46">Purchasing TVU Producer</a>&#8221; for more information.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<ol id="block-5a450859-11d3-4318-a5cf-5dd634010ca6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a web browser window and enter: <a href="/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/</a></li>



<li>Click the green <strong>Sign up/Login</strong> at the page’s top right corner and select TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8d53cee8-2795-427d-b87f-6dc8b08c14fe"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png" alt="TVU Producer sign in" class="wp-image-143645" style="width:845px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-5f429f19-5880-4e07-9df5-02d8ba81637c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Producer Sign-in pop-up window displays.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<ol start="4" id="block-95413d30-382c-408b-b106-f8c83360f202" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click&nbsp;Sign Up, and the “Get started for free today” window displays.</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-d12c1c9a-00af-41f1-b09e-a07f9da7f485"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-producer.png" alt="VU Producer Sign up" style="width:232px;height:377px"/></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-3d44ed2e-be62-4498-b744-bed73c0f26a7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Name</strong>, <strong>email</strong>, and <strong>Password</strong>, then click <strong>Get Started now</strong>.</li>



<li>Check your email and enter the six-digit code, then click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>



<li>The TVU Producer Workbench opens. Continue to &#8220;Creating a program.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; Signing in to your Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-874ec1d3-e9fa-4205-84c4-66d50e1a8e34"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Signing in to your Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-7369c878-40a8-4ccb-9bc1-4a080d5e8eed">To Sign in to your TVU Producer account, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-4b0b1454-3f9b-48af-a8e9-6cbc81186253" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a web browser window and enter: <a href="http://om/producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://producer.tvunetworks.com/producer-cloud-production/</a></li>



<li>Click the green <strong>Sign up/Login</strong> button at the page&#8217;s top right corner and select <strong>TVU Producer</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3e381c1f-da8c-497d-8cf4-eec8116c1cf4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png" alt="TVU Producer sign in" class="wp-image-143645" style="aspect-ratio:2.05;width:837px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-f6a94c6b-b571-4f22-bff2-3929729302fa">The Producer Sign-in pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-3ea7db64-ce73-4188-8d8b-6a597d9dce4f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>User ID: <strong>email address</strong></li>



<li>Password: Enter your <strong>Password</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-b1d717dd-73ce-4737-8cea-fbfa74c6bad5"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-Producer.png" alt="TVU Producer - Sign in" style="width:230px;height:356px"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-3672d21d-f365-4dfe-ae04-8b95ed7af15e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>. The Producer Workbench user interface displays. Continue with &#8220;<strong>Creating a Program</strong>.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Creating a program</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-af32800d-3b8c-4e61-86c6-abf04c410d44"><strong>Creating a program</strong></h2>



<p id="block-e2d3596e-1fb9-4e83-90d9-4de398fdb342">To create a program, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7b048c6a-3953-48e1-9763-819e123ad573" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Workbench tab displays by default. click the <strong>+ Create a Program</strong> box.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a3c9114a-ab9f-4a05-b7dc-44ea1966d9c2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="236" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-workbench-1.png" alt="Producer workbench" class="wp-image-122827" style="width:729px;height:398px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-workbench-1.png 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-workbench-1-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-7a928260-8825-4bdf-8596-528a0f845a69" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Create a program pop-up window, Enter a Program name for your production and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-01a0e0c4-c426-43b5-8a28-22e0c35288eb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="192" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program.png" alt="Producer create a program" class="wp-image-122836" style="object-fit:cover;width:505px;height:188px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-08a51367-a061-4cf6-9a6f-76e9553aac47" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Settings</strong> pop-up window opens.</li>



<li>Choose the video format you want to use from the <strong>Format</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you choose a specific Video Format for the Live Show, all your input feeds need to match with this program format for your live switching to be accurate. Please ensure all your input video formats are one and the same. You can separately choose your Output format when you want to go live.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the multi-channel audio feature, click the <strong>Audio Channel </strong>drop-down menu and select 2, 4, 6, or 8 output channels for your Producer project.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3900233e-3054-43ce-825d-3f71de57ee22"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection.png" alt="Settings Audio Channel selections" class="wp-image-122845" style="object-fit:contain;width:608px;height:350px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection-300x217.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-f3602b9d-05a8-472b-ae64-30cf719aa7f6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired feature checkboxes for your live production, select a <strong>Region</strong>, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>RPS:</strong> Whenever the RPS feature is enabled, the first 6x slots of your production will be reserved as RPS sources only.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline:</strong> Enabling this option automatically forces all TVU Anywhere participants to join a party. The Producer PGM will be in Video Return by default, and UI previews will use an RTIL stream coming directly from the device.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical:</strong> Enable this feature to allow Producer to output your source in vertical (portrait) mode.</li>



<li><strong>Output buffer: </strong>Enabling the Output Buffer allows a time buffer (up to 300 seconds) to be set between what is viewed in the Live Output Program and the actual video being encoded for output. (ISSP/RTMP/Social media output is supported).<br>This feature allows the operator to censor the live source for any issues in the program (such as profanity). If an issue occurs, you have time to react and can switch to a replacement video/image.</li>



<li><strong>Follower mode:</strong> Enable this feature to define programs following the main program. Use the Configure link to define which sources follow the main program. Choosing this feature means this production is the main production. It can not be added as a follower production for any other main program.</li>



<li><strong>Source delay control:</strong> Enable this feature to set a delay in ms for a producer source.</li>



<li>Input Source Recording: Enable this feature to select which source you want to be recorded. You can find the recordings in &#8220;Cloud Record&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Remote Recording.&#8221;</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to allow recording functionality.</li>



<li><strong>Replay</strong> <strong>App:</strong> Enable this feature to allow replay functionality. It is suggested that it be used with productions running in progressive scan type. Enabling the Replay App feature will force the recording of live sources in high and low resolution.</li>



<li><strong>Review</strong> <strong>App:</strong> The Review App is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before it can be used. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Review App and testing this feature.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The region is related to your IP address and is preset.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-bb445766-e0d5-466e-9cc1-759bd835d720"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="769" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Setting-window-1.png" alt="Producer Setting window" class="wp-image-143656" style="width:365px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Setting-window-1.png 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Setting-window-1-189x300.png 189w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-538216b9-cc2a-4e5c-b085-35a9d183928d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover the mouse over the preview and click <strong>Start</strong> to start your program in TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3938045a-2fb4-4c6c-b93c-78ec3e861884"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="211" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Starting-a-program.png" alt="Starting a program" class="wp-image-143665" style="object-fit:contain;width:404px;height:206px"/></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-db8c145a-4f6b-42d2-9f60-137064b05b85" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change a program setting, click the three dots “…” at the top right of the program window and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Make your changes and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="301" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu.png" alt="Program settings selections" class="wp-image-122872" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu.png 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu-300x213.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the three dots “…” at the top right of the program window to view and select various program functions:</li>
</ol>



<ul id="block-7d0eceb1-6334-4995-bde5-cb3bf7f382b0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Rename</strong> to change your program name.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> to enable the Basic Collaboration feature. This feature allows the user to produce a live show by collaborating with production team members.</li>



<li>Select<strong> Setting</strong> to reopen the Settings window and change your program settings.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Monitor</strong> to open the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Delete</strong> to remove your program from Workbench.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Duplicate</strong> to duplicate a program.</li>



<li>Select<strong> Offline setup</strong> to set up your programming in offline mode.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-977de7ad-b2fa-49df-8e55-1109cbf005a8"><strong>Using the Basic Collaboration feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-434af4aa-aa78-47df-ae28-4472a8a20c94">The Basic Collaboration feature allows the TVU Producer user to create a live show and share the live show with the production team members. This feature allows for a collaborative effort between production team members to produce and publish a live show.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The collaborator must have an active Producer account to participate.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-fd0d7bdc-8565-4426-b9c6-4fcedace7d5d">To use the Basic Collaboration feature, create a program in the Workbench and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-0e5a73a5-1d60-442d-9fc8-ce6c9fcdfbec" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the program, and click the three dots “…’ in the program window.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> from the Program Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-acb537d5-e512-440f-8e5c-35e677756d19"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="424" height="302" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators.png" alt="Add collaborators" class="wp-image-122882" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators.png 424w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /></figure>



<p id="block-078dc3d2-c7f0-4514-927a-88eb8c377299">The Add Collaborators pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-5e47009b-3c4e-4f0d-af49-21d440601895" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your collaborator’s producer account email address in the Email field and click <strong>Send</strong>.</li>



<li>The Collaborators are displayed in the Add Collaborators pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c415604c-eb2f-4d25-8601-16140ec8fa0e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list.png" alt="Collaborator list" class="wp-image-122891" style="object-fit:contain;width:623px;height:260px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-596a3966-db10-40de-b1a9-dcfe82e80669" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The program owner can now choose the functions the collaborator is entitled to control by clicking the three-dot &#8220;…&#8221; icon and selecting<strong> Edit</strong> to open the User entitlements window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="340" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings.png" alt="Collaborator settings" class="wp-image-122900" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings-300x213.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The program owner chooses the functions the collaborator can control in the User entitlements window and clicks <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="415" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window.png" alt="User entitlements" class="wp-image-122909" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window-300x259.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The collaborator can now open a browser window and log in to TVU Producer. The shared program and any previously created programs are displayed on the Workbench screen.</li>



<li>The Producer user and collaborator are now ready to run the same program or live show.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a new program is shared with the collaborator by the primary Producer user, the collaborator does not have the option to share the program with other users. The primary Producer user controls that functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="9" id="block-cc502465-0a01-436e-8a76-0181c6fa2b4b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can filter the displayed productions from the drop-down menu. The default is <strong>All</strong>.</li>



<li>The<strong> Collaborator icon</strong> turns green when you click the <strong>checkbox</strong> of each program you want to share.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3430d87c-6ac2-47dc-b71b-03a184eb26a6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="330" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production.png" alt="Adding collaborators to your production" class="wp-image-143674" style="aspect-ratio:1.7399380804953561;width:649px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production.png 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the User entitlement window, enter the added collaborators&#8217; email address(es), select the functions you want them to control, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="397" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions.png" alt="Adding collaborators and functions" class="wp-image-122928" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions-300x248.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Starting and stopping a live transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3aaeb56c-4079-495b-b362-fa570e1379bd"><strong>Starting a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-972e63d2-2d1d-43b8-b966-4288b6738596">To start the TVU Producer instance to take your program live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-fc210d61-510d-4652-9bda-968b424c3cf3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over a program you want to take live in the Workbench and click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6be8c4af-afd0-4979-a66d-d7a388ca1008"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="257" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Start-a-live-transmission.png" alt="Start a live transmission" class="wp-image-122939"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c5d510f7-235f-480d-b80f-27753d018c04" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Initiating steps to launch the TVU Producer process begin.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="201" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer.png" alt="initiating Producer" class="wp-image-122948" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue with &#8220;<a href="/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-10">TVU Producer User Interface overview</a>.&#8221;</li>



<li>To stop the program, go to &#8220;Stopping a live transmission.&#8221;</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Programs that are started display “Running” under the program name in the Workbench tab.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ccc3e691-45b1-4678-a4c4-708ca88a333d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="253" height="217" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-running.png" alt="Program running" class="wp-image-122957"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3833cf8f-706f-471e-bb42-286a7dff4792"><strong>Stopping a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b316612f-baac-46d0-9792-eb61e310fcdb">To stop your program’s live transmission, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-776d108d-c4bf-4482-a56d-d983f9957651" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the top left<strong> Home</strong> icon in the Producer interface to return to Workbench.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="309" height="121" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon.png" alt="Home icon" class="wp-image-122966" style="width:478px;height:187px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon.png 309w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-776aa64e-b597-402a-8917-da36196516e4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the program you want to stop and click the <strong>power button</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-4c8b3521-196c-4fce-92b5-54e79ee5ce5e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="224" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Running-program-stop-button.png" alt="running program stop button" class="wp-image-122975"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The &#8220;End the program&#8221; pop-up displays. Click <strong>Shut down</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a0477a5e-9b71-4a11-aaa5-2176bef39a28"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="128" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog.png" alt="End the program" class="wp-image-122984" style="width:477px;height:159px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog-300x100.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>In the Workbench, the stopping program indicator displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Stopping-the-program.png" alt="Stopping the program indicator" class="wp-image-122993"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Producer Interface overview</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-fded0d26-8dc0-474a-a495-19b125f56718"><strong>Interface overview</strong></h1>



<p id="block-506f98eb-e12a-43e0-9877-540e89e2e9ed">This section describes the essential components of the TVU Producer user interface.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-89ba435f-4241-467d-b346-33644e1b0166"><strong>TVU Producer User Interface overview</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cf5467f0-6ee8-46c8-9e94-dc173cf4b3cf"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="436" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-User-Interface-update.png" alt="TVU Producer User Interface update" class="wp-image-143106" style="aspect-ratio:1.2984496124031009;width:710px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-User-Interface-update.png 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-User-Interface-update-300x242.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p id="block-ad043d12-014e-4b04-be8b-1de4bd789dcd">The Producer user interface displays the following functions and controls (reference number callouts as shown above):</p>



<p id="block-c2cfa2b6-a6bf-43d7-9e5b-f7599eda470a"><strong>(A)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Output:</strong> The Output feature allows users to output the newly produced live stream to desired destinations. These destinations could be a custom CDN or a Social Media destination such as YouTube, Facebook, or others.</p>



<p id="block-4e3cfa65-4a5d-4f0c-961a-c9f4b115db9e">Users can click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the Output to Destinations panel to select a destination and import social media accounts, CDN, or Grid into their output.</p>



<p id="block-3c7e28df-ee73-4866-bcf7-5aeb23636004">These options enable users to authenticate their credentials to access desired social media destinations.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong><br>1. For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-22"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Using the output feature</mark></a>.&#8221;<br>2. For more information about adding Sources, refer to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-14"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Adding sources to your production</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-616be382-a4c3-4c7c-b0fc-467f7309ad0f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="261" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab.png" alt="Output tab" class="wp-image-123014" style="width:534px;height:286px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab.png 426w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-300x184.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></figure>



<p id="block-cb71e45c-f0e2-4796-be42-6c092e610974"><strong>(B)</strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong> &#8211; Record tab:&nbsp;</strong>The Record feature allows users to create named clips with manual&nbsp;<strong>Mark in</strong>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<strong>Mark out</strong>&nbsp;points. If desired, these clips are saved to your cloud recordings folder with a new name i</span>n addition to recording the full program. Clip processing may take a few minutes to complete.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3abd9366-4784-4bd0-8213-9a6beb82b616"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab.png" alt="Record tab" class="wp-image-123023" style="width:392px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab.png 295w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></figure>



<p id="block-799c5b9d-4658-4658-9a8a-ffa7cd20f212"><strong>(C) </strong>&#8211; <strong>Overlay tab:</strong> The Overlay feature allows users to add customized graphic and text overlays to your live video. These include native overlays such as logos and text by selecting the Native or Logo tabs. In addition, Producer features real-time overlays and data visualizations such as animations and transitions by integrating Singular.live sources from the Singular tab. To access assets for this feature, click Overlay and select the Native, Logo, Singular, Flowics, NDI, or URL tab, enable the slider and click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-23"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Adding social media accounts</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-cf9dfdd0-5f88-4333-b9cd-919f593ad16f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="396" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab.png" alt="Overlay tab" class="wp-image-123032" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab.png 393w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-298x300.png 298w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></figure>



<p id="block-839ab290-51ed-4e33-8b13-950bfda0e9e7"><strong>(D) </strong>&#8211; <strong>Audio mixer tab:</strong> AFV is enabled by default. When <strong>AFV All</strong> is enabled, the audio follows the video when cut.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Audio control</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-34241490-5a67-4054-bed3-7956b2f715d5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON.png" alt="AFV enabled" class="wp-image-143684" style="width:348px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-169x300.png 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e3c2f7da-648a-44d9-83ca-4546a570989c">When AFV is disabled, the audio selection menu displays. The operator can select one audio source channel from the menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8e56b57b-c300-4652-b37d-b5a582abb956"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="464" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled.png" alt="AFV disabled" class="wp-image-143692" style="width:356px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled-184x300.png 184w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e924103e-29ac-46e6-afc9-d9008b702c2d"><strong>(E) </strong>&#8211;<strong> Intercom tab:</strong> The Intercom feature is now replaced with TVU Partyline, a new collaboration tool that works with Producer. The Partyline tool is used by TVU One and TVU Anywhere users to communicate with the Technical Producer in the studio. However, the Intercom feature is still available for legacy devices. The Intercom feature allows a producer to communicate with a cameraman using TVU Anywhere or a TVU One transmitter.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-66266570-035c-4032-a702-4b62ec502562"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="404" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Intercom-tab.png" alt="Intercom tab" class="wp-image-123059" style="width:347px;height:497px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Intercom-tab.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Intercom-tab-209x300.png 209w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Captions tab: </strong>When this feature is enabled, the Caption tab displays. The tab displays &#8220;ON&#8221; when in use. The Captioning feature provides the capability to deliver both live and closed captions into the program output of TVU Producer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="61" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Captions-icon.png" alt="Captions tab" class="wp-image-143701" style="width:109px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-a69dce71-d582-4312-a37a-bf89a6f6a278"><strong>(F) </strong>&#8211; <strong>SCTE:</strong> The SCTE 35-based dynamic ad insertion feature allows users to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad insertion in the transport stream. SCTE pass-through and pre-roll replacement in pass-through are also supported.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4ed1c7c9-dd3e-4674-a833-dbcdd8908158"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="465" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab.png" alt="SCTE tab" class="wp-image-123077" style="width:345px;height:561px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-185x300.png 185w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 286px) 100vw, 286px" /></figure>



<p id="block-1c71ca33-307c-4cd9-b310-c217abc4c055"><strong>(G)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Monitor tab:</strong> The Monitor tab opens the Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard. The Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard displays the key parameters to indicate your IP feed health coming to all Input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream going into each destination.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-0ed9303d-85dd-460f-bf45-215e3c529467"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="63" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Monitor-tab.png" alt="Monitor tab" class="wp-image-123086" style="width:84px;height:90px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6d444b3b-5dc9-4084-a3cb-7ae5eb8f4571"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="886" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png" alt="Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard" class="wp-image-143711" style="width:824px;height:551px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-300x182.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-1024x621.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>



<p id="block-987b896b-3d1a-4cf5-a2b2-f4bca966ba7c"><strong>(H)</strong> &#8211; <strong>PTZ Control tab:</strong> The PTZ camera control feature is integrated into the TVU Producer user interface software to provide users a way of controlling PTZ cameras supporting VISCA protocol through a VLAN tunnel connection between TVU Devices in the field with TVU Producer. The Router feature is required on the TVU device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-5e6d44b4-baae-4e08-bb5f-3b0b556ea3f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab.png" alt="PTZ Control tab" class="wp-image-123104" style="width:317px;height:651px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-146x300.png 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<p id="block-3082a07d-3fb0-45a5-9a60-f6621db527f0"><strong>(I)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Clip Player tab:</strong> The clip player tab opens the clip playlist panel. Here, users can upload and view recorded clips using the breakout clip player viewer from a local drive or from the Cloud drive to use as source files in Producer. In addition, the clip player supports audio files. Copy the &#8220;Breakout Clip player&#8221; link and paste it into a new tab to view local clips.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-96922ef1-6fe2-48cb-816f-21644670deb3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:386px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J) </strong>&#8211;<strong> Buffer tab:</strong> The Buffer tab allows users to set the output reaction time in the buffer settings panel to upload and configure a secondary replacement video if the primary video requires censoring.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="58" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Buffer-tab.png" alt="Buffer tab" class="wp-image-123068" style="width:82px;height:79px"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;Output Buffer feature.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-5f3ae91e-967d-4367-a352-a7e0df0c74bb"><strong>(K)<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"> &#8211; Preview:</span></strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"> In the green-outlined&nbsp;<strong>preview</strong>&nbsp;window at the top left, the ope</span>rator can preview a selected source before going live.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="263" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window.png" alt="Preview window" class="wp-image-123122" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-578d4865-d024-4195-aa59-4f96f7e38e60"><strong>(L)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Clear Overlay:</strong> Click the Clear Overlay button to clear all overlays from the Preview window.</p>



<p id="block-883f6fa5-f52a-4d97-a6fc-a5d2cdb680c5"><strong>(M)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Remove Overlay:</strong> Click the Remove Overlay button to remove all overlays from the Program window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-89d881ff-fc97-4c0b-b82d-c2cafce1f348"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="166" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay.png" alt="clear and remove overlay" class="wp-image-123140" style="width:777px;height:224px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-1fcaf9b5-72ac-4bc5-a9d3-cee4d3c243bc"><strong>(N)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Program:</strong> The Program window is the Live screen everyone can view. It is the top right Live screen outlined in red.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-524cef53-490c-4689-b616-a96e1fb99ae4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1507" height="914" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-User-Interface.png" alt="Producer program window" class="wp-image-143727" style="width:777px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-User-Interface.png 1507w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-User-Interface-300x182.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-User-Interface-1024x621.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-User-Interface-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1507px) 100vw, 1507px" /></figure>



<p id="block-be2524f9-5090-4d9c-99a5-03fb30cf2dc3"><strong>(O)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Time remaining indicator:</strong> Your session timer is located next to the User Management drop-down menu, which displays the time remaining in your session. When you mouse over the time remaining, the expiration date for your session displays.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about the timer in the top navigation reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Time remaining indicator</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-049680ee-031a-46c2-9749-eea93faab48a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer.png" alt="Session timer" class="wp-image-143736" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer.png 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer-300x28.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To stop your session timer, click the Power button in the top-right navigation to shut down the program.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(P)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Auto Failover tab:</strong> Click the Auto Failover tab to set up a primary video in slot one and a secondary video as a backup in slot two. Configure the time for failover in seconds.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="64" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/auto-failover-tab.png" alt="Auto failover tab" class="wp-image-143745" style="width:76px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-303f407e-d2c5-4863-a89b-3d2c633592dc"><strong>(Q)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Replay App:</strong> The Replay App tab opens the Replay panel. The Replay panel allows a user to authenticate their Producer log in by scanning a QR code with the Replay App or copying the URL and entering it into a new browser window. This feature enables users to create playlists within TVU Replay and bring them into the dedicated thumbnail preview within TVU Producer as clips instantly and ready to be produced.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="59" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/replay-tab.png" alt="Replay App tab" class="wp-image-143754" style="width:80px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/replay-tab.png 59w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/replay-tab-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 59px) 100vw, 59px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-35"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Replay operations</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/replay-app-menu.png" alt="Replay App menu" class="wp-image-143762" style="width:348px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-72dad041-1000-419d-8b91-f6d6340a026b"><strong>(R)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Overlay Cut button:</strong> Click the Overlay Cut button (F6) to cut an overlay from the Preview window to the Program window.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-5fc780a9-e943-4bd0-8510-5f65fb8a3761"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="50" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-cut.png" alt="Overlay cut button" class="wp-image-123185" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<p id="block-ce005302-3f7e-4478-9a45-81bb3cfd3651"><strong>(S)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Video Cut button:</strong> Click the Video Cut button to cut video from the Preview window to the Program window. To cut the overlay and video together, click the link icon.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-1957f296-d204-4a91-9d54-51dc09f83a4d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="45" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/video-cut.png" alt="Video cut button" class="wp-image-123194" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<p id="block-b72b8559-533e-478e-8acf-2d4ca1257949"><strong>(T)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Purchase button: </strong>The Purchase button lets users securely purchase Producer online using PayPal. Click the Purchase button to display TVU Producer and TVU One products and review the latest pricing.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>To purchase a TVU Producer TVU Oneage, go to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced Audio Mixer</mark></a>&#8221; for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e496c162-9a4e-4f4d-bb33-08c10187c564"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Purchase-button.png" alt="Purchase button" class="wp-image-143770" style="width:363px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(U)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Power button:</strong> Clicking the Power button stops your session timer and prompts you to Shut down the program.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="46" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/power-button.png" alt="Power button" class="wp-image-143778" style="width:366px;height:84px"/></figure>



<p id="block-4cf750ca-bc59-4624-9f7d-c688a4250479"><strong>(V)</strong> &#8211; <strong>User management menu:</strong> The Producer User management menu contains Language, Shortcut list, and Sign Out selections.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d4baa435-677b-4fa9-b48d-da095ef4802e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/user-management-menu.png" alt="user management menu" class="wp-image-143786" style="object-fit:contain;width:423px;height:279px"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Language selection:</strong> To translate the Producer interface into English or Chinese, click the <strong>User management</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>English</strong> or <strong>Chinese</strong>.</li>



<li><strong>Shortcut List:</strong> Select <strong>Shortcut List</strong> to open the keyboard shortcut panel.</li>



<li><strong>Sign Out:</strong> Select <strong>Sign Out</strong> to return to the Workbench. Click the power button to stop the running program, then click the User management drop-down menu. Select <strong>Sign Out</strong> to end your session.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about the timer in the top navigation reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Time remaining indicator</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(W)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Source windows:</strong> A green border around the source window indicates that the video is in the Preview mode. A red border means that the video is Live in the Program window. Click a source window once to cut it into the Preview window.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1456" height="888" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows.png" alt="source windows" class="wp-image-143796" style="width:779px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows.png 1456w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-1024x625.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1456px) 100vw, 1456px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(X)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Audio indicator bars:</strong> The Audio indicator bars are located to the right of the Program and to the left of the Preview windows. Audio levels for both windows can be monitored visually from the Producer user interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars.png" alt="Audio bars" class="wp-image-123240" style="width:758px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Management Center and Cloud Recording</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Management Center and Cloud Recording access</strong></h2>



<p>If you are in Producer, click the Home icon in the top left panel to return to the Workbench tab. There are two more tab selections in the top-left panel. Click the appropriate tab to access the Management Center and Cloud Record pages.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="51" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections.png" alt="workbench menu selections" class="wp-image-143804" style="width:524px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections-300x27.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Management Center tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Management Center menu provides access to Usage details, Settings, and the keyboard Shortcuts configuration page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="717" height="306" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Management-Center-window.png" alt="management center window" class="wp-image-143813" style="width:524px;height:232px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Management-Center-window.png 717w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Management-Center-window-300x128.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 717px) 100vw, 717px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Usage:</strong> Select Usage to view your consumed and reloaded hour usage.</p>



<p><strong>Settings:</strong> Select Settings to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable email notifications.</li>



<li>Enable Auto Shutdown to automatically shut down your production when you are away from producing more than 30 minutes without streaming.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Settings-menu-1024x452.png" alt="settings  menu" class="wp-image-143821" style="width:802px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Settings-menu-1024x452.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Settings-menu-300x132.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Settings-menu-768x339.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Settings-menu.png 1075w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Shortcuts:</strong> Select Shortcuts to configure keyboard shortcuts, select, and use them in your Producer program.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="884" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Shortcuts-configuration.png" alt="shortcuts configuration" class="wp-image-143829" style="width:792px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Shortcuts-configuration.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Shortcuts-configuration-300x182.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Shortcuts-configuration-1024x621.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Shortcuts-configuration-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Cloud Record tab</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Accessing</strong> <strong>Recorded files:</strong> On the Workbench page, click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab in the top panel. The TVU Recording Service page opens in a new tab. Select <strong>Remote Recorded Files</strong> or <strong>Recorded files</strong> from the left panel to view a list of recorded files. Mouse over the file and click the green<strong> Download </strong>button to save the file to your local drive.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1459" height="628" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-file-menu.png" alt="recorded file menu" class="wp-image-143838" style="aspect-ratio:2.251677852348993;width:790px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-file-menu.png 1459w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-file-menu-300x129.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-file-menu-1024x441.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-file-menu-768x331.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1459px) 100vw, 1459px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-files-menu-1024x322.png" alt="remote recorded files menu" class="wp-image-143846" style="width:793px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-files-menu-1024x322.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-files-menu-300x94.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-files-menu-768x242.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/recorded-files-menu.png 1459w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Input Source Recording</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7b1ce1a2-bf67-4eb9-a970-3f27e32b92a7"><strong>Input Source Recording feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-158bd045-c2fa-4fa2-afee-3bc1e40a8106">The Cloud Record tab in the Workbench top navigation contains the Recorded file and Remote Recorded file lists:</p>



<ul id="block-99b9ba1a-ff10-487b-86fb-fc792c7486d8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The recorded file list contains locally recorded files.</li>



<li>The Remote Recorded file list contains files from the Remote Recording service. These files can be marked, clipped, and saved as a new input source .json file, which outputs from Producer as an HLS stream.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-825c7939-1aac-4544-8197-b7ac7d504d5c">To enable the Remote Recorded file editing feature:</p>



<p id="block-1302b2fa-e73f-46d7-80a1-fa0c9a4cc401">Open the program Setting menu in Workbench and click the checkbox to enable Input Source Recording to select your sources.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e2d2dc24-fb5e-4285-82de-57764dda5f43"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select.png" alt="Input source recording" class="wp-image-123292" style="width:555px;height:332px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p id="block-2e626ef3-04d7-41f9-9091-060770ea08dc">To choose the input source recording in producer:</p>



<ol id="block-760e3bc3-24f9-44d8-8034-6a6de4a7f7de" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add Source</strong> and select <strong>Recording Service</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a recording and an<strong> input source</strong> .json file to take live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-b16f5f5b-4201-4c51-a30b-60b6611a6bad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection.png" alt="input source selection" class="wp-image-123301" style="width:546px;height:364px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-430248c9-9dbf-40fb-82bc-609d0f1f3736" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-e01fc26e-9552-4cb0-818c-1240455eda9c">The recordings automatically start with a live source that is in production. You can access the live recording, add markers, and save it as a new clip while still live:</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4ad5ad14-0005-4e57-80ad-a96f72027fe4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab in Workbench.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Remote Record</strong> <strong>Files</strong> in the left panel.</li>



<li>Click a json file, then click the <strong>Clipping</strong> button in the Action column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6e3b8d3e-bfd2-46cf-b767-9d5a0fd7f746"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="163" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-recorded-files-clipping.png" alt="Remote recorded files clipping" class="wp-image-123310" style="width:682px;height:158px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-recorded-files-clipping.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-recorded-files-clipping-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Clipping iFrame displays. Set the <strong>Mark in</strong> and <strong>Mark out</strong> points and click the <strong>Clip</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6c521d60-a643-4d69-bcd1-6fdaf171a65d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="491" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out.png" alt="Remote record files mark in and mark out" class="wp-image-123319" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out-293x300.png 293w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Recorded files: </strong>Click <strong>Recorded files</strong> from the <strong>user management </strong>menu to view a list of recorded files. Mouse over the file and click the green <strong>Download</strong> button to save the file to your local drive.</p>



<p>In the event that the user management menu does not include the Recorded files selection, click the back button in the top left of the screen to return to Workbench. Click the<strong> Cloud Record</strong> tab in the top navigation to access the Recorded file and Remote Recorded files menus.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="191" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Clip-Name.png" alt="Clip name" class="wp-image-123328" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Clip-Name.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Clip-Name-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-79ba2bf0-0d9f-42b7-8db0-33b8427aeaa2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change your file Export settings, click the <strong>Settings</strong> gear and <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="246" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/clip-profile-settings.png" alt="clip profile settings" class="wp-image-143911" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/clip-profile-settings.png 327w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/clip-profile-settings-300x226.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Profile name</strong>, and choose a <strong>Format</strong>. Click<strong> Save</strong> when finished.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="365" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Clip-settings.png" alt="Clip settings" class="wp-image-123338" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Clip-settings.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Clip-settings-300x228.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a Clip name. Choose the<strong> Upload</strong> or <strong>Download</strong> icon.</li>



<li>The success message is displayed. The new clip is displayed in the Remote Records Files list.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Base operation</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-181708e5-9e48-46f6-a560-f1d19af13995"><strong>Base operation</strong></h1>



<p id="block-18934f1f-2f99-49c3-9c6d-38dfbeeda65e">This section provides step-by-step instructions on using TVU Producer features and functions.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> How to videos related to this Quick Start guide are available in the Product tips section. Expand the Support menu in the www.tvunetworks.com main navigation menu.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding sources to your production</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f68d50dc-40ac-4b94-b20e-5315b734a355"><strong>Adding sources to your production</strong></h2>



<p id="block-82c4c8eb-b78e-49d8-84de-3e81c82dd9e4">By default, TVU Producer supports six input stream sources: four live sources, one IP video, and one local video source. The option to customize a video source and add a Replay source is also included.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3fadb696-636d-4d0b-b111-2d6f9d386f09"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1456" height="888" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows.png" alt="source windows" class="wp-image-143796" style="width:779px;height:506px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows.png 1456w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-1024x625.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1456px) 100vw, 1456px" /></figure>



<p id="block-6525bb69-90be-4f5c-8667-aae662188753">When the advanced configuration feature is enabled, TVU Producer supports up to eleven sources: eight live and three additional sources. This feature may come with an additional cost and is enabled for subscribers who opt for this feature.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c0765ba7-4eaf-451b-b931-51fdbcc97a66"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows.png" alt="Advanced configuration selections" class="wp-image-123357" style="aspect-ratio:1.7798165137614679;width:783px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e03011dd-d1e2-49de-981e-fca424bd6e6f">Source windows below the Preview and Program windows display as a black box when a source is absent.</p>



<p id="block-c6dd2e2a-61ce-461b-9989-998bb197b6a7">To add a source to your production, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-027a1163-1f09-4e7b-8573-90e9f755a951" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Plus <strong>+ Add Source</strong> icon in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-66ad96fe-9bbe-4e45-94a7-3565640249ad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-window.png" alt="source window" class="wp-image-123366" style="width:321px;height:190px"/></figure>



<p id="block-d0f5ad53-bd3a-405d-9111-686b3d45b24c"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">When you click </span><strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">+</span> Add source</strong>, the source selection window opens. You can&nbsp;add&nbsp;several source types&nbsp;to your production.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For information about adding a specific source selection type, continue to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-15">Source selection types</a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" id="block-44748f1f-bd00-4ac5-ae92-f3b222b34ee1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select one of the source types in the left panel.</li>



<li>Select an available source and click the green <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>



<li>When you select a source type, a list of sources displays in the right panel. Click to highlight and choose the desired source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-47681afa-57f7-4f97-b500-d7b2ba104f3f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="485" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP.png" alt="Source selection window - EXT IP" class="wp-image-143921" style="width:525px;height:352px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP.png 722w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></figure>



<p id="block-34e74ba6-f392-464d-8e65-b225b9b0fb96">Your source selection is displayed in the source panel.</p>



<ol start="5" id="block-3eee7c39-eb1e-4fea-b031-b2099f5b1f5a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove a source from the source panel, click the three-dot &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon in the source panel and select <strong>Remove</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-72bf3e2c-8eeb-43a5-951e-2f68faa3de17"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/remove-a-source.png" alt="Removing a source" class="wp-image-123394" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/remove-a-source.png 314w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/remove-a-source-300x233.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source selection types</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-275fc241-9a34-4e83-aad3-5a89e23548cb"><strong>Source selection types</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a568ff37-d795-4eff-ac02-334c02a1812f">This section describes the following source selection types you can add to your TVU Producer production from the source window panel. </p>



<p id="block-a568ff37-d795-4eff-ac02-334c02a1812f">The source, preview, and program windows feature a headset icon in the top left corner of each window that allows a user to turn monitoring on and off.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>TIP:</strong> <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=tips#/signIn">Product tip</a> videos are available for adding source types to your Producer production.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-d5522624-c563-4e13-851c-64c7107d1ed8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>EXT IP source</li>



<li>TVU Anywhere</li>



<li>TVU One</li>



<li>TVU RPS One</li>



<li>TVU Grid</li>



<li>TVU Transceiver</li>



<li>YouTube</li>



<li>RTMP Push</li>



<li>HTML</li>



<li>TVU Partyline</li>



<li>Zixi Pull</li>



<li>RTP-FEC</li>



<li>SRT</li>



<li>NDI</li>



<li>Recording Service</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0f707a4a-3164-4bfa-b88d-45e535f767b1"><strong>TVU One source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9ab0b951-3b37-4517-87ea-647a8974d6c1">To select a TVU One source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-053185cf-67d1-4cd1-96b2-e610ddeb9f22" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0892902a-d0f1-46bf-8192-5dfc66a9e856"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-3.png" alt="add source 3" class="wp-image-123476"/></figure>



<p id="block-ece43eb4-6022-433f-a891-aae42d049099">The ‘Add TVU One source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-d79fd187-f2b6-4d0e-ad86-524d6da943cb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> TVU One</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>Select a source from the ‘Add TVU One source’ list and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-41a51c8b-26e8-4e04-8e50-9adaf70dcac1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source.png" alt="add tvu one source" class="wp-image-123413" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-57245850-3bb0-4422-a3d7-bc8d78d37315">The selected source is displayed in the source window.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4cc3d530-f87c-4357-ae35-f96402d43715" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the <strong>source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e80690c0-92e2-4683-a430-da1d6491aacf"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="888" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-143943" style="width:727px;height:471px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-00218fec-21b3-4707-b034-2f34f6b47e9d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-514de4b3-9a86-4fd7-a574-cf30959983cc"><strong>TVU Anywhere source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f7026fbe-59c2-4f0d-909f-a1fde9acd4e7">There are two methods to add a TVU Anywhere source:</p>



<ul id="block-d3806808-9b31-43c6-a2d2-32753a353d2b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click and scan the <strong>QR code</strong> on the source preview window.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add Source</strong> on the source window.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f07d432d-f22d-449e-9f10-ce0e04300b36">To select a TVU Anywhere source using the<strong> +Add Source</strong> method, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-aa55a2c1-2a0e-4290-8bc8-928c69d6301d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add Source</strong> in the source window.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Anywhere</strong> in the left panel.</li>



<li>Scan the <strong>QR code</strong> in the source window or click the <strong>Copy link</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-478236ab-a286-495a-9be9-2f5091819fb7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere.png" alt="source selection TVU Anywhere" class="wp-image-143951" style="aspect-ratio:1.6293929712460065;width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere.png 727w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-ba2fbda5-4f72-49ed-926d-9d31f98ad719" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To use the TVU Anywhere app, open your TVU Anywhere app and click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-a3f972aa-d3bf-4560-b6e4-be0d7f768278"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-scan-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere pair icon location" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<p id="block-5d3134cf-f80b-4758-b11c-a0db6b5b1cef">The Scan screen displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-979e227e-fd16-4974-bd38-7886c7185e39"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Scan-screen.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR code screen"/></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-cb1a80c6-8841-423e-8999-c53e1d0b4908" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Place the app over the Token code, centering it over the green frame. Then, wait a few seconds to auto-scan or press the<strong> Scan</strong> icon to capture the Token code.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> and <strong>About</strong> icons in the function bar to confirm the pairing.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-67be1b27-838f-46a3-87cd-97dea56183ab"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Pairing-confirmation.png" alt="VU Anywhere pairing confirmation" style="width:510px;height:235px"/></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-7467b09d-6e78-428d-8c10-307ff2f81c36" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate and select your source from the ‘Add Anywhere Source’ list, or scan the QR code with your TVU Anywhere app and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7ad6b7d5-ea2e-4e2b-b12b-4aca33bce01d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere.png" alt="source selection TVU Anywhere" class="wp-image-143951" style="width:615px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere.png 727w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-f6556bfb-fde3-4074-85c2-167982e6211f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add Source</strong> in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0f3a1df7-b68e-46dc-b6cc-bad97a69b5df"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="331" height="185" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-window.png" alt="source window 1" class="wp-image-143959" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-window.png 331w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-window-300x168.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /></figure>



<p id="block-b3fada49-286b-4051-9b12-4950410c30c1">The source selection dialog window opens.</p>



<ol start="9" id="block-f76afd2f-79de-4eb4-8999-c5e1a556bc77" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Anywhere</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>Select a source from the ‘Add Anywhere Source’ list, scan the <strong>QR code</strong> with your TVU Anywhere app, and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-5ecd14fb-1df7-48b4-8666-f1e255045752"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere.png" alt="source selection TVU Anywhere" class="wp-image-143951" style="width:640px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere.png 727w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-selection-Anywhere-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></figure>



<p id="block-b40d7969-ec65-4f34-a65a-211cf23ae063">The selected source is displayed in the source window.</p>



<ol start="11" id="block-502a20c1-2541-4acf-a5db-b75238eaaf3f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the <strong>source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-32fdb132-49a8-496e-a88f-db66c7475544"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="888" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-143943" style="width:787px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" id="block-31dead8b-3a09-42e4-86cf-3c4402097738" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1e0de59a-a295-4f35-b50b-c2d5c29aa8d3"><strong>TVU Grid source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ba9f7d5c-7daf-4fd0-b288-f6507dfdef7f">To select a Grid source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-b0891ae1-c5eb-4b85-ab35-6525674867b5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2833cce9-4d21-4b3e-907b-02d43742d48a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-3.png" alt="add source 3" class="wp-image-123476"/></figure>



<p id="block-22e72cd5-9e7a-40de-864d-ebe5b2fae66b">The ‘Add Grid source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-0c42e9a7-49c1-4893-b56e-11c6315e53af" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> Grid</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>Select a source from the ‘Add Grid source’ list and click the<strong> Add to source</strong> button. To add a new Grid source, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button and select a new Grid source from the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d536a01e-66d3-4431-a4b4-9175857542f6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="487" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-Grid.png" alt="source selection - Grid" class="wp-image-143967" style="aspect-ratio:1.4893617021276595;width:619px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-Grid.png 730w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-Grid-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></figure>



<p id="block-072af5e1-8a6a-4cc1-9d47-925ec4cff31a">The selected source displays in the source window.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4a4b051a-4ee3-44df-861d-d77ea8760692" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the<strong> source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-20cd1c99-23b7-4c2e-991f-a8d8a0e834af"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="890" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid.png" alt="source preview Grid" class="wp-image-143975" style="width:704px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-1024x625.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-768x469.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-f5ff1c0d-0ca8-4cea-8ca1-365122efca2f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-de3e0459-2629-4c6f-a942-a3a98414916f"><strong>EXT IP source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c4bf9ced-8437-469c-8aa0-25c891f7dd23">EXT IP sources are output to social media accounts, such as an IP stream from a standard internet source using the https, rtsp, issp, or other formats.</p>



<p id="block-24621cbb-6b29-46a3-8274-defe3fdd86cd">To select and output a source to a social media account, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-59579251-e9f7-4b5a-a197-4ab3892ec4cd" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add source</strong> or <strong>QR code</strong> in the Add Source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-f8f94815-06ae-4287-a1e9-c41d68692d27"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="267" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-4.png" alt="add source 4" class="wp-image-123485"/></figure>



<p id="block-52a79623-1e83-4570-8b92-e4bd19a13d43">The source selection dialog window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-8ff3901a-5d03-469a-898a-343f84f9a76d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>EXT IP source</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>To add a new Generic EXT source, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button. Type in a description and an IP address or URL of the stream, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>To add a YouTube or Generic EXT stream, click the dropdown menu in the URL field and select <strong>YouTube</strong> or <strong>Generic EXT</strong>. Then, enter the <strong>URL</strong> or <strong>IP address</strong> of the stream and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c4eb7698-0b70-474e-9153-fb9ed92d7e2a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu.png" alt="ext ip source menu" class="wp-image-123458" style="width:533px;height:355px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your new source in the Add EXT IP Source list and click the green<strong> Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7e00e93a-6ef4-440c-8186-159325455cf6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list.png" alt="add to ext ip list" class="wp-image-123449" style="width:546px;height:365px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-7c7c4a0c-9435-496a-bc54-a604c015164f">The selected source displays in the source window.</p>



<ol start="6" id="block-eb95135d-f4ac-4b33-9203-9975ccd68430" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the <strong>source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0fdca8e5-c32d-42dc-9649-2e1d976adcd3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview.png" alt="EXT IP preview" class="wp-image-123467" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a Clip Player source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6747320a-73ad-4dc4-b1e0-e4e90caebe73"><strong>Adding a Clip Player source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3c14e0c0-56b7-4152-90b6-7e26d709c078">To select a local video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e64390c9-865f-4fb9-85c7-c7fd1fb8175f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add clip player</strong> in the (5) source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2db738ed-e67c-47e0-a5eb-49cd8096e98f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="270" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-clip-player-5.png" alt="add clip player" class="wp-image-123494"/></figure>



<p id="block-62d317ea-3fb2-4d34-8c25-5e792f6cb5b8">The Clip player file panel opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-435e2e25-e818-4f60-821a-5a93948c3552"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:552px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-3f37de27-0161-48e2-8596-8749c829025c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a local clip, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-86e52ae9-25a4-42fe-8342-2ff89b2f987d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location.png" alt="Select local video file location" class="wp-image-143984" style="width:314px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location.png 278w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location-196x300.png 196w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 278px) 100vw, 278px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-84e7f09b-5acd-4eca-a089-51b37ce27692" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To upload a local clip, browse and select a file and click <strong>Open</strong>. Your clip is displayed in the clip panel. If you select a file from your cloud drive, select the file and click the <strong>Add</strong> button. Your video upload progress displays in the clip panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cdb51cc8-bfe4-47ab-84f8-45123eadcdfc"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="453" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file.png" alt="select local clip file" class="wp-image-143993" style="width:313px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-f43c2d56-e814-4f23-8b9e-474bf61cf4a3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click on a source from the clip panel. The clip is displayed in the source window.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Using the control bar in the panel, you can choose how you want your clip to play. Then,&nbsp;<strong>c</strong>lick</span> the source window to move the clip into the preview window.</li>



<li>To <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">edit your media using the&nbsp;<strong>mark-in</strong>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<strong>mark-out</strong>&nbsp;controls, hover over&nbsp;</span>the image and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon. To preview your edits, click the <strong>Play</strong> icon, then click <strong>Save</strong> to save your edits.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large" id="block-d9728dd8-e581-4150-8c8c-704535abf41f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="624" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-1024x624.png" alt="local file moved to preview" class="wp-image-144001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-768x468.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window.png 1459w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-200eb0db-28cb-40f4-b7ab-5a810e44a3f1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the source window to move the local clip into the preview window.</li>



<li>To add more local clip sources to the clip panel list, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button. A local file window opens. Select a local clip and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-666c5d19-b95f-4c3e-872a-255e7b844135"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="889" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list.png" alt="building a local file list" class="wp-image-144009" style="width:824px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Breakout Clip Player feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f990405f-73ba-466c-8c40-d7d62fcc466a"><strong>Breakout Clip Player feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ed305237-bb46-46be-b749-75b4361cf183">When you use the Breakout Clip Player, you can arrange and activate a list of local clips as a single source in Producer. In addition, the TVU Clip Player tab includes the Edit Media panel to perform Advanced local video edits.</p>



<p id="block-d7e184d9-de4e-4a01-b1d0-50e566e153ce">To use the Breakout Clip Player feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-5bffcb05-8ba4-416d-9eb8-99bc846d0b3f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add a list of local videos to the Local video file list. To add a custom video, click <strong>+add</strong> and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>. Select a local file and click <strong>Open</strong>. If you select a file from your cloud drive, select the file and click the <strong>Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>At the bottom of the Breakout clip player file list panel, click <strong>Copy</strong> below <strong>Breakout Clip Player</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ebb9c820-bc2f-4634-9b0f-782ea753c50a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="749" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player.png" alt="Breakout clip player" class="wp-image-144017" style="width:652px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player.png 749w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player-300x135.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 749px) 100vw, 749px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-e3b408c9-62f6-467c-bf06-c3a158ea3906" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a browser window, past the URL in the address bar, and press <strong>Ente</strong>r. The TVU Local clips tab opens.</li>



<li>To add an additional video, click <strong>+add local clip</strong> button and select <strong>Custom Upload</strong>. If you select <strong>From TVUDrive</strong>, you will access your TVU Cloud storage assets.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-21b0bbe1-e396-4a5d-b069-218511e4e555"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Breakout-clip-player-window.png" alt="breakout clip player window" class="wp-image-123551" style="width:661px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Breakout-clip-player-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Breakout-clip-player-window-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-78fa996e-159f-44b0-af4a-ff5033058729" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the browser window, select a desired video and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-5b3e1220-ec1e-4c24-87b5-cc2c7baf8b6a"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Browser-window.png" alt="Browser window"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>During this process, the screen stays blank until the video uploads.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" id="block-fab22ec7-7919-40c2-a933-2306a723d36c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Clip Player tab allows you to edit the file name and add <strong>mark-in </strong>and <strong>mark-out</strong> points to a media file. To perform advanced local media edits, hover your mouse over the top of the clip and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-8b734bb0-8b8f-440b-9879-b1a72c9c0512"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Edit-icon.png" alt="Local video edit icon location"/></figure>



<p id="block-e1a77354-e17c-44f9-9844-106883f7435c">The Edit media panel opens on the left side of the window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9e67e459-596d-4890-b9da-986950e86129"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1459" height="845" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel.png" alt="local media editing panel" class="wp-image-144026" style="width:771px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel.png 1459w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-300x174.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-1024x593.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-768x445.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1459px) 100vw, 1459px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-7934fdf9-2633-46c6-9976-bf58e074fc7e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the<strong> Mark in</strong> and <strong>Mark out</strong> controls to edit your media. To preview your edits, click the <strong>Play</strong> icon, then click <strong>Save</strong> to save your edits.</li>



<li>To play out your local file selections, you can select and drag a clip into a desired order to rearrange the clips.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>settings</strong> icon at the top-right of the source window to open the Autoplay, Cut PGM to PVW, Play from the mark-in, and Return to the mark-in slider controls for a selected source.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Autoplay is ON by default. Disabling autoplay will stop the program from playing.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-48caaed8-7f83-409c-92d8-2ad0b8b438cb" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Autoplay</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting plays the video from the mark-in point when selected as a source and taken to PGM.</li>



<li><strong>Cut PGM to PVW</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically cuts the preview to PGM when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>



<li><strong>Play from the mark-in </strong>&#8211; Enabling this setting plays the clip from the mark-in when taken to PGM. To mark-in and mark/out files, hover your mouse over the file thumbnail and click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>



<li><strong>Return to the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically returns to the mark-in of the last played clip when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2dee5ad7-a0c0-4729-93e9-94cd262db242"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="220" height="326" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png" alt="Clip player settings menu" class="wp-image-144034" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png 220w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 220px) 100vw, 220px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a <strong>source thumbnail</strong> to select it and activate it as the local source in Producer.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding IP video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7625e53b-0c84-4b16-b7ec-ee954d09a1c8"><strong>Add IP video</strong></h2>



<p id="block-abc070ef-c1f4-4714-9623-ea7b587bb476">To select an IP video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-fd25610c-2e41-48de-8955-b849c6498909" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the + <strong>Add IP video</strong> source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-04d925af-a058-441d-8cff-a7e0f6dc5dd2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-IP-video-6.png" alt="add IP video 6" class="wp-image-123569"/></figure>



<p id="block-955ab9f6-8a5c-47a9-af45-28d33fb4b4d2">The ‘Add EXT IP Source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-e6c438f7-fc3d-4102-a52b-961cfaf26255" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source from the list and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-65bf8737-ff1a-4230-bcc1-503d6118248c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Add-ip-video-window.png" alt="add IP video window" class="wp-image-123578" style="width:576px;height:385px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Add-ip-video-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Add-ip-video-window-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-12e2cabe-8b05-4fdc-bc64-d7a8bf35bcc7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a source to the EXT IP Source window, click the green <strong>+Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>The EXT IP Source window opens. In the Name field, enter the <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">source&#8217;s name</span> and, in the URL field, the <strong>URL</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-01710612-a972-413e-9fbc-369bea7b05ca"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-ip-video2.png" alt="enter IP video info" class="wp-image-123587" style="width:577px;height:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-ip-video2.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-ip-video2-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the new source in the ‘Add EXT IP source’ list and click <strong>Add to source</strong>.</li>



<li>After a source is selected and added to the source window, click the source image to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-abbcdb73-f841-4b67-b5fe-666397a6e29f"><strong>Adding an RTMP push/pull source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3a34a060-0ecf-4966-9ad2-d62ed7159b55">To add an RTMP push video stream into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e2c51f3e-5aa9-496e-bdb1-02b262a5107c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Add EXT IP Source pop-up window, Click <strong>RTMP Push</strong> and click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9803b43a-0887-416f-a614-73e63dc17fd7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-rtmp-puish-source.png" alt="Add RTMP push source" class="wp-image-123596" style="width:581px;height:390px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-rtmp-puish-source.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-rtmp-puish-source-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-bef60cba-6ba7-420b-b098-49f577596073" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Name field, enter a <strong>Name</strong> for your RTMP source.</li>



<li>The unique address in the Server field is required to push the RTMP to the Producer instance. The stream destination address must be entered on the external device.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> that the server URL will change with a new Producer instance.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-4d13e8ea-c04c-4890-83b7-5094fe05b674" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Generate</strong> button to generate an authentication key.</li>



<li>Below the key field, Click <strong>Copy URL</strong>. Enter this complete URL into the source device.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-35789bd6-59fe-4b36-a6a5-2f9aa2d82453"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/RTMP-Push-info.png" alt="RTMP push info" class="wp-image-123605" style="width:583px;height:391px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/RTMP-Push-info.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/RTMP-Push-info-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-24abca19-e26c-4e5d-a754-53e639b93c22">The Add RTMP Push Source window opens.</p>



<ol start="8" id="block-bdcea187-d635-4ccb-abd2-f7125301511e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your new RTMP source, and the green check mark displays to confirm your selection.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f64208f2-4bf4-4a7c-81c2-3796920c0190"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/RTMP-add-to-source.png" alt="RTMP add to source" class="wp-image-123614" style="width:589px;height:395px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/RTMP-add-to-source.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/RTMP-add-to-source-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a2ecd44b-2aae-4323-96cf-8d6fe0581a47"><strong>Adding an HTML source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6fcb6e9f-067d-447e-b1ca-f04048d1b4d6">To add an HTML video stream into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-0511cade-2762-48bf-9a0b-a90b971ae7b2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Add EXT IP Source pop-up window, Click <strong>HTML</strong> from the left menu and click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>



<li>Enter a source <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a source <strong>URL </strong>in the HTML field and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-accb66c9-fb58-4d3e-b315-28ca52568d49"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-HTML-source-selection.png" alt="add html source" class="wp-image-123632" style="width:595px;height:399px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-HTML-source-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-HTML-source-selection-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-60b17836-9046-4576-a95b-1d843f6e64a7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source feed from the list and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3ed58c6c-02a5-4805-ad27-77f108d7aa52"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-HTML-source-2.png" alt="select html source" class="wp-image-123641" style="width:604px;height:408px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-HTML-source-2.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-HTML-source-2-300x203.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a Partyline source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c193df4a-bd55-4718-9573-50540c1a961f"><strong>Adding a Partyline source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a1715b50-54f4-49da-93e2-47cfa211d87d">To add an active Partyline participant source into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ab68c477-b04a-446c-aa11-86b732c9c157" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Add EXT IP Source</strong> pop-up window, Click <strong>Partyline</strong> in the left menu. An active Partyline session ID displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6e64d508-8ab7-4c44-96d9-55e4996b68b4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-partyline-source-selection.png" alt="add Partyline source" class="wp-image-123650" style="width:611px;height:410px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-partyline-source-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-partyline-source-selection-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-64837d91-d23d-40f9-9146-07348ef99374" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Partyline ID</strong> and choose a Partyline participant from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Add to source </strong>button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Customizable Multi view feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9cb1fa5f-6534-4273-a179-2a934933e983"><strong>Customizable Multiview feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1e77ebce-f6b0-4482-8766-e11e7718a945">The Customizable Multiview feature allows users to crop and resize custom multi-view sources within TVU Producer for a Live show. The multiview sources, such as the quad-view and dual-view, are available on input source 7.</p>



<p id="block-59bf2d15-6f97-4cb0-9053-d1c393c778a4">Using the Customizable Multiview feature enhances the editing capabilities of the multi-view landscape and vertical mode functionality. It also assists in transforming a single input source into a two, three, four, five, or six-window view to quickly match the needs of the technical producer for a Live show. Users can<br>build their unique, innovative multi-views based on the number of talents participating in a news or entertainment show.</p>



<p id="block-002c38d1-44e9-46a1-99de-c959f80b72b5">The following examples show how multi-view sources display.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a3fead0b-2f7c-4f46-b7f6-d3f95175d66e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/triview-2.png" alt="multiview example" class="wp-image-123659"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-600aae3b-1cf4-4083-b11b-bfe398a03462"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview.png" alt="crop tool" class="wp-image-123669" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-dafa235f-769e-46a0-8be9-0025716088ab"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1.png" alt="tri view" class="wp-image-123678" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p id="block-8920ed7f-3139-4d77-a317-f5bfe591f729">To use the Customizable Multiview feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-174196d9-6918-4b87-8e7f-2998e0704540" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to Input Source 7 and click <strong>+ Add Custom Video</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Create a view</strong>. The canvas displays to build your Multiview sources.</li>



<li>Add your first source and resize your image with X and Y coordinates.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Crop</strong> tool.</li>



<li>Adjust the Crop coordinates as desired. Then, click <strong>Finish Crop</strong>.”</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To create a duplicate of your source, use the Copy command.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" id="block-8269faf9-f5b4-4ff3-ad5a-834cea98a4d4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add your second source, use the X and Y coordinates to resize your image, and set it to the same height as the first image.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Crop</strong> tool.</li>



<li>Adjust the Crop coordinates as desired. Then, click <strong>Finish Crop</strong>.</li>



<li>You can continue building the supported Multiview sources based on your needs.</li>



<li>To change the name of your custom source, click <strong>Custom Source</strong>. Then, enter a new name.</li>



<li>To change the background image, click<strong> Background</strong> in the left panel to change and upload a new image. Then, click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>



<li>The “Add Custom Video” menu displays. This menu will enable you to edit, duplicate, or delete the custom view.</li>



<li>To add a custom view to the input source, select any “custom source” from the menu, and click the <strong>Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Custom view and border feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-60cce96c-7ce6-4c6b-9c83-fbce373b9746"><strong>Custom view and border feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5f2b3c03-b2f1-4feb-b80e-67c25828b468">Producer and the Multiview feature allow users to customize multiple views with borders. The basic Producer account includes the quad view and PiP custom views as default selections for this feature.</p>



<p id="block-c19cd42e-400e-46fa-91dc-b96c3e89b807">To use the custom view and border feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-d58494af-4067-41f9-8f66-dc27080ab013" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click +<strong>Add custom video</strong> in the source window. The “Add custom video” window displays.</li>



<li>Select a view and click <strong>+ Create a view</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cad5e505-6c02-45b7-bfaf-61fb2e640570"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window.png" alt="custom source window" class="wp-image-123687" style="width:605px;height:406px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-78a2fbe0-2a03-4118-b03d-20aefb0c7ad1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the “Edit Source” panel, click <strong>+Add</strong>. Select any number of available sources you want to customize from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-31291d79-e564-4695-9a52-7938e489f1d0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="313" height="350" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel.png" alt="edit source panel" class="wp-image-144043" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel.png 313w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel-268x300.png 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-254cc2e6-9848-4a4f-9a75-207ac67990b2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your selected source is displayed in the “Edit source” panel. Click the source and drag it to a desired position into the “Custom Source” window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-080594d5-fc16-488c-9047-b484780b17b1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="591" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-1024x591.png" alt="edit custom source panel" class="wp-image-144051" style="width:573px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-1024x591.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-300x173.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-768x443.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel.png 1487w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-394813b3-3b7d-4e09-8c47-8e1110e2a648" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a border to your selected source, click the <strong>checkbox</strong> to enable the Border feature. Then choose your <strong>border width</strong>, <strong>position</strong>, and<strong> color</strong> from the drop-down menus and click the <strong>Done</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-42e92a85-81d5-4363-b3b7-c8a37a7a0018"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="199" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/custom-source-border.png" alt="custom source border" class="wp-image-123707"/></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-74b5d75b-af59-4023-b57c-a92ac41955a4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Background image, click the <strong>Background </strong>tab, hover your mouse over the preview background image, click <strong>Change Picture</strong>, select <strong>From Computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>, and select the new image. Click the <strong>Done</strong> button to save your changes.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Overlay</strong> to add a Logo overlay and click <strong>+ Add</strong>, then choose <strong>From Computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>. Select the overlay, adjust the size, and click the Done button to save your changes</li>



<li>In the “Add custom video” window, select a “Custom Source.” A green check mark confirms your selection. Then, click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button to move your custom source into Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-765f8144-a1f9-4fc4-aa11-f9dd7ec11cf2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production.png" alt="select custom source for production" class="wp-image-123716" style="width:599px;height:402px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-c1528da2-fa74-4831-a44c-242d73609414" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Repeat the procedure to add a second custom source to your Producer project.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4236fef8-2766-4f15-8adf-45b8512aec6a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example.png" alt="custom view example" class="wp-image-123725" style="width:600px;height:349px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example-300x174.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the output feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-d0954bb9-fe2f-407a-86b7-4022410427b7"><strong>Using the output feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-36d0e1d1-5cef-42ef-bee2-5d9843889969">TVU Producer can simultaneously output live video directly to Facebook Live, YouTube Live, Periscope, Producer, and CDN platforms. It can also output video to SDI through a TVU receiver decoder.</p>



<p id="block-7ded0af0-8b5d-477b-adac-0745d98c3514">To select an output destination for a video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e082b62e-c715-429f-8631-b4c27e753c28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-95ab741c-81c8-45ea-b0eb-42a21b86df6f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:76px;height:79px"/></figure>



<p id="block-01e886e0-ac13-4e9a-8c87-24caeb2e4d72">The Output to destinations menu opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-395285f1-28d8-48fd-bf79-8353f24a6930"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="261" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-123734" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1.png 426w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1-300x184.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Clock</strong> icon to filter your list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="245" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-tab-filter-menu-clock.png" alt="output tab clock filter menu" class="wp-image-123753"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1cb8f9d5-c2a7-49aa-a4f5-f20d07096d48" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> to choose an output type and Select the output destination.</li>



<li>Select your output method in the panel list. To configure your output choice, click the three dots &#8220;..&#8221; and enter the required information.</li>



<li>To take your source live, click the<strong> Go Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a social media account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ac2f9c6e-9523-4da3-9e57-ff5723e4dd95"><strong>Adding a social media account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3d949f42-77d4-4bf8-b646-1de2fe521aa2">The first time a user logs in, the output section will not have any social media accounts to choose from. The user must bind social media accounts to the list before proceeding.</p>



<p id="block-125135f1-a964-44fe-a444-58414e921b14">To bind a list of social media accounts, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-f82ebb90-2500-407a-8a11-a32f888b57d0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-eaa7f291-9f42-416c-927d-36dbc4c3d8ad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:80px;height:83px"/></figure>



<p id="block-d21a814b-dad3-43ee-96f0-26ee9e19e0fd">The Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-c84a4c40-7868-491f-8286-ef3b967ada07" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+ Add</strong> button at the bottom of the Output to destinations panel.</li>



<li>Select a social media account from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-f343c7a5-ba4c-4772-a7ce-62e5a8d6c483"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Import-social-Media-selection.png" alt="Import social media selection"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-1b665110-a8d8-4f66-bdd5-8a3fc96499c4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Bind Social Accounts menu opens.</li>



<li>Click<strong> Add</strong>, and a list of all social media options display.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong> The ISSP, HLS, and SRT output menu options are also available. The ISSP single output transmission, GRID output requires Support to configure your PID.</p>



<p>The <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-25">Other menu</a> option is described in &#8216;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-24">Vertical mode outputs in Producer</a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-658ba910-b38d-43a1-85b7-329a41becbdf"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Binding-social-media-accounts-window.png" alt="Binding social media accounts" style="width:626px;height:365px"/></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-018c23d7-0f9e-4a60-af06-a1a37e55f46c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new YouTube account. Select <strong>YouTube</strong> from the pop-up menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-87a604cf-af68-48a1-88d2-5a93e8abed40"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Adding-a-YouTube-account.png" alt="Adding a YouTube account"/></figure>



<p id="block-8417a2d5-ad87-462c-906f-61c6ce7b3665">The YouTube account window opens.</p>



<ol start="7" id="block-e530678c-5479-4f32-9cd1-eb916329b775" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a<strong> Name</strong> for the channel in the Output Name field.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Automatic</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong> and <strong>Bitrate</strong>.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>GOP</strong> size and <strong>Stream type</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Authenticate </strong>button and click <strong>Save</strong> to output the stream.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ba2855e4-f668-4c19-b8a2-22f1b75095b8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="471" height="548" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/YouTube-output-config.png" alt="YouTube output config" class="wp-image-123763" style="width:342px;height:422px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/YouTube-output-config.png 471w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/YouTube-output-config-258x300.png 258w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" id="block-920c6d43-7be3-4b15-b19e-43f50a77be6a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit the YouTube setting, click the <strong>three-dot</strong> <strong>&#8216;…</strong>&#8216; icon and select <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-e1515f5e-45fc-457d-9554-a930d950824d"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/edit-youtube-setting.png" alt="Editing a YouTube setting"/></figure>



<ol start="12" id="block-5b361170-2ec4-491d-b219-c071b6c262ee" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your changes in the<strong> YouTube Output Setting</strong> pop-up and click<strong> Save</strong> or <strong>Save and Go Live</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-2595ec8f-0bc3-4cb0-9c1b-f4d87acd3166"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/YouTube-output-setting.png" alt="YouTube Output Setting window" style="width:351px;height:507px"/></figure>



<p id="block-cb05b5bf-caee-41fd-8b7b-dd08822faeb4">Perform the same steps to authenticate the other social account selections. Once an account is added, the user imports the social account to be shown in the output section. Then, it is ready to go live on specific outputs.</p>



<p id="block-fa99508e-19d3-4038-8cc3-2aa67ef719b5">For a list of Automation settings for YouTube, click the Account ”<strong>?</strong>” icon to open the guidebook for sharing on the social help page.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Vertical mode outputs in Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6c036a3a-f545-4b51-abc9-014f5a662f7d"><strong>Vertical mode outputs in Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-279192ff-d480-4776-a07a-57fbefa99a8d">Complete the following two steps to output a TVU Anywhere video in the vertical mode in Producer.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> make sure the output destination supports 9:16.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-138f2143-ff25-453a-b592-eaf1cb705623">Step 1</h3>



<ol id="block-3ec4d64b-7721-4855-bd15-8381362d8f0a" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Sign in</strong> to your Producer account. After a successful sign-in, the Producer Workbench user interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e43eccc2-8d94-4360-866d-e79ee73759a9"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface.png" alt="workbench interface" class="wp-image-123772" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface-300x176.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-f6017fd9-875d-4d58-b39f-abfaae803d15" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Create or select a program to start. Select the video to be output in the Program window.</li>



<li>Locate the output account, click the <strong>three-dot</strong> &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then click <strong>Setting</strong>.</li>



<li>The Settings pop-up window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-67d2564c-e99e-401c-8392-acd82ab026b9"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="625" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-feature-selections.png" alt="Settings feature selections" class="wp-image-122854" style="object-fit:contain;width:511px;height:436px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-feature-selections.png 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-feature-selections-235x300.png 235w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-ff114206-de72-42a7-8b33-79393b30db4d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Vertical</strong> checkbox to enable the Vertical video mode feature. Set the Aspect Ratio to <strong>9:16</strong> and the Resolution to <strong>608&#215;1080</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save</strong>. Note: Cropped 9:16 is supported for 720p and 1080p productions.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong> to start your program in TVU Producer. The Producer user interface is displayed in a vertical format.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-841a9132-1f49-4a44-8123-446d64d998df"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1491" height="858" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format.png" alt="TVU Producer interface in a vertical format" class="wp-image-144060" style="width:742px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format.png 1491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-300x173.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-1024x589.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-768x442.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1491px) 100vw, 1491px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e4b5f5e0-9cd7-4228-8894-ea932c6f684c">Step 2</h3>



<p id="block-0d007c77-25ca-4019-bc70-2433d125742f">Set your source output settings in Producer to match your vertical source settings In the TVU Producer interface:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-05eda636-72ac-4da5-b0a3-2159bc5c0dbe" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> and add a video source from the Add source window. Then click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>



<li>To select a video to be output in the Program window, click <strong>Output</strong> in the left pane and set up or select an authenticated destination from the list. Click <strong>Output</strong> in the left pane.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>three-dot</strong> &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then click <strong>More</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-365d9baa-2668-4a50-8811-c33d85e80bd8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new.png" alt="output menu" class="wp-image-123790" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new.png 278w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new-225x300.png 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 278px) 100vw, 278px" /></figure>



<p id="block-87b346dd-a5ab-4626-8eb7-7f9d65765db8">The Output Setting pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4a0daf12-1abe-4c0e-b9a8-7141ede30e35" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set the Aspect radio to<strong> 9:16 </strong>and the Resolution to <strong>608&#215;1080</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save and go live</strong> to start output in the vertical mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-514b4c5b-d0fd-46c8-b285-6f328cdec8a7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="468" height="676" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/YouTube-output-setting.png" alt="YouTube output setting" class="wp-image-123799" style="width:351px;height:507px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/YouTube-output-setting.png 468w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/YouTube-output-setting-208x300.png 208w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 468px) 100vw, 468px" /></figure>



<p id="block-a53e30d5-4b09-4568-bf3e-0861df1232a0">Your video sources display in vertical (portrait) format.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-9f5e044c-dbcc-48c1-8f95-9a2fcf12dd6c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="267" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-vertical-source-format.png" alt="Producer vertical source format" class="wp-image-123808" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-vertical-source-format.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-vertical-source-format-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-888da1eb-4427-4f46-8c1c-2ba8f0e22bde"><strong>Vertical output lines in the TVU Anywhere app</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9e47ffe4-bf31-46d9-a1b1-e6a64105e7b0">The vertical lines in the TVU Anywhere app will display on a specific occasion. When Producer is in horizontal mode, you can set the output to 9:16. When set to 9:16, the vertical lines in the TVU Anywhere app will display. When Producer is configured for vertical output, these lines do not display in the TVU Anywhere app.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8fb556c3-6ff1-4b1c-8349-1d69c2dd8a72"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars.png" alt="Anywhere mode bars" class="wp-image-123817" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Other IP outputs</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7673d89e-ee77-4990-9481-300c23f87e44"><strong>Other IP outputs</strong></h2>



<p id="block-de5babed-fd12-40c1-a0f1-43ac4c8cac9c">The Other selection in the social media menu allows users to enter a URL to take a stream to a custom CDN or their Live cloud workflow. File, RTMP(s), HLS, UDP, RTSP, SRT, and NDI have supported protocols.</p>



<p id="block-ed780c46-737d-4ac6-9dbe-0c56b199baa6">To use the Other social media menu option, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-8e4fc2d5-8f09-4e4b-ab0b-765e14349aff" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left pane.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4b0080f5-5aed-4429-8ec1-6466c743b5eb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:78px;height:81px"/></figure>



<p id="block-318631f2-2350-41d3-b2c0-afe8e1298e42">The Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-c3ef973b-bc18-4a0d-921c-e85cc0d947c6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Import button. The Bind Social Accounts menu opens.</strong></li>



<li><strong>Click Add, a list of all social media options,</strong> including the other option displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-676a85e1-d09e-4998-a87b-3dc98e0e7bf8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/adding-an-IP-output-account.png" alt="adding an ip account" class="wp-image-123826"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-c5ea0011-517b-4fa2-8fe5-963a3704043b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new YouTube account. Select <strong>Others</strong> from the popup menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0da2a874-15ef-4940-89cf-aff260ea2ae6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/adding-an-IP-output-account.png" alt="adding an ip account" class="wp-image-123826"/></figure>



<p id="block-af1ac096-48b7-4bb7-9ca4-4dcfd0a5d6cd">The Others IP output window opens.</p>



<ol start="5" id="block-df66461f-072f-45db-b1c4-2d4343645590" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>name</strong> for the channel in the Output name field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>address</strong> in the output address field</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-531e8387-42a6-4c51-8431-3c6afcd39673"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="550" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Others-IP-output.png" alt="Others IP output" class="wp-image-123835" style="width:324px;height:335px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Others-IP-output.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Others-IP-output-262x300.png 262w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-09b48d95-c512-4e48-918a-679be9ca471c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SRT-image.png" alt="SRT output" class="wp-image-123844" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SRT-image.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SRT-image-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Video publishing</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-601f0185-d209-457c-b7bc-fe196c991a1d"><strong>Video publishing</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5960327a-ac01-47ff-b282-cd1f1cc6571f">The vertical video users have increased as 75% of users play videos on their mobile devices. This TVU Producer feature helps to improve your chances of making your live broadcasts go viral. Using this feature has the following benefits:</p>



<ul id="block-c604c07c-d7bf-49e9-9d32-eadbcea3e6ed" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enables mobile customers with immersive experiences by sending out the vertical video in portrait mode with a 9:16 aspect ratio.</li>



<li>Target your live audience using social media outputs already supported on Facebook and YouTube.</li>



<li>Allows simultaneous recording and optimization of videos to enable both landscape and portrait modes.</li>



<li>Distribute to target destinations according to device orientation, geography, platform specifications, and audience needs.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0b25ab88-74b1-4038-86e2-02565430a929"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video.png" alt="vertical video" class="wp-image-123853" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video.png 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video-300x174.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p id="block-28a7d4b8-1aeb-4695-9766-0bab24fd4236">TVU Producer supports video publishing in multiple ways:</p>



<ul id="block-2dfdbd00-048c-45c5-a985-7c4c089b0b62" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Output to all social media using direct integrations.</li>



<li>Output a custom CDN using generic protocols such as SRT, Pro-MPEG, and RTMP.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f2e47773-86aa-482f-ae64-e8aa706045d3">To add an SRT output, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-746ff548-8b23-46b0-862e-6ade0d630706" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7a12433e-1ce9-4d32-949a-42c8a4294b82"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:67px;height:70px"/></figure>



<p id="block-aa2452c8-22db-492f-b64f-7988addcef3c">The Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-bc783e90-b46e-491c-9b35-98acda61f279" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Add</strong> button. Then, select <strong>SRT</strong>.</li>



<li>Choose the SRT type and enter the <strong>host name</strong> and <strong>port</strong>. Then, select the appropriate parameters.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Save and Go Live</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the overlay feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-641dc05a-d548-41ea-a499-ca166e2c790c"><strong>Using the overlay feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-14f0b927-9d0a-4e40-ad01-5535eef900c8">The Overlay feature allows a user to add customized graphic and text overlays to your live video. These include native overlays such as text from the <strong>Native</strong> tab and Logos from the<strong> Logo</strong> tab. In addition, Producer features real-time overlays and data visualizations such as animations and transitions by integrating Singular.live sources from the <strong>Singular</strong> tab and Flowics integrations from the <strong>Flowics</strong> tab. The <strong>URL</strong> and <strong>NDI</strong> tabs can be used to integrate an overlay from other third-party platforms.</p>



<p>To access assets for this feature, click <strong>Overlay</strong>  in the left navigation menu and select the <strong>Native</strong>, <strong>Logo</strong>, <strong>Singular</strong>, <strong>Flowics</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, or<strong> URL</strong> tab, enable the slider and click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-53e4d51e-6982-43e3-a03f-02b8a9d6686f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="55" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-icon.png" alt="overlay icon" class="wp-image-123863" style="width:67px;height:65px"/></figure>



<p id="block-b164a5d2-3ad0-4f23-8beb-316938ba63d6">In the Overlay menu, there are six overlay tabs: Native, Logo, Singular, Flowics, URL, and NDI. There functions are as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-a846e74f-cb04-4a0b-962c-2926596382b9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Native</strong> or <strong>Logo</strong> tab to select and place a locally sourced logo overlay or text into your production. Graphics can also be added to the list by clicking the <strong>Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Singular</strong> or <strong>Flowics</strong> tab to select and add a dynamic overlay into your production from Singular.live or Flowics.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> URL</strong> and <strong>NDI</strong> tabs to integrate an overlay from other third-party platforms.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/overlay-tab-options.png" alt="overlay tab options" class="wp-image-123872"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0d98bf1c-f83a-4642-9cc3-66e9ee4b379d"><strong>Native text overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-403e5dac-0d67-4c8d-b6fd-d8181c755956">The native text overlay feature allows the user to add a text overlay within the producer UI without subscribing to an external overlay program.</p>



<p id="block-49edb10a-4060-432c-8d1e-a64a26209d78">To add a native text overlay to your production, start the Producer instance and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ad7f08fd-6902-478e-9159-376d39a22a85" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>Native</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Use the slider to enable native graphics.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> &gt; <strong>Text</strong> &gt; <strong>Simple text</strong> or <strong>Text Ticker</strong> for scrolling text.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0edec04e-0197-4de8-9962-0fecaa204e7e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="361" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options.png" alt="native tab options" class="wp-image-123890" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options-234x300.png 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-bb7abb76-0127-4e28-b501-2286fef9a010" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your text and select your font and display options from the menu.</li>



<li>To edit a text overlay, click the text element in the Preview window and make changes to the text panel.</li>



<li>To enable or disable text overlay, click the <strong>Enable Native Graphics</strong> slider.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button to clear all overlays from the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-7a0e166f-dec9-4a46-80ab-84ec24e14c35"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="286" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW.png" alt="Native text example" class="wp-image-123899" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-03b5d59b-2c77-4c2e-b37f-b80abccaf915"><strong>Native logo overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-08642f0e-411b-412c-a239-02696b863354">To add a native logo overlay to your production, start the Producer instance and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-c22b9067-88ab-4eee-a5e7-508fb102e8d3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the<strong> Logo</strong> tab. The logo list displays.</li>



<li>If you prefer a logo that does not appear in the logo list, click the +Add button and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-d0f10c69-26dd-41ee-a1f6-19465831e28b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Add-native-logo-overlay.png" alt="add native logo overlay" class="wp-image-123908"/></figure>



<p id="block-23b6c1b8-6759-4692-ad21-3acd04e82180">The local file browser window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6e98a693-5160-4e4e-9902-75fce472fa01"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="314" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser.png" alt="file browser window" class="wp-image-123917" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window.png" alt="From cloud drive window" class="wp-image-123926" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1cd61a87-421d-4ab9-9fdb-bb2c3887a66e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate your preferred logo file. Supported formats are JPG, GIF, and PNG (up to 1920&#215;1080 ppi). Select the file and press <strong>Open</strong>. The image is added to the list.</li>



<li>Select a logo overlay from the list. The logo moves to the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-651398fb-ca0e-49c7-b8ed-857ffb5bd642"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="341" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo.png" alt="insert native logo" class="wp-image-123935" style="object-fit:contain;width:826px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo-300x178.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-bae00b02-bfe3-4d05-8324-17613dbe172b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move your overlay from the preview window into the program window, click the <strong>Overlay Cut (F6)</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bbbae659-636d-4129-95fc-98678b2a96e4"><strong>Singular overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-61774090-f768-4137-9827-c2d7b3d1e044">To add a Singular.live App Token overlay to your production, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-cd14d8ca-3855-43f3-9728-0b60e9560b5c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>Singular</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ac119607-db13-4313-9335-99ddeddf9ce8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="331" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab.png" alt="Singular tab" class="wp-image-123945" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab.png 296w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab-268x300.png 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-d2c031fb-8f77-40a1-9357-5afa3a508f7d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To use an App URL, click <strong>Input Token</strong>. Enter your token code and click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a76c9ec4-d91e-421c-bea3-18d5acfa4129"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="286" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token.png" alt="Singular app token" class="wp-image-123954" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token.png 290w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 290px) 100vw, 290px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-6e08c680-7b99-41eb-a90e-cca2c4399a77" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The dynamic Singular.live overlay selections display.</li>



<li>Select an overlay from the list. The status icon turns to a red box when active. Click <strong>Update</strong> to move the overlay into the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-87eb63ac-1ae8-4b71-8de4-182584d5c502"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="277" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected.png" alt="Singular file selected" class="wp-image-123963" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected-300x144.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-46bec009-bc9d-4702-affa-c3b2c1152c2d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit a selected overlay, make changes and click the <strong>Update</strong> button to save and move your changes into the preview window. Repeat this procedure to add additional App URL overlays into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ce74cb54-f650-4ff5-ac01-f7ff82cab736"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update.png" alt="Singular file edit and update" class="wp-image-123972" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-9aef2ae1-38fc-48f2-997b-8979f09cd087" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move your overlay into the program window, press <strong>F6</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e14a4b38-0476-4421-aa2a-3fac6aa7e627"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="263" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut.png" alt="Singular overlay cut" class="wp-image-123981" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e7d067bd-398c-4675-9cce-77226616b4b4"><strong>Flowics overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9b534679-1927-4ca5-a132-626ae2dfa9b2">To add a Flowtics overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-16a6c30e-34ae-4c1a-b11b-afdee2dec69e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu, and click the<strong> Flowics</strong> tab, then click <strong>Input Token</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a98c3a01-71dd-457a-b51e-9b6a27f2554f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab.png" alt="Flowics tab" class="wp-image-123990" style="object-fit:contain;width:279px;height:256px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab.png 292w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 292px) 100vw, 292px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-836261e3-bf71-4557-9c31-2e25b3dbe3f2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Follow the window prompts, then copy and paste the App Token and click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f9529964-5833-41e1-9b33-9e77c83fdfc2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token.png" alt="flowics app token" class="wp-image-123999" style="width:278px;height:290px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token.png 296w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token-274x300.png 274w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-42436580-e590-4941-b92b-83e10a759918" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When clicking &#8220;Login&#8221;, a separate tab redirects the user to Flowics for login.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a3936876-8601-4d91-ab3f-3be57c3e3313"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="431" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program.png" alt="Flowics login" class="wp-image-124008" style="width:281px;height:296px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program.png 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program-251x300.png 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-8dfa7f4d-4552-453a-8ba6-a4de7bdce605" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable the Flowics slider to use the controls in the Flowics tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ba43347c-347c-41cf-bd69-dca71286f43b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="432" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel.png" alt="Flowics overlay panel" class="wp-image-124017" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel.png 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel-250x300.png 250w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>URL overlay</strong></h2>



<p>To add a URL overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> tab in the left navigation menu, click the <strong>URL</strong> tab, and then enter the <strong>never.no/Singular.live</strong> URL.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source.png" alt="overlay url source" class="wp-image-144070" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source.png 295w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source-275x300.png 275w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Done</strong> when finished.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NDI overlay</strong></h2>



<p>To add an NDI overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> tab in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>NDI</strong> tab.</li>



<li>If desired, enable the <strong>NDI Alpha preview</strong> slider. Note that Enabling the slider will add additional delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-slider.png" alt="NDI slider" class="wp-image-144087"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add</strong> and enter the <strong>NDI URL</strong> as: <em>ndi://HOSTNAME(SOURCENAME)</em></li>



<li>Click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel.png" alt="NDI panel" class="wp-image-144079" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel.png 290w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel-281x300.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 290px) 100vw, 290px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-44d48c3e-d5a8-4e22-beaf-4caec0bb31b5"><strong>Clear and remove overlay feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-722c9980-98e8-4661-8a04-1648534ca9f9">The clear and remove overlay feature allows a user to clear overlays in the Preview window and remove overlays from the Program window with a simple click of a button:</p>



<ul id="block-8df73302-b3fa-4409-86fc-bf6ba0691c0b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To clear overlays from the Preview window, click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button below the Preview window.</li>



<li>Click the Remove overlay button below the Program window to remove overlays from the Program window.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-38f42cf3-fcb7-469e-a283-4711935c5fe1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1.png" alt="clear and remove overlay buttons" class="wp-image-124027" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1-300x38.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Taking a source live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8f06ec1f-6c77-4ccd-bd50-870f377f7438"><strong>Taking a source live</strong></h2>



<p id="block-58f73824-fab0-4388-866e-bce9e6e6290e">To take a source live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-a7d11a58-b1ba-49f2-809b-bdeb0cf7074c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a source in the source panel. The source is displayed in the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cab5b96a-752a-4c42-98c7-33e88db3eb4e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-123422" style="width:775px;height:502px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-425e8811-76cc-4ad4-bcbf-87efdadbeb08">The Preview window is the top left window outlined in a green border. A preview of a video source is displayed in the Preview window.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-96b5badf-73f0-41d6-99d3-52043471042d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To hide the video in the preview window, click the <strong>eye</strong> icon in the bottom left corner of the preview window. To turn on sound monitoring, click the <strong>headset</strong> icon. To turn these features off, click the icons again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7a5615c1-6c7b-4481-89f8-ec51308ad745"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="263" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window.png" alt="Preview window" class="wp-image-123122" style="object-fit:contain;width:550px;height:339px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-5c9aa8e4-6b9c-44c4-a83c-3dfda0bc6286">The Program window is the top right window outlined in a red border.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-11170d35-c696-473e-9546-717238f91441"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window.png" alt="program window" class="wp-image-124036" style="width:561px;height:311px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-3a56bb4c-f1ad-4d1a-92b3-239de254dbdb" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">To move the video into live mode, click the&nbsp;<strong>Space bar</strong>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<strong>Video Cut</strong>&nbsp;button located between the Preview and program windows</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f6216af5-86ae-4f29-a583-f8bcc9cc84aa"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="127" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/overlay-and-video-cut-buttons.png" alt="overlay and video cut buttons" class="wp-image-124046" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>link</strong> icon and press the<strong> space bar </strong>or<strong> Video Cut</strong> button to simultaneously move the overlay and preview into the Program window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Link-icon.png" alt="link icon" class="wp-image-124055"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Video Cut button moves the source from the Preview window to the Program window.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-7c9a2f46-8dcc-418d-9381-6e002f37590e">In addition, the following keyboard shortcuts are supported in TVU Producer:</p>



<ul id="block-736798b1-6a3f-4443-a29c-c9986ba5e419" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press<strong> 1</strong> to take your Input Source #1 to the PVW window. Then, press the <strong>space bar</strong> to cut source #1 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>



<li>Press<strong> 2 </strong>to take your Input Source #2 to the PVW window. Then, press the<strong> space bar</strong> to cut source #2 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>



<li>Press <strong>7</strong> to take your Input Source #7 to the PVW window. Then, press the<strong> space bar</strong> to cut source #7 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-2a8abb80-da0a-4ed9-954d-230a3b45e301">A ‘LIVE’ overlay displays in the Program window to indicate a live transmission.</p>



<p id="block-71708073-22ff-4d07-b3d6-12bc49e008e6">To access the keyboard shortcuts page, click the <strong>Management Center</strong> tab in the Workbench UI and select <strong>Shortcuts</strong> in the left menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-dac71ead-e513-4eab-b8e1-734b547abca3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1.png" alt="Management center menu" class="wp-image-124064" style="width:565px;height:250px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The Keyboard Shortcuts page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="299" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1.png" alt="Management Center shortcuts" class="wp-image-124073" style="width:687px;height:428px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1-300x187.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-38a8bc66-0ce9-4a0d-b245-e67b525812c9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn on sound monitoring, click the <strong>headset</strong> icon. To turn the feature off, click the icon again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-02fa0058-82bc-4a64-a287-b4177085d304"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="221" height="70" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/headset-icon.png" alt="headset icon" class="wp-image-124082"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switching and transition features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e717e1b6-5c05-4838-8187-8b3299b342ff"><strong>Switching and transition features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-bb5bce7b-a583-4893-a6b7-dc3196cf5bc4">There are six icons between the PVW and PGM windows, primarily including two key switches: Video Cut, Overlay Cut, three transitions, and Settings. The three transitions include Dissolve, Iris in, and Iris out. To cut the overlay and video simultaneously, click the<strong> link icon</strong> between the Overlay cut and Video cut icons.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-085401f5-a9e8-4bbd-a39e-056cac5d8d43"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="391" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions.png" alt="Producer transition features" class="wp-image-124091" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions.png 391w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions-300x242.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></figure>



<p id="block-29af8856-6c06-4b07-aa63-9afe8ee1bfe0">The Transition feature provides three special effects displayed in the live streaming show when you connect or switch from one live feed or scene to another live feed or new scene when producing a live production. The Transition feature increases the overall production value and provides a better experience for the audience.</p>



<p id="block-281c5a72-be86-4450-a273-9b5e46eecd18">The primary operator of the live show usually controls live production transitions. When switching between the two scenes or live feeds, the operator must choose the transition in the TVU Producer UI. This feature is also useful when the producer is taking a break or returning after taking a break.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-df1e5202-6a84-4e20-9f59-96887b2a89f9"><strong>Switching feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-021ad2e3-b9ae-4368-8045-4eabd6464083">The TVU Producer Web interface provides the following two switching features for the primary TVU Producer operator:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8d9842c3-6787-407a-8911-a50e6e96624d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="50" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-cut.png" alt="Overlay cut button" class="wp-image-123185" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e529cb95-0092-4c70-a7ad-c6fef4ce1ebb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="45" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/video-cut.png" alt="Video cut button" class="wp-image-123194" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1413451b-764a-45e1-b568-7861667c8465"><strong>Transition feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4e251bbd-1ccc-4f1a-a006-59f2c2c9f4ab">The TVU Producer Web interface provides the following three key transition features for the primary TVU Producer operator:</p>



<ul id="block-477dd827-af14-4867-9111-477796897fc7" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Dissolve</strong> – The Dissolve transition (F1) is a special effect that allows a gradual change from one image to another. As the first image dissolves, the second image gradually appears.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-51a2a527-7008-4d74-bbca-6374df8c2403">The Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e44bbbb0-197d-4e68-91b5-87b318819f6a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dissolve-icon.png" alt="dissolve icon" class="wp-image-124100" style="width:76px;height:68px"/></figure>



<p id="block-b66a20c6-2359-4c9e-a193-96b8f31ea088">The Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="38" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-setting-icon.png" alt="L band dissolve transition icon" class="wp-image-124109" style="width:347px;height:67px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-523aee51-7250-4d28-a264-ddbfea1edeb1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Iris In</strong> &#8211; The Iris In transition (F2) places a circle around the frame and creates a dark silhouette around the image. Using the Iris In effect, enables the user to close a previous scene to reveal a new scene.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4b55a05c-13b6-4b54-a0ac-2e066c8ade8f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="46" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/iris-in-icon.png" alt="Iris In icon" class="wp-image-124118" style="object-fit:contain;width:80px;height:64px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-35e2a2dd-53da-42ed-84dd-5920b82ceba2" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Iris Out</strong> &#8211; The Iris Out transition (F3) turns the edges of the frame to solid black. Then, the black edges push inwards, forcing the view of the scene into an ever-dwindling circle as if the camera iris closing.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-bf41fb69-40ac-4f36-a22d-90896d9114db"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="48" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/iris-out-icon.png" alt="Iris out icon" class="wp-image-124127" style="object-fit:contain;width:82px;height:66px"/></figure>



<p id="block-3cc87b69-087b-447b-9169-c3abc355812c">The Iris transitions provide an alternative to fade-in or fadeout functionality. Use the Iris In and Iris Out transitions as creative masking techniques to draw the viewers’ attention to a specific visual before the rest of the scene fully displays.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-cc78b4fc-fec7-4306-9188-376f81addd1f"><strong>Using the Transition feature in TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8ab3edae-460b-40fb-aa6e-3bbb3b06c15f">Three different transitions, Dissolve, Iris In, and Iris Out, are currently supported in TVU Producer. The Overlay cut and Video cut icons below the transition icons are used to cut the selected transitions from the PVW into the PGM window. Keyboard shortcuts for each function are printed on each icon.</p>



<p id="block-fa72459c-4139-4233-b85a-f51b07aabcc7">To enable the transition features, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-5d15d380-a8c6-4cda-9486-3b2d59330191" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select to place your transition type icons between the PVW and PGM windows.</li>



<li>A control panel displays next to the selected icon as you select your transition type.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-0f5dace7-262f-41bc-b511-11fa246d1dce"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1.png" alt="control example F1" class="wp-image-124136" style="width:359px;height:204px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1.png 314w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1-300x175.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-664fa145-d0f6-4ab3-b0db-41f357a684e1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the control panel to set the time (in milliseconds) to execute the selected transition.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The default value for each transition is 1500 milliseconds. This default can be changed by the operator as appropriate.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" id="block-5ad30c68-b352-46e6-8810-31f3a9be846e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Repeat the process for each transition.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Overlay cut</strong> icon (<strong>F6</strong>) and <strong>Video cut</strong> icon (<strong>space bar</strong>) as needed.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1ea49741-31b0-46b0-a2fe-d26121cbc0f0"><strong>Adding an overlay to the live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-202b475c-7eef-4870-ae4c-8dcc17100a0e">Press the<strong> Overlay cut (F6)</strong> button to move the overlay source from the Preview window to the Program window. The Overlay cut button is located between the preview and program windows.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>L band transition</strong></h2>



<p>The L band transition menu allows users to create a new transitional view in the Program window while live. This Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<p>To create a new view or add one, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the L band transition <strong>Setting</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="38" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-setting-icon.png" alt="L band dissolve transition icon" class="wp-image-124109"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the L band transition setting window, click <strong>+Create a view</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window.png" alt="L band transition window" class="wp-image-124234" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window-300x203.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Choose the <strong>Squeeze type</strong> and edit the transition. Click the <strong>Background</strong> tab to add a (1920 x 1080) background.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Done</strong> button to save your settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="307" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type.png" alt="L band squeeze type" class="wp-image-124244" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the<strong> background</strong> and click the <strong>Add to L-Band</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band.png" alt="add to L band button" class="wp-image-124253" style="width:574px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stopping a live transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0c7f2e4e-f050-4004-a505-459ac772ee67"><strong>Stopping a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-78d38236-ca36-471c-8ff4-36e0893947a8">To stop the live transmission, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-be2fc2ed-5bef-4f3a-9f1b-8cf643599ca8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the red <strong>On Air icon </strong>in the left navigation menu. The output menu opens. The Live transmission in the Output to destination list displays as ‘On Air.’</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-bd56eedf-7e21-4d34-aaca-c01f852230ca"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="511" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop.png" alt="Go live stop" class="wp-image-124263" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop.png 364w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop-214x300.png 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over <strong>On Air</strong> to reveal the End Live button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="371" height="503" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live.png" alt="output end live" class="wp-image-124272" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live.png 371w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live-221x300.png 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 371px) 100vw, 371px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1af22131-8fcb-4af5-93d3-dd475cc12364" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>End live </strong>button to stop the transmission.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6aa1ef39-9934-41fe-8fe6-065ee6bdb2a7"><strong>Audio control</strong></h2>



<p id="block-39ab71ea-aa3f-4d35-9bca-585e942f375a">The <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> tab is located in the left navigation menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-51012082-2107-4e68-b68c-2b78e8fd4b2f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png" alt="audio mixer tab" class="wp-image-144095" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2-247x300.png 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /></figure>



<ul id="block-c5397a7a-3f69-4a9a-9b60-eab364f99c94" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The AFV switch is enabled by default, allowing the input source cut to live broadcast/PGM to have its sound channel cut along with it.</li>



<li>If the AFV switch is disabled/off, the sound for live streaming is selected by choosing an alternate audio channel source.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-b8b47f05-0020-459c-af82-1146a88f6c74">To choose an alternate audio channel source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-486e9215-869b-410e-91b9-f4f3deaddb28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio mixer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8fdd9c6f-7a23-445f-b29f-cff2982319ff"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="65" height="96" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/audio-mixer-tab-2-1.png" alt="AFV OFF" class="wp-image-144111"/></figure>



<p id="block-aa5bedcc-4fc2-4f1f-9a5b-4a145cf56c9c">The Audio Control menu opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-d32e52ea-873c-4091-8fb2-5d73681ca98f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png" alt="audio mixer tab" class="wp-image-144095" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2-247x300.png 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c8c9f378-cfdb-47a7-b335-7b6257af626e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the <strong>Audio Follows Video</strong> switch to the left (green) to disable the switch (AFV OFF). The Audio control window displays alternate channels.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-c8a7342c-2a52-4ce6-baf7-2963e443a68d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="362" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off.png" alt="AFV off" class="wp-image-144119" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off-237x300.png 237w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 286px) 100vw, 286px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1092aa43-1577-4f09-ad72-d5c3b924e3d2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the source <strong>AFV</strong> slider to the right to enable an alternate audio channel source.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">When the&nbsp;</span><strong>AFV All</strong>&nbsp;slider is enabled, the audio tab changes from AFV OFF to AFV ON, and the audio follows the video when cut.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9bd81b13-053c-4467-af81-26a59a73aafe"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1.png" alt="AFV toggle on" class="wp-image-144128" style="width:324px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1-169x300.png 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To adjust the volume control for each Producer source, click the <strong>speaker</strong> icon and move the slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="257" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Speaker-icon-Audio-control-slider.png" alt="Speaker icon - Audio control slider" class="wp-image-139767"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the PIP feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-655d3a10-5ecb-451f-80b0-03fc5fde1f77"><strong>Using the PIP feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-02281564-8738-4e4e-a360-2cd129f414a6">The picture-in-picture (PIP) feature allows the user to display a thumbnail of a source window on top of your live transmission. The PIP selection is located at the bottom of the source window in the settings &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; menu. The PIP menu selection changes its color according to the following three states:</p>



<ul id="block-d75bcbeb-256a-4b9c-8646-6adf8a61dd01" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the PIP menu selection does not have a colored background, this feature is not being used.</li>



<li>When the PIP menu selection is green, this indicates that the PIP overlay has been moved into the preview window.</li>



<li>When the PIP menu selection is red, the PIP overlay has been cut to the program window and is live.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-1d136d2f-4886-4688-b3bc-796a35ef1f7d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-selection.png" alt="PiP selection" class="wp-image-124319" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:177px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c4cb80a4-1205-47bc-863f-916d4fe49858"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-in-preview.png" alt="PiP in Preview" class="wp-image-124328" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:176px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8a7763a2-f009-4354-a6ee-229d7a3da535"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="153" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-in-program-window.png" alt="PiP in program window" class="wp-image-124337" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:176px"/></figure>



<p id="block-3266e9f7-31b6-46bb-8a6e-f0473bf7a66a">To use the PIP feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-c76e987e-a7d7-44b9-adac-6c31da0a9eda" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>source window</strong> to move the source to the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-75370e62-d6e0-438d-8146-79c43ba3cde5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="346" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window.png" alt="PiP select source window" class="wp-image-124347" style="width:727px;height:437px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c5b9e53c-bc2f-4108-a087-6f6640ed7a48" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a second source or <strong>+Add</strong> a second source to the source panel.</li>



<li>To add a PiP, click the three-dot “…” icon in the second source window and select <strong>Picture in picture</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8519031a-15dd-497b-a9d5-18d447346c91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="354" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection.png" alt="PiP source selection" class="wp-image-124359" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection.png 354w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 354px) 100vw, 354px" /></figure>



<p>The second source is displayed in a small box at the bottom of the Preview window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4983eea0-85b9-44b5-be16-fa258d1a4565"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window.png" alt="Add PiP to preview window" class="wp-image-124368" style="width:741px;height:444px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove the PIP overlay from the preview window, click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6a3e78a3-b758-47b4-92da-adaee9a1573e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window.png" alt="PiP removed from preview" class="wp-image-124377" style="width:741px;height:444px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-2f93f245-f7bd-4d02-a184-1b6a59e6f3d1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move the PIP overlay to your live transmission, add the PiP to the preview window and click the <strong>Overlay cut (F6)</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a8f9dfe5-a42e-4d13-9d55-af7e53cd24ea"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm.png" alt="Cut overlay PiP into Program window" class="wp-image-124386" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-20e86159-beb3-47ec-a2af-7ce0acdf874e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Remove overlay</strong> button to remove the PiP from the Program window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-97dbf9fd-261b-49e1-b562-dc7d1fe13c89"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay.png" alt="Remove PiP overlay" class="wp-image-124395" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay.png 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Input Source Recording feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-dbed7aae-1fc8-4c38-934e-cfde52e4c3c6"><strong>Input Source Recording feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-980f28b9-0d3f-409b-81d9-2dd7e2eb1cad">With the Input Source Recording feature is enabled, users can record each camera source independently of other feeds and the final program output. Recorded files are saved in TS file format.</p>



<p id="block-dea492c7-124e-4a64-9f69-2555a5d66689">Postproduction teams are continually looking to TVU Oneage and reTVU Oneage content not just for TV but also for mobile apps and social media platforms. In this environment, recording only the final output/ master mix is no longer enough, as it limits the editing playing field.</p>



<p id="block-8a5e7e45-ddfd-47a8-985f-8f578c5cd6f7">Editors can now feel the freedom and be well prepared for all the postproduction requests by having HD quality ISO’s for each individual feed, much in advance.</p>



<p id="block-4c17b52b-de5d-47e6-835e-47c1f13c6852">The Input Source Recording feature enables you to:</p>



<ul id="block-4c8375bd-5260-4d0d-961e-21dd0cc691ad" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Effortlessly fix live mistakes during postproduction</li>



<li>Create custom content for social media</li>



<li>Add customized graphics to formulate a whole new program</li>



<li>Enhance revenue opportunities for your digital asset</li>



<li>Re-purpose and rehash content with clean feeds</li>



<li>Significantly slash cost and time</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about downloading files, refer to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-37"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">User management menu</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-213584ff-85f7-4b4d-99da-5c9765874fd8">To enable the Input Source Recording feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e92497dc-4173-461b-a4bc-703e3eaef59f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Create a new Program or Edit your current program settings and enable the <strong>Input Source Recording</strong> checkbox.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8e961061-230c-4ea4-b38a-504127030a2f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="707" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-recording-feature.png" alt="Input source recording feature" class="wp-image-124405" style="width:382px;height:476px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-recording-feature.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-recording-feature-204x300.png 204w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add the source slots you want to record from the drop-down menu and click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1.png" alt="select input source recording slots" class="wp-image-124424" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-4ff6c9eb-a203-4add-969f-ab3eb3232534" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Start your program or live instance.</li>



<li>As soon as the new Producer program is up and running, the ISO recording automatically switches ON. It records all the ingested sources from the beginning until the end of your live show. The input source recording will stop only when you shut down your producer instance or program.</li>



<li>All cloud recordings can be accessed using the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab option within the Workbench.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-6264491e-f5ac-4a82-9343-8575edd9bd8c">To access the recordings, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7b5a326c-5029-4e7e-bab4-fcdfd8b16fa1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the TVU Producer<strong> Workbench</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The “Management Center” and “Cloud Record” tabs are displayed in the top panel.<br>You can see all the input source recordings in the Cloud Record tab. The Cloud Record tab opens in a new window.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab. In the left panel, you can select <strong>Remote Recorded files</strong> and <strong>Recorded files</strong>. Each recording is named with the program name, date, and time, along with details about the Start and End times of your program instance.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-19bc90f2-adf8-4fb8-b6ec-969147ec686c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab.png" alt="Cloud record tab" class="wp-image-124433" style="width:599px;height:250px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab-300x151.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-f094b170-36ce-46fe-bb0a-26f81f22230f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you click <strong>Recorded files</strong> and select a recording folder, your Input and Output source folders display the following folders:</li>
</ol>



<p>Input Source 1, Input Source 2, Input Source 3, Input Source 4, Input Source 5, Input Source 6, and PGM Output.</p>



<p id="block-c4ed9973-e22c-4774-8796-0a2bf3ba8de5">To download your program file to your local drive, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ceded933-fcb6-4a5e-9310-cd1a544d9ad2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click<strong> Recorded files</strong> in the left panel. A list of your recordings displays.</li>



<li>Click on a recording source. Hover your mouse over the recording you would like to download. Then, click the <strong>download</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-18f88ad2-4475-44f6-b2c0-ba929d9c65d4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1.png" alt="download recorded file" class="wp-image-124442" style="object-fit:cover;width:501px;height:132px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Management Center tab functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-75de30c0-8140-458d-835a-d4307640ee40"><strong>Management Center tab functions</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1690e10c-a231-4511-8259-6aaa40b8980d">The Management Center tab provides a list of all of your previously recorded program files before the Input Source Record feature is enabled. From the Management Center tab, you can view your usage, program <strong>shortcuts</strong> and enable or disable <strong>email notifications</strong> and <strong>Auto shut-down</strong> functions.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-center-window-usage.png" alt="Management Center window - Usage" class="wp-image-124451" style="width:755px;height:439px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-center-window-usage.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-center-window-usage-300x174.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Replay operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-849c7253-7c7d-4606-9429-89ad163b8345"><strong>Replay operations</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Producer enables users to create replay clips from an active production and save them to the Replay App. Use the Replay app to customize the highlights of a clip using Replays’ Mark-in and Mark-out features, add commentary, and make it available for production. Saved clips are selectable in the Producer Clip panel. Selecting a clip from the Producer <strong>Replay App</strong> tab -&gt; <strong>Clip</strong> panel places it into the Replay preview window in Producer as a selectable source for the director to cut to PGM.</p>



<p id="block-01fa7b99-8ce6-4745-a4e5-54ea26bb4aa2">The Replay function can record and last 60 seconds of video input from source windows 1 through 4. The recorded video can be rewound and previewed from the Replay panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This feature must be enabled by support. When enabled, The Replay tab is displayed in Producer.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-7a4c96e6-4df4-41e3-afd6-706a456be50e">To preview or replay your recording, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-061f0109-88de-427b-bd7a-1fa881e49cf9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Replay</strong> button at the bottom of the screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9000cdff-d264-46be-8821-4c6e8911b541"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Recording-stop-recording-button.png" alt="Replay button" class="wp-image-124461" style="width:762px;height:431px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Recording-stop-recording-button.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Recording-stop-recording-button-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-1d723ab2-538b-4cf9-902b-26f606ec31ab">The Replay button opens the Recorded content panel where your recorded content is stored.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-66877f03-d42b-4cc8-92cf-cca27e9be7ca" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over the recorded clip and click the green <strong>Rewind</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/rewind-button-in-replay-list.png" alt="Rewind feature" class="wp-image-124470" style="width:766px;height:226px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/rewind-button-in-replay-list.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/rewind-button-in-replay-list-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-cb8dca52-c0ad-4857-8d82-d3722f819934">The recorded content and timeline displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a4011f3f-c5a5-4747-89a1-6ccf6e6e3918"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/click-rewind-to-open-the-frame-content.png" alt="Rewind frames" class="wp-image-124479" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/click-rewind-to-open-the-frame-content.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/click-rewind-to-open-the-frame-content-300x58.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-4ece0b39-d30a-4fbc-973b-37cf57918020" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the yellow slider over the frames you want to preview to select and preview a range of frames.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2b1915aa-c3b7-4d66-ae8b-eaca3b31ee43"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mark-and-click-update.png" alt="mark click and update" class="wp-image-124488" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mark-and-click-update.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/mark-and-click-update-300x58.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-813f8476-7b27-4fa5-a9c3-a9ecfd732c05" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>play</strong> icon in the Preview window. To add a transition to your clip, click a transition type from one of the transition buttons located between the Preview and Program windows.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8c8be0fb-26ae-4daa-8e20-edf0f9242f92"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="243" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-clip.png" alt="Preview clip" class="wp-image-124497" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-clip.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-clip-300x152.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-0beb06d9-549f-4696-8b80-988ce4942b03" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Space bar</strong> or <strong>Video cut</strong> button to move your clip to the Program window.</li>



<li>To return to the recorded video for another selection, click <strong>Update</strong> at the bottom of the window and repeat the process.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>+Add replay</strong> source window or the <strong>Replay App</strong> tab in the left panel. The Clip panel opens.</li>



<li>Use one of the two methods to authenticate your TVU Producer review session with TVU Replay:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Authenticate yourself into the review session by selecting an active production in the producer UI, this requires a login.</li>



<li>You can tap the <strong>Scan [-]</strong> button on the TVU Replay Welcome screen to log in, scan the <strong>QR</strong> code with your camera app, or access the URL at the bottom of the Producer review page to authenticate yourself to the producer session.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="597" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-1024x597.png" alt="image 4 replay tab" class="wp-image-144139" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-1024x597.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-300x175.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-768x448.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab.png 1101w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Replay app</strong> displays the Producer video.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong> Mark In</strong> button. The vertical bar indicates the marked-in state.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1024x768.png" alt="" class="wp-image-144147" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1024x768.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-300x225.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-768x576.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1536x1151.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-2048x1535.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Mark Out</strong> button.</li>



<li>To preview window plays the new clip, tap the <strong>Screen</strong> to stop the running preview.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>circular icon(s)</strong> in the <strong>Add Clip</strong> panel to select which sources you want to save. The selected source icons display green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1024x768.png" alt="Replay mark out" class="wp-image-144155" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1024x768.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-300x225.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-768x576.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1536x1151.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-2048x1535.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="14" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Save clip</strong> button to save your selections as a clip or tap the <strong>Cut to PGM</strong> button.</li>



<li>Saved clips are available in the Producer <strong>Replay App</strong> tab &gt; <strong>Clip</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Select the clip in the <strong>Clip panel</strong> to add it to the Replay source preview box as a source selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1024x506.png" alt="Replay clips created" class="wp-image-144163" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1024x506.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-300x148.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-768x380.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1536x759.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-2048x1012.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="17" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Clip</strong> panel, users can enable/disable the default bumper shot and upload their custom bumper shots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1024x506.png" alt="Replay bumper shot" class="wp-image-144171" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1024x506.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-300x148.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-768x379.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1536x758.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-2048x1011.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Clip player feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8b9538f0-5063-4934-be8e-83035fbf6ac7"><strong>Clip player feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-86b013cd-3894-4f07-8143-7fc39589286f">The Clip Player feature in TVU Producer is enhanced with comprehensive support capabilities for all local clips’ basic and advanced operations, including playlist. Video uploads are also unlimited.</p>



<p id="block-d1cd5bf6-5b98-4692-a722-0b66da0ef20d">The new playback enhancements added to the Local Clip player in TVU Producer include the following basic functions:</p>



<ul id="block-79dd16ec-5251-4d53-b74f-562c23a9abb7" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play</strong>, <strong>Pause, forward, rewind, and Seek</strong> &#8211; The Clip Player now allows you to pause, rewind, and fast-forward the local clip as desired and/or play it from your desired location for a specific duration.</li>



<li><strong>Cue, mark-in setting for each local clip</strong> &#8211; To cue a video, determine the desired initial playback point in a specific frame of your video Clip. The enhanced clip player allows users to cue video in the desired location and play it in the PGM window from a current frame location.<br>Users can set the mark-in locations for the start time and end time. The mark-in function allows the user to play any local clip from a particular start time for a specific duration or until a selected end time in the playback duration is reached.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93fc3eb1-12ae-4a6c-a796-b354eb6e692b"><strong>Using the Clip player features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-822ee9c2-6076-4324-ae9c-9bf456536c39">To use the <strong>Clip player</strong> tab features, use the full set of functions displayed in the local video file list panel to perform the play, rewind, pause, forward, and seek controls. Users can access the Advanced functions by clicking the Setting icon for any local clip associated with the live show.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-61be85b3-f416-44b5-8555-49668a14442d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:559px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-64166ef2-4417-45e0-966c-f0bf7ce76ba6"><strong>Clip player interface</strong></h2>



<p id="block-90fb8e84-857b-4175-bee3-e8683104f7b1">The local clip player provides a set of comprehensive features to run video clips within TVU Producer.</p>



<p id="block-223b2814-c879-4d04-9ce7-8baeee73fc91">You can add any number of local video files to your program for running alternate footage in your live show. Running alternative footage adds the necessary dimension to your live show, helps cover potential errors, and keeps your audience actively engaged.</p>



<p id="block-7e420ca6-a588-4344-8cf2-5eb42a2907f4">The local clip player supports all the basic and advanced operations to either play a single video clip or a set of video clips as a playlist. The TVU Producer Web interface allows you to change the file order and adjust your playlist based on your needs.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-dfdbb35c-88a2-4cac-8143-3f28aaba13d0"><strong>Basic functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-6ead5212-d374-4c48-9fa7-d974adff98e8">The local clip player Web interface includes the following basic functions:</p>



<ul id="block-14436a2a-bead-4ec2-9de1-d89dde348651" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play icon</strong> &#8211; Click the play icon to play the clip<strong>.</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-95c93768-db7b-4157-b999-f3d926be2cab"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-icon.png" alt="Play video icon" style="width:52px;height:55px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-fa30802a-2b54-44b2-a924-db0c9e475ee1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Rewind icon</strong> &#8211; Click the rewind icon to rewind the clip.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-bc0ba826-22b7-4681-b5d3-6610cc138e66"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Rewind-icon.png" alt="Rewind video icon"/></figure>



<p id="block-2c075d00-683b-456e-8ee2-be67d35ff09c"><strong>Forward icon</strong> &#8211; Click the forward icon to advance your clip forward in the timeline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-06e4686f-b4f9-4493-82c3-afa04893ecc4"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Forward-icon.png" alt="Forward video icon"/></figure>



<ul id="block-ef82139d-6eaa-42b0-8276-d41aa3e9aabc" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Seek bar </strong>&#8211; The seek bar enables you to cue the player or determine the desired initial playback point in a video clip.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="246" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Seek-bar.png" alt="seek bar" class="wp-image-144181"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Settings icon </strong>&#8211; Opens the Play Settings panel.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="35" height="33" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/clip-player-settings-icon.png" alt="clip player settings icon" class="wp-image-144189" style="width:62px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b77d4e8d-1651-452e-b9b8-8ddd2265628c"><strong>Advanced functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-2aa4968d-4f67-4f61-bf66-99dd247df911">The local clip player Web interface includes the following advanced functions. Click the left (<strong>Single clip</strong> icon) to set a desired Advanced function:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Advanced-controls.png" alt="clip player advanced controls" class="wp-image-144198" style="width:314px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Single clip icon </strong>&#8211; The single clip icon enables you to play a single clip and auto-pause until the end of the clip stops.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-096e69f6-8374-4b71-88d9-1304cb6ce2f8"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-single-clip-icon.png" alt="Play single clip icon" style="width:66px;height:54px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-edcc1abd-8c10-4267-b79a-97c6b502349f" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Loop file icon</strong> &#8211; The loop file icon enables you to loop a single file.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-7d508d3a-3ba1-44f2-b477-75d67acced86"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Loop-single-file-icon.png" alt="Loop single file icon" style="width:67px;height:70px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-7f5c2837-6937-442f-80f9-56146d6a4966" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play-to-playlist icon</strong> &#8211; The play-to-playlist icon enables you to play the playlist one time and stops at the end.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-e8e7cdbb-d99c-4a62-9b1d-77e41f5dd27f"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-to-playlist-icon.png" alt="Play to playlist icon" style="width:71px;height:68px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-ce47c944-bfd9-4efa-abcb-7bf402d66003" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Loop playlist icon</strong> &#8211; The loop playlist icon enables you to loop all clips the playlist.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-3b1e6618-4ee0-4601-b325-d64cdba4567f"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Loop-playlist-icon.png" alt="Loop playlist icon" style="width:74px;height:66px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-142fa36a-4962-45ce-80fa-dd1e1b4000fd" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Edit file icon</strong> &#8211; Click the edit file icon to open the Mark Media panel. Here, you can set the clip mark-in and mark-out points. Saved changes will automatically display in the program.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-fa93e442-4b33-4ded-94ee-b5a677e39740"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="216" height="122" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/edit-clip-icon.png" alt="edit clip icon" class="wp-image-124535" style="width:297px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="227" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/set-mark-in-points.png" alt="set mark in and out points" class="wp-image-144207"/></figure>



<ul id="block-09af5dae-9111-45cb-a88d-ba3de2ada724" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play settings menu</strong> &#8211; Click the settings icon at the top-right of the source window to open the Play Settings panel. In this panel you can access the Autoplay, Cut PGM to PVW, Play from the mark in, and Return to the mark-in slider controls for a selected source.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Autoplay is ON by default. Disabling autoplay will stop the program from playing.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-97308ce9-6662-47bb-9c61-ac25c432e269"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="220" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png" alt="Clip player settings menu" class="wp-image-144034" style="width:292px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png 220w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 220px) 100vw, 220px" /></figure>



<p id="block-8118ab1c-3494-4e40-a13c-96464445f5bc">The Play settings menu has the following settings and functions:</p>



<ul id="block-dd6a3166-2a2b-48e2-bf92-250ee204ce28" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Autoplay</strong> &#8211; Autoplay is ON by default. Enabling this setting plays the video from the mark-in point when selected as a source and taken to PGM.<br><br>When Autoplay is OFF, the file will not re-start automatically. The file will continue in the paused state when it is Cut to PGM.</li>
</ul>



<ul id="block-52a57d65-66ca-42eb-a565-42e28b951be1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Cut PVW to PGM</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically cuts the preview to PGM when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>



<li><strong>Play from the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting plays the clip from the mark-in when taken to PGM. To mark-in and mark/out files, hover your mouse over the file thumbnail and click Edit.</li>



<li><strong>Return to the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically returns to the mark-in of the last played clip when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>
</ul>



<p>To use a clip as a Local source in Producer, click a clip preview in the clips panel to move it into Producer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Management</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b2feba0e-fc4a-40e1-8ae1-ec885e356664"><strong>User management menu</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2190a47e-a89b-4654-9f3b-7cdc5e38f6f4">The User Management menu allows a user to access the following:</p>



<ul id="block-a1756260-a9ee-40f6-8b11-25ebe21fe1d9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select between English and Chinese languages</li>



<li>Access the keyboard shortcut menu</li>



<li>Sign out of Producer</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-110aee1c-2712-48da-be39-0a37224afcd2">To open the User Management menu, click the round icon next to the power button in the main navigation bar.</p>



<p id="block-550f2c1e-3be0-4134-b0ad-5051647d6df6">To access the Recorded files selection, click the back button in the top left of the screen to return to Workbench. Then, click the <strong>Management Center </strong>tab to access the recorded file menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-b6f12005-53a8-41b8-8dcf-dcab7835a769"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/user-management-menu.png" alt="user management window" class="wp-image-143786"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Time remaining indicator</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f6850fa9-13b6-43e3-be00-2b0b49158ee6"><strong>Time remaining indicator</strong></h2>



<p id="block-eab02f90-b9f9-471b-ae0e-0b6552f7057f">The time remaining indicator is located on the right side of the main navigation bar. This indicator shows you how much time is left on your Producer subscription. Once you log in, the timer starts. To stop the timer, you must click the <strong>power button</strong> in the window&#8217;s top left corner.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-73ac5773-0afb-4bc2-83f6-d887191bfaa5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer.png" alt="Session timer" class="wp-image-143736" style="width:638px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer.png 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer-300x28.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ecb84b57-a22f-451e-9d77-cdf1c89f4c66"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-d1f2829e-bb35-4429-9c35-31e4beb5bf5f">The Advanced Audio Mixer is a dedicated separate interface built for audio operators to mix audio for the program separately from video and graphics operation.</p>



<p id="block-822d4719-7488-4173-afe8-e6711c30326c">Use the Advanced Audio Mixer to:</p>



<ul id="block-e6937d28-532f-4efb-b01c-f5e35327b263" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Monitor each video feed for production</li>



<li>Adjust all audio input levels as well as the master output</li>



<li>Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel</li>



<li>Assign channels for each group for simple management of multiple sources</li>



<li>Mute each channel or select as a solo monitor for fine tuning</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2e6b1765-8738-42f7-8634-8aab5f662cf0"><strong>Multi-audio channel feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ae08b0e7-9761-4e48-a652-a6064ad91874">This feature supports 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels in Producer. These channels are configured in the Workbench Settings window for your Producer project. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs.</p>



<p id="block-521f3cc6-5338-403d-b4a9-09580d2ab188">A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For more information, refer to the <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Producer Audio Mixer Quick Start User Guide</mark></a>.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Captioning feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f5d000d6-7ff7-4c07-9f21-fbaee15cc134"><strong>Captioning feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0b393488-c403-46cd-b69f-374b39b3eda9">The Captioning feature in Producer provides the capability to deliver both closed captions and live captions into the program output of TVU Producer. This enables our customers to automatically add closed and live captions to the outgoing live feed from TVU Producer. Live Captioning is supported by integration with a third-party caption provider EEG. Closed captioning is provided through TVU Producer’s integration with TVU transcriber.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To enable this feature, please contact your TVU Sales representative.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-40518b69-ba72-4eca-90f5-14adc5bd41b2">To enable the Captioning feature, TVU Producer is integrated with TVU Transcriber, the AI-based audio-to-text TVU converter, to insert the captions. The captions are generated in real time, ensuring perfect synchronization with audio and video as needed for the audience. The Captioning feature is fully compliant with the Federal Communication Commission.</p>



<p id="block-6bec9f50-7825-41d3-bd64-e4dde1a55084">To use the Captioning feature in Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-98f08f8c-cd6c-4f6c-9d9c-b142e06454f9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to the <strong>Live Captions</strong> Menu item.</li>



<li>Go to <strong>Transcriber</strong> on top.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Go with it</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SCTE 35 feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-610763e2-8863-4602-aa88-82ed69c6d27f"><strong>SCTE 35- based dynamic ad insertion feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-26cd01aa-0de1-4e63-a3e7-04e36dde161b">Using TVU Producer, customers can perform a dynamic ad insertion for a Live broadcast by collaborating with third-party ad services. A new feature is available to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad-insertion in the transport stream. Pre-roll replacement in SCTE pass-through is also supported. This new feature complies with SCTE-35 protocols.</p>



<p id="block-6337b9aa-3da3-4075-b386-ea4836adbab4">SCTE 35 markers are well-known and widely used in the digital broadcast industry and are supported in newer ABR delivery formats such as HLS.</p>



<p id="block-78d28a95-4a36-4111-bd26-14d227164688">An SCTE 35 marker inserts an ad into the stream at an exact timestamp. The inserted ad is active for several seconds. A splice point in the specific timestamp in a stream corresponds to an Instant Decoder Refresh (IDR) frame, which can be decoded independently without depending on what frames were decoded previously.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-74dfe359-6307-41b5-a585-6c8c324a4e26"><strong>Benefits</strong></h3>



<ul id="block-4dd1bd04-215d-42d3-b5f6-15fdfef3ec84" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The SCTE-insertion feature allows customers to create additional sponsor revenue opportunities.</li>



<li>The SCTE-insertion feature is intuitive in TVU Producer and accessible in the Producer interface.</li>



<li>This ad insertion methodology is better than adding the ads on the client side.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1c387c72-5c66-444f-9d67-fdffb046d142"><strong>Using the SCTE insertion feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-fd4e41d3-9e54-4142-a050-44649bfafc77">To use the SCTE insertion feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-613653be-b2f7-41fd-bad7-c77aaeb21ba1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>SCTE</strong> in the left navigation menu. The SCTE settings menu displays.</li>



<li>Select the SCTE insertion option from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6e1be059-29b0-4963-b4d3-b465717aac00"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="465" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1.png" alt="SCTE tab" class="wp-image-124581" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1-185x300.png 185w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 286px) 100vw, 286px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-466b6a54-b916-48d1-9975-3d5e520b9e80" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Insert the SCTE slice points at the desired time slots. Then, choose the durations in the program output.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Any number of insertions can be added at preferred time slots.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Monitoring and Diagnostics</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0c36378d-4700-4244-b6ba-d9c947020f21"><strong>Monitoring and Diagnostics feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6eee33e0-f4b4-4f43-8d0a-237b6dc4a88a">The Monitoring and diagnostics feature provides a dashboard that displays the key parameters to indicate your IP feed health coming to all Input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream going into each destination. In addition, the user can view Producer timeline messages and diagnostic errors.</p>



<p id="block-7c070400-5b72-43e6-ad28-ffd46c603206">Diagnostic errors are run-time errors that occur as you start your cloud instance and build your live streaming workflow. This section lists any issues you could encounter during the ingest process or starting a live stream to any targeted destinations. Diagnostic errors may also point out transmission or network bandwidth issues.</p>



<p id="block-9426bbc4-ad1d-4df2-9b98-749394c6c462">Users should run the Monitoring feature or Dashboard on a separate PC as it also takes CPU and memory resources to present all the health-related metrics, including the PGM Output of Producer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-08468df4-5719-4a6d-8bcd-4d53d3d6f4d4"><strong>Using the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0c19b94e-1ef9-4166-b3bb-55a1ed0ea786">To use the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7520baf3-b71d-4f5d-9e74-e7207d325a28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the left panel of the Producer User Interface, click the <strong>Monitor</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-91c6ea21-0fb6-4fe5-80a7-40a9d96d91c5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="63" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Monitor-tab-1.png" alt="Monitor tab" class="wp-image-124590" style="object-fit:contain;width:162px;height:79px"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-ba887d94-1bff-455e-9d1a-60b11b4b4a53" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Producer Monitoring dashboard page displays in a new browser window.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-3873284f-df43-4e86-b80a-def07df43fdb">The Producer Monitoring Dashboard displays all the relevant sections, Viz. Program Info, Input, Output, Closed captions, SCTE 35 Ad insertion feature, and the diagnostic log panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c35cea2d-808c-4d14-89fc-c2404c6ff196"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="886" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png" alt="Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard" class="wp-image-143711" style="width:745px;height:498px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-300x182.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-1024x621.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-ec24b1f5-4d9f-4c82-b4a4-265f666d9c41" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The diagnostic logs are located in the left-scrolling panel.</li>



<li>To download diagnostic logs, click the <strong>download</strong> icon in the top-right corner of the scrolling panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon.png" alt="diagnostics logs download" class="wp-image-144217" style="width:597px;height:346px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon.png 730w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	PTZ Control and VLAN configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0468a588-f186-4873-8563-02df44d343c5"><strong>Using the PTZ Control feature</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-3550d576-7d52-49c3-bcbe-c2b3527b9ddb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the PTZ control feature, click the<strong> PTZ Control </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-b65dd06e-bffd-4633-9820-4ef5073a855a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1.png" alt="PTZ control tab" class="wp-image-124617" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1-146x300.png 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-66d8073a-e1f1-46ab-9e28-77479d98b69c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source, click the three-dot &#8216;…&#8217; icon, and select <strong>Add to PTZ Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e2013f8f-1662-4a69-8d5f-8cefe97f3a5d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-PTZ-control.png" alt="add to PTZ control" class="wp-image-124626" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-PTZ-control.png 326w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-PTZ-control-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-0c949a92-9237-48b8-bbad-e103219a0868" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The PTZ control panel controls are enabled. In the Source number drop-down menu, select a source <strong>Slot number</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-da56792c-23bb-4fca-a21a-3019cafbcd4e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-slot-selection.png" alt="PTZ Slot selection" class="wp-image-124635" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-slot-selection.png 223w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-slot-selection-206x300.png 206w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 223px) 100vw, 223px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-a2227382-a520-458b-8526-efc1d516946d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the <strong>camera control icons</strong> below the preview to change the camera view.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-93119fd4-b782-4e17-bd23-2059558b26f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-camera-controls.png" alt="PTZ camera controls" class="wp-image-124644"/></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-dcca6350-939a-4eba-8f7a-70b7bf75c8a2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter an IP address and Port in the provided fields to take your source live, then click the <strong>Connect</strong> button.</li>



<li>To disable the PTZ Control feature, go to the PTZ source window, click the three-dot &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then select <strong>Remove from PTZ Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>PTZ Control &#8211; VLAN configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The PTZ camera has to be reachable by Producer through the public internet. You can use a TVU Receiver or a TVU pack for VLAN setup. An additional option is to connect the camera directly to a public IP.</p>



<p>To set up VLAN configuration, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Set your TVU Transceiver as a VLAN Client:</strong> Set your camera as a DHCP client and connect it to the VLAN ETH port of your TVU transceiver or TVU One. That should give your camera an IP in the range 192.168.4.X (You can confirm by the “Connected Devices” menu below.)</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="564" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/PTZ-VLAN-config-set-up.png" alt="PTZ VLAN Client Setting screen" class="wp-image-97049" style="width:703px;height:391px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/PTZ-VLAN-config-set-up.png 564w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/PTZ-VLAN-config-set-up-300x166.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 564px) 100vw, 564px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Request the support team to create a port forwarding rule in Router Server. You need to provide the following:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Camera MAC Address</li>



<li>Camera local IP</li>



<li>Camera local port (MUST be 52381 &#8211; That is a pre-defined port used by VISCA protocol)</li>
</ul>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The support team will then provide you with an external IP and an external port that will be forwarded to your camera.</li>



<li>Open Producer UI. Select the Transceiver/Pack to which your camera SDI/HDMI input is connected. Start the transmission to one of the Producer slots.</li>



<li>Click on the “…” menu of the slot and select <strong>Add to PTZ Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-PTZ-control.png" alt="add to PTZ control" class="wp-image-124626" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-PTZ-control.png 326w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-PTZ-control-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to the “PTZ Control” menu in the sidebar and open the dropdown for the “Source Number.” Select the slot reference to your source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-slot-selection.png" alt="PTZ Slot selection" class="wp-image-124635" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-slot-selection.png 223w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-slot-selection-206x300.png 206w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 223px) 100vw, 223px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add the External IP<strong> </strong>and External Port provided by the Support team under the menu and click “<strong>Connect</strong>.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-camera-controls.png" alt="PTZ camera controls" class="wp-image-124644"/></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Start controlling your PTZ.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Buffer feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Output <strong>Buffer feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Output Buffer feature allows users to cut into a video when censorship is necessary then, resume programming.</p>



<p>To use the Buffer feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Buffer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="58" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Buffer-tab-1.png" alt="Buffer tab" class="wp-image-124653"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Upload replacement video</strong> button on the Buffer settings panel and choose a video <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="537" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel.png" alt="buffer settings panel" class="wp-image-144225" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the uploaded video and set a <strong>Reaction time</strong> in seconds using the slider.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Auto Failover feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto Failover feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Auto Failover feature allows users to set up a backup video to the primary video. If the primary video in PGM fails to play within the time for Auto Failover, it automatically replaces the primary with a secondary video.</p>



<p>To use the Auto Failover feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Auto Failover</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="70" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-tab-1.png" alt="Auto Failover tab" class="wp-image-124671"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Primary</strong> and <strong>Secondary</strong> slot.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Time for Auto Failover</strong> and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections.png" alt="Auto Failover slot selections" class="wp-image-124680" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections-221x300.png 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Purchasing TVU Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8a116610-c968-4f3b-8870-33bb6f20195c"><strong>Purchasing TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1474952a-0bfb-4a0f-b2bf-b743c0d94be8">After registering for an account, a user can purchase Producer online using PayPal. To purchase a TVU Producer subscription, sign up for an account and click the <strong>Purchase</strong> button in the top main navigation bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Purchase-button.png" alt="Purchase button" class="wp-image-143770" style="width:273px"/></figure>



<p id="block-740b1786-ae19-4e11-9ebf-422cf98d497f">We empower publishers, broadcasters, and enterprises to deliver the broadcast to the widest audience on any platform, anywhere on the globe, by transforming your PC into a live production control room. You can innovate and create your live event into a unique next-generation experience.</p>



<p id="block-78b95abd-c892-4464-b356-21d40bab5701">There are two ways to purchase TVU Producer:</p>



<ul id="block-6f8c2a66-4a7e-4f42-8230-38c88ffc2ee7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Online</li>



<li>The TVU sales team can set up a monthly pricing schedule for customers who do not prefer to pay online by contacting TVU Sales by Phone at +1 650.440.4812 or email at <a href="mailto:support@tvunetworks.com">support@tvunetworks.com</a></li>
</ul>



<p id="block-690a3f9e-3c89-4f27-a7cf-280924224fbe"><br><br></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2025 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Producer QSUG Rev N EN 12-2025</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU RPS Link Encoder Model TE5700 Hardware Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-link-encoder-model-te5700-hardware-setup-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2025 14:19:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=156152</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU RPS Link Encoder provides<br />
multi-camera, synchronized remote<br />
production capability using IS+ and<br />
aggregating up to 12 connections.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-link-encoder-model-te5700-hardware-setup-guide/">TVU RPS Link Encoder Model TE5700 Hardware Setup Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="578" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Hardware-1024x578.png" alt="RPS Link Hardware guide featured image" class="wp-image-107893" style="width:840px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Hardware-1024x578.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Hardware-300x169.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Hardware-768x433.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Hardware-1536x867.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Hardware-2048x1156.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>TVU RPS Link is a complete and versatile IP video solution designed specifically for REMI production.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>IMPORTANT: </strong>The RPS Link TE5700 supports the 10th, 11th, and 12th generation CPU platforms. Refer to the units label for the RPS Link version and use the appropriate documentation.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Chapter 1 &#8211; Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU RPS Link combines the TVU RPS encoder and TVU Rack Router into a single package for REMI production over aggregated wired or wireless connections. The RPS Link is an IS+ encoder in a 2RU rack-mount form factor. The RPS Link offers the same primary performance and features as the standard 4 or 6-channel RPS encoder, and also includes onboard Wi-Fi and a Hotspot with external antennas. The RPS Link functional status can be viewed from the front panel LCD, and you can access the six SIM card slots from the front panel. The RPS Link works seamlessly with the standard RPS decoder and is fully compatible with the TVU Cloud ecosystem.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS Link encodes up to six synchronized SDI sources. It transmits high-quality, low-latency IP video from the remote location to a studio-based TVU RPS receiver, which decodes six accurately synchronized SDI outputs. The user-friendly RPS Link interface grants control over all aspects of transmission, including bitrate and latency, and provides previews of all four channels with the Duo 2 card and all six channels with the Quad 2 card.</p>



<p>TVU RPS Link provides up to two low-latency return video feeds from the studio to the field. VLAN tunnels on RPS decoders enable communication between the studio and the field over a private network.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Features</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Supports up to six fully synchronized multi-channel transmissions. Supports the 6-channel Quad 2 and 4-channel Duo 2 cards.</li>



<li>Super low-latency transmission over commodity internet. Glass-to-glass latency is as low as 500ms over cellular networks and Ethernet.</li>



<li>It includes multiple encode behaviors to suit virtually any network environment.</li>



<li>The RPS sends metadata and control from the studio to the field using the VLAN Tunnel.</li>



<li>Supports up to 16 channels of SDI-embedded audio or 8 channels of HDMI-embedded audio.</li>



<li>A high-quality, low-latency video feed of the live program from the station via HDMI. Up to two low-latency return video feeds from the studio back to the field.</li>



<li>Connect to virtually any live professional or consumer video device via 6G-SDI or HDMI 2.0a input, including cameras, routers, pool feeds, switchers, video players, and more.</li>



<li>Aggregates any mix of cellular, Ethernet, and WiFi.</li>



<li>It supports up to six embedded LTE or 5G modems. It ships standard with external IP67-rated external LTE antennas (3m cables included) or optional 5G antennas.</li>



<li>It can support a mix of 5G (optional) /LTE/4G and 3G modems (internal to the chassis) with external SMA antenna connections (4x SMA per 5G Modem, 2x SMA per LTE modem). The RPS Link allows modem antennas to connect directly to the chassis, simplifying cabling.</li>



<li>It auto-senses and supports virtually all video formats, including 4K (25/30P), 1080p, 1080i, 720p, and NTSC/PAL transmission using HEVC or H.264 VBR or CBR encoding (300K-50Mb/s).</li>



<li>File upload management: Upload files from the field using a connected USB device (thumb drive or HDD/SSD) with file management capabilities (package-dependent).</li>



<li>Web-based ConfigT interface for local or remote monitoring and control.</li>



<li>Easily accessible front-panel SIM card slots for quick configuration.</li>



<li>Front panel LCD interface for easy configuration, control, and monitoring.</li>



<li>Embedded outbound WiFi module with external antenna support (MIMO) for use with IS+ transmissions.</li>



<li>Embedded HotSpot Wifi module with external antenna support (MIMO) for access point use (Internet connectivity).</li>



<li>There is support for TVU Return Video Feed via SDI Din ports 7 and 8 on the DeckLink Quad2 card and SDI ports 3 and 4 on the DeckLink Duo2 card port.</li>



<li>Talkback support uses TVU Voice (2-way voice) or traditional IFB (package dependent).</li>



<li>Optional dual power supply</li>



<li>Works seamlessly with the standard TVU RPS decoder.</li>



<li>The RPS Link encoder has an easy-to-use browser interface accessible using the TVU RPS Web interface or your TVU Command Center account.</li>



<li>Directly compatible with the TVU Cloud production tools, including TVU Command Center, TVU Producer, TVU CloudR, and TVU Channel.</li>



<li>Closed Caption (CC) support.</li>



<li>The Disable all cellular function allows users to enable or disable all six cellular slots using a single checkbox.</li>



<li>The Connection Priority feature allows the user to set the priority of transmission bandwidth network data traffic over Ethernet, Cellular, WiFi, and USB slots accordingly, where each of them can be set as priority 1, 2, or 3.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide will enable you to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set up the RPS Link encoder and RPS decoder hardware.</li>



<li>Operate the faceplate controls and operations panel</li>



<li>Configure the RPS Link encoder IP address.</li>



<li>Configure the RPS Link encoder and decoder ports.</li>



<li>Log into the RPS Web interface.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Components</strong></h2>



<p>TVU RPS Link includes the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU MLink transmitter (encoder)</li>



<li>Two WiFi MIMO antennas</li>



<li>LTE dome antenna</li>



<li>5G modem antenna</li>



<li>18x 2.3 DIN to BNC male adapter cables, BB or Tri-level (BNC adapter)</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU RPS Web interface</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS Web interface</strong></h2>



<p>After the unit is set up and powered on, system monitoring and control are performed via the TVU RPS Link Web interface, hosted on the encoder. This interface is also accessible through the Command Center user interface.</p>



<p>You will use the TVU RPS MLink Web interface to monitor and control all aspects of transmission, including real-time previews of all four channels with the Duo 2 card and all six channels with the Quad 2 card, current bitrate, and latency.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="751" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface 6 channel  monitor" class="wp-image-140001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-300x220.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-768x564.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1536x1127.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor.png 1814w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="492" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-slot-monitor.png" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface slot monitor" class="wp-image-140009" style="width:842px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-slot-monitor.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-slot-monitor-300x211.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about setting up the RPS Link with the 4-channel Duo 2 card, refer to “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/tvu-rps-link-encoder-hardware-setup-guide/#tvu-anchor-14"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Hardware configuration options</mark></a>.”</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Network requirements and configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network requirements</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks® recommends assigning a static IP address to the RPS decoder to ensure network configuration stability.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Contact TVU Networks support if you want to use a configuration other than the one specified in the this hardware set up guide.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router and firewall configuration</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to configure your router or firewall:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Permit all UDP incoming traffic for port 10001 at the receiver (video).</li>



<li>Permit both TCP and UDP incoming traffic for port 10010.</li>



<li>Permit TCP incoming traffic for port 10009.</li>



<li>Permit all UDP incoming traffic for port 6532 at the receiver (VLAN Tunnel).</li>



<li>For VoIP services, permit outbound traffic to ports 9001, 9091.</li>



<li>TVU recommends using a public IP address for the encoder. If a public IP address is not possible on the encoder side, you will need to open and forward port 80 (TCP) to access the web GUI remotely.</li>



<li>Encoding streams may require as much as 15 Mbps for each stream, depending on the bitrate that is selected. TVU recommends having at least 100 Mbps of bandwidth when using 6 streams. If less bandwidth is available, lower the encoding bitrate (using the encoder web GUI) or reduce the number of channels. TVU Networks also has solutions to aggregate multiple IP connections to provide increased throughput. Please contact TVU for further information.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Front/Rear panel overviews</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel overview</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS Link encoder and decoder front panel feature two USB 2.0 ports and the power on/off button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="666" height="211" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-front-panel-overview.png" alt="TVU RPS Link front panel overview" class="wp-image-108097" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-front-panel-overview.png 666w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-front-panel-overview-300x95.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 666px) 100vw, 666px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Rear panel overview &#8211; Quad 2 card configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS Link encoder and decoder rear panel feature the following connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="214" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-rear-panel-connections.jpg" alt="TVU RPS Link rear panel connections" class="wp-image-165597" style="width:720px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-rear-panel-connections.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-rear-panel-connections-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Rear panel overview &#8211; 4-channel Duo 2 card configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS Link encoder and decoder rear panel feature the following connections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="550" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-rear-panel-connections-2.jpg" alt="Rear panel overview - 4-channel Duo 2 card configuration" class="wp-image-165604" style="width:760px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-rear-panel-connections-2.jpg 550w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-rear-panel-connections-2-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /></figure>



<p>For SDI port mapping, refer to “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/tvu-rps-link-encoder-hardware-setup-guide/#tvu-anchor-14"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Hardware configuration options</mark></a>.”</p>



<p>Encoder and decoder SDI port configuration table:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="733" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Encoder-and-decoder-SDI-port-configuration-table.png" alt="Encoder and decoder SDI port configurations" class="wp-image-107952" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Encoder-and-decoder-SDI-port-configuration-table.png 733w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Encoder-and-decoder-SDI-port-configuration-table-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 733px) 100vw, 733px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Duo 2 card 4-channel configuration supports WebRTC low-latency preview in the encoder web GUI.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setup and configuration guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setup guide</strong></h2>



<p>This setup guide provides instructions to complete the following procedures:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Setting up the TVU RPS Link encoder and RPS decoder</li>



<li>Setting up the RPS Link encoder IP address</li>



<li>Configuring the RPS Link encoder and RPS decoder ports</li>



<li>Connecting WiFi and dome antennas.</li>



<li>Front panel controls and operations</li>



<li>Logging in to the RPS Link Web interface</li>



<li>Configuring the RPS Link encoder and RPS decoder using the RPS Web interface.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the RPS Link encoder</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following instructions to set up the RPS Link encoder and RPS decoder hardware.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to the port numbers printed on the adapter card when attaching the BNC cables, as the adapter may be oriented differently in the TE5700 chassis.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS Link (encoder) identification and setup procedure</strong></h2>



<p>The following procedure provides the steps necessary to identify and perform the initial setup for the RPS Link encoder with the 6-channel Quad 2 card.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>If your RPS Link is using the 4-channel Duo 2 card refer to “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/tvu-rps-link-encoder-hardware-setup-guide/#tvu-anchor-14"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Hardware configuration options</mark></a>” for set up information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to set up the TVU RPS Link transmitter (encoder):</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>All input sources must be the same video format and frame rate.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the factory-supplied AC power cable(s) to the RPS Link hot-swap power supplies and AC power source.</li>



<li>Connect a computer display connector to the rear panel display or HDMI output port to view real-time system status.</li>



<li>Connect a VLAN cable to the LAN1 GbE Ethernet port for VLAN connectivity on the rear panel.</li>



<li>Connect an Ethernet cable to the LAN2 GbE Ethernet port for outbound connectivity on the rear panel.</li>



<li>TVU IFB and VoIP service are provided using the USB audio box connected to the receiver. Connect your audio equipment as appropriate.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="371" height="186" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-setup.jpg" alt="TVU RPS Link encoder setup" class="wp-image-165611" style="aspect-ratio:1.9430740037950665;width:677px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-setup.jpg 371w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-setup-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 371px) 100vw, 371px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a keyboard and mouse to the encoder using the two front or rear panel USB ports.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="337" height="102" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-front-panel-USB-ports.png" alt="TVU RPS Link encoder front panel USB ports" class="wp-image-108133" style="aspect-ratio:3.303921568627451;width:562px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-front-panel-USB-ports.png 337w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-front-panel-USB-ports-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a factory-supplied 2.3 DIN to BNC male adapter cable to the decoder reference (Ref) input port.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The RPS Link Quad2 card is installed in the upside down position starting with port 8 on the left side of the card.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-REF-cable.png" alt="encoder ports w REF cable" class="wp-image-108142" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-REF-cable.png 427w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-REF-cable-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Starting with port 6, connect 6 to 1 SD/HD-SDI video output sources to ports 1 to 6. Use the factory-supplied 2.3 DIN to BNC male adapter cables.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-1-to-6-cables.png" alt="encoder ports w 1 to 6 cables" class="wp-image-108151" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-1-to-6-cables.png 427w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-1-to-6-cables-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect SD/HD-SDI return video sources to ports 7 and 8, starting with port 8 for the return video. Use the factory-supplied 2.3 DIN to BNC male adapter cables.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-7-and-8-w-cables.png" alt="encoder ports 7 and 8 w cables" class="wp-image-108160" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-7-and-8-w-cables.png 427w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-7-and-8-w-cables-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If required, connect WiFi MIMO antennas to the top left WiFi connectors to support the MIMO mode configuration for LTE downloading (does not support uploading.)</li>



<li>Connect the antenna connector to the modem connection on the rear panel:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>3 LTE dome antennas that use two modem ports each. One antenna supports 2 modems and should be installed at least 20 centimeters apart.</li>



<li>5G modem antennas (one per modem) with four connectors. Each 5G antenna connects to a single modem port. The 5G antenna should be installed at least 20 centimeters apart.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Mlink-3a-Rev-with-BM-card.png" alt="WiFi MIMO antennas" class="wp-image-108169" style="aspect-ratio:1.7975206611570247;width:317px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Mlink-3a-Rev-with-BM-card.png 870w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Mlink-3a-Rev-with-BM-card-300x167.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Mlink-3a-Rev-with-BM-card-768x427.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="381" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/dome-2-per-modem-Rev.png" alt="LTE dome antenna" class="wp-image-108178" style="aspect-ratio:1.6377952755905512;width:326px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/dome-2-per-modem-Rev.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/dome-2-per-modem-Rev-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="656" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/4-connector-antenna-for-5G-Rev.png" alt="5G modem antenna" class="wp-image-108187" style="aspect-ratio:1.5508274231678487;width:326px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/4-connector-antenna-for-5G-Rev.png 656w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/4-connector-antenna-for-5G-Rev-300x193.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 656px) 100vw, 656px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Powering the RPS Link on and off</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to power on/off and restart the RPS Link:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To power on the RPS Link, press the power button in the front panel&#8217;s left lower section. The name and PID number of the unit displays on the RPS Link LCD screen during boot-up.</li>



<li>To power off the RPS Link, press and hold the power button down for more than four seconds.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The RPS Link will automatically restart if the power button is pressed and held in for less than four seconds.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS Link front LCD panel</strong></h2>



<p>The front panel&#8217;s LCD and button functionality is not currently supported.</p>



<p>The LCD panel displays the system PID and product information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Mlink-arrow-keys-rev.jpg" alt="Front LCD panel" class="wp-image-108196" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Mlink-arrow-keys-rev.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Mlink-arrow-keys-rev-300x86.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RPS receiver (decoder) setup</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS receiver (decoder) and setup procedure</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to set up the TVU RPS VS3500 receiver (decoder):</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the factory-supplied power cable to the decoder.</li>



<li>Connect a monitor to the encoder using the HDMI or VGA connections.</li>



<li>Connect the VLAN cable to the VLAN 1 port for VLAN tunnel support. Ports marked “LAN1” (the left port) are later encoder models.</li>



<li>Connect an Ethernet cable to the following Ethernet port:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>LAN2 (second from left) is for a standard Ethernet connection.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="510" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-setup-2.PNG-1024x510.jpg" alt="RPS Decoder back panel" class="wp-image-108427" style="aspect-ratio:2.007843137254902;width:602px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-setup-2.PNG-1024x510.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-setup-2.PNG-300x149.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-setup-2.PNG-768x383.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-setup-2.PNG-1536x765.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-setup-2.PNG.jpg 1648w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a keyboard and mouse to the decoder using the two front or rear panel USB ports.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="122" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-front-panel-USB-ports.png" alt="TVU RPS decoder front panel USB ports" class="wp-image-108214" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-front-panel-USB-ports.png 457w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-front-panel-USB-ports-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect a factory-supplied 2.3 DIN to BNC male adapter cable to the decoder reference input (if required).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-REF-cable.png" alt="encoder decoder ports w REF cable" class="wp-image-108142" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-REF-cable.png 427w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-REF-cable-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Starting with port 1, connect 1 to 6 SD/HD-SDI video output sources to ports 1 to 6. Use the factory-supplied 2.3 DIN to BNC male adapter cables.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-1-to-6-cables.png" alt="encoder decoder  ports w 1 to 6 cables" class="wp-image-108151" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-1-to-6-cables.png 427w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-w-1-to-6-cables-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the SD/HD-SDI return video sources to ports 7 and 8 for the return video. Use the factory-supplied 2.3 DIN to BNC male adapter cables.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-7-and-8-w-cables.png" alt="encoder decoder ports 7 and 8 w cables" class="wp-image-108160" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-7-and-8-w-cables.png 427w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-ports-7-and-8-w-cables-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Verify that the encoder and decoder are connected as described in the encoder and decoder setup procedures. Then, power on both units.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="445" height="125" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-front-panel-Power-button.png" alt="TVU RPS decoder front panel Power button" class="wp-image-108223" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-front-panel-Power-button.png 445w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-front-panel-Power-button-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 445px) 100vw, 445px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>During boot-up, the “RPS Decoder” and “RPS Link Encoder” Web interfaces display on their respective monitors.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="751" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface 6 channel monitor" class="wp-image-140001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-300x220.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-768x564.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1536x1127.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor.png 1814w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="560" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-decoder-page-1024x560.png" alt="RPS decoder splash screen" class="wp-image-108232" style="aspect-ratio:1.8285714285714285;width:635px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-decoder-page-1024x560.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-decoder-page-300x164.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-decoder-page-768x420.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-decoder-page.png 1178w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU RPS Link encoder settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS Link encoder settings</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder and decoder setup pages display slightly different information. However, they accomplish the same goals and are accessible using an HDMI out connection, VGA connection, or a web browser. After the encoder is powered on and the splash screen briefly appears, the encoder server settings screen displays.</p>



<p>You will use the TVU RPS Web interface to monitor and control all aspects of transmission, including real-time previews of all six channels, current bitrate, and latency. The RPS Web interface includes three tabs in the top navigation to access the Encoder settings, Network settings, and Firmware upgrade screens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="546" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-1024x546.png" alt="encoder tab settings" class="wp-image-156167" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-1024x546.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-300x160.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-768x409.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-1536x818.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2.png 1918w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="824" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Network-settings-screen.png" alt="TVU RPS Link encoder Network settings screen" class="wp-image-156176" style="width:840px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Network-settings-screen.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Network-settings-screen-255x300.png 255w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Firmware-Upgrade-screen.png" alt="TVU RPS Link encoder Firmware Upgrade screen" class="wp-image-140036" style="width:840px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Firmware-Upgrade-screen.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Firmware-Upgrade-screen-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Establishing an Internet connection</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>IP Addresses can be static or DHCP and assigned to interface<br>eth0, which is used for primary RPS functionality, or assigned to eth1, which is used for the VLAN tunnel.</li>



<li>The physical ports Lan1 / Lan2 and logical designations Eth0<br>and Eth1, are reversed:<br>LAN2 = Eth0. Primary communications<br>LAN1=Eth1. VLAN tunnel functionality</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>



<p>To set up an internet connection for the encoder using a DHCP or static IP method, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong> tab. In the <strong>Ethernet</strong> panel, use the default slot ID ‘<strong>Eth0</strong>’ in the <strong>Interface</strong> field.</li>



<li>IP Method dropdown options are Static or DHCP. The IP Address, Mask, and Gateway fields should automatically populate if DHCP is selected.</li>



<li>The<strong> IP address</strong>, <strong>Mask</strong>, and <strong>Gateway</strong> fields should automatically populate. Click the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="365" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/network-settings-Ethernet-pane.png" alt="network settings Ethernet pane" class="wp-image-108268" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/network-settings-Ethernet-pane.png 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/network-settings-Ethernet-pane-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you use a static IP address, click the <strong>IP Method</strong> drop-down menu and select<strong> Static</strong>. Enter your desired<strong> IP address</strong>, <strong>Mask</strong>, and <strong>Gateway</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your settings.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Private Network configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Private Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Private Network configuration panel allows the user to enable the encoder and decoder as a private network.</p>



<p>To configure a private network, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong> Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Encoder</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Status</strong> drop-down menu in the Private Network Config panel and select <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>



<li>Point the server to the Decoder by replacing 127.0.0.1 with the Decoder IP address.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="406" height="172" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Private-Network-config.png" alt="Encoder tab Private Network config" class="wp-image-140046" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Private-Network-config.png 406w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Private-Network-config-300x127.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 406px) 100vw, 406px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your settings.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VLAN Tunnel, VoIP, and Output configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VLAN Tunnel (Router) configuration overview</strong></h2>



<p>By default, VLAN configuration automatically populates. In addition, the VLAN tunnel is designed to be a “set it and forget it” network between the encoder and decoder and distributes IP addresses accordingly using DHCP.</p>



<p>If the user would like to perform an advanced VLAN configuration, the VLAN tunnel settings can be used to network several devices connected to an encoder by using a local switch or to view the encoder Web UI from the decoder network. The VLAN Tunnel supports IP Intercom, IP Tally, or CCU.</p>



<p><strong>Subnet rules:</strong></p>



<p>The IP addresses assigned to eth1 for each side of the VLAN tunnel must be on different subnets. The VLAN tunnel routes between networks.</p>



<p><em>For example:</em></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>For the encoder, use: 192.168.100.1/255.255.255.0</li>



<li>For the decoder, use: 192.168.101.1/255.255.255.0</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VLAN Tunnel (Router) configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The VLAN Tunnel setting panel in the <strong>Network</strong> tab configures the VLAN tunnel functionality by inputting the IP address of the decoder, port, and bandwidth limit (optional). The port is associated with 6532 by default and can be changed if desired. Refer to the <em>TVU port forwarding guidelines</em> for more information.</p>



<p>When the VLAN Tunnel “Only via Ethernet” checkbox is enabled, it allows the user to select the Ethernet only path for VLAN Tunnel including Switch mode instead of the default bonded path of Ethernet plus Cellular. It can lower the RTT latency between the VLAN clients much lower i.e., within 30ms and eliminate any jitter if present, which is ideal for certain VLAN Tunnel Switch mode application workflows for example, an audio talkback intercom system, etc.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Enabling the VLAN Tunnel Only via Ethernet feature will use the Ethernet path for VLAN Tunneling only, but will not affect primary live video transmission, which will continue to use both Ethernet and Cellular, as per the user&#8217;s requirements.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To change the VLAN tunnel (Router) settings, enter your change(s) in the VLAN tunnel panel and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/vlan-router-ethernet-only.jpg" alt="vlan router ethernet only" class="wp-image-156185" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/vlan-router-ethernet-only.jpg 418w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/vlan-router-ethernet-only-300x214.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The VoIP settings panel allows the user to enter the PID of the decoder into the encoder’s VoIP settings panel to establish communication between the encoder and decoder.</p>



<p>To configure VoIP, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Encoder </strong>tab. In the VoIP panel, enter the encoder&#8217;s entire<strong>&nbsp;PID number</strong> in the PID field.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> speaker</strong> icon to initiate the call.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="136" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-settings-VoIP-pane.png" alt="Encoder settings VoIP panel" class="wp-image-108278" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-settings-VoIP-pane.png 359w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-settings-VoIP-pane-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Output video format</strong></h2>



<p>The Output video setting panel allows a user to select the output resolution and framerate of all channels coming from the encoder.</p>



<p>Click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Encoder tab</strong>. In the Output Video format panel, select a Video format from the drop-down menu and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="173" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Output-video-format.png" alt="Encoder tab Output video format" class="wp-image-140068" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Output-video-format.png 408w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Output-video-format-300x127.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RPS decoder server settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS decoder server settings</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder and decoder setup pages display slightly different information. However, they accomplish the same goals and are accessible using an HDMI out connection, VGA connection, or a web browser.</p>



<p>After the decoder is powered on and the splash screen briefly appears, the decoder server settings screen displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="387" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-server-settings-screen.png" alt="TVU RPS decoder server settings screen" class="wp-image-140076" style="width:837px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-server-settings-screen.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-decoder-server-settings-screen-300x166.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Establishing an Internet connection</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong><br>IP Addresses can be static or DHCP and assigned to interface eth0 which is used for primary RPS functionality, or assigned to eth1, which is used for the VLAN tunnel.</p>



<p>The decoder IP address cannot be changed when VFB is enabled.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To set up an internet connection for the decoder, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you use DHCP, click the <strong>Refresh</strong> button in the Set IP panel. The<strong> IP address</strong>, <strong>Mask</strong>, and<strong> Gateway</strong> fields should automatically populate.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Set-IP-panel.png" alt="Set IP panel" class="wp-image-140084" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Set-IP-panel.png 415w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Set-IP-panel-267x300.png 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you use a static IP address, click the<strong> IP Method</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Static</strong>. Then, enter your desired <strong>IP address</strong>, <strong>Mask</strong> and <strong>Gateway</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your settings.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU RPS Link Web interface</strong></h2>



<p>To log in to the TVU RPS Link Web interface, have your encoder static IP address available and complete the following steps:</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Log in &#8211; RPS Link Web UI</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Log in to the RPS Link Web interface</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter:</li>
</ol>



<p>http://IP_Address/rps/index.html<br><em>(Where IP_Address is your Encoder static IP address)</em></p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Enter. The login</strong> pop-up displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="339" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-login.png" alt="TVU RPS login" class="wp-image-108324" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-login.png 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-login-231x300.png 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Log in to the RPS Link Web interface, Enter the following using all lowercase letters:</li>
</ol>



<p>User ID: <strong>tvurps</strong><br>Password: Enter the last <strong>8-digits of the PID</strong> using all caps</p>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>. The TVU RPS Link Web interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="751" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface 6 channel monitor" class="wp-image-140001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-300x220.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-768x564.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1536x1127.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor.png 1814w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Hardware configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hardware configuration options</strong></h2>



<p>There are two hardware configurations for the RPS Link encoder:</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS 4-channel Duo 2 PCI Express card</strong></h2>



<p>The Duo 2 PCI Express, capture and playback card features 4 independent 3G-SDI connections. The card supports SDI formats in SD and HD up to 1080p60 with the flexibility of 4 separate capture or playback cards in one.</p>



<p><strong>Connections:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>SDI Video Inputs &#8211; 4 x bidirectional 12-bit SD/HD independently configurable as either Input or Output.</li>



<li>SDI Video Outputs &#8211; 4 x bidirectional 12-bit SD/HD independently configurable as either Input or Output.</li>



<li>SDI Audio Inputs &#8211; 16 channels embedded in SD and HD.</li>



<li>SDI Audio Outputs &#8211; 16 channels embedded in SD and HD.</li>



<li>Sync Input &#8211; Tri-Sync or Black Burst.</li>



<li>Server Interface &#8211; PCI Express 4 lane generation 2, compatible with 4, 8, and 16 lane PCI Express slots.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="662" height="227" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/decklink-duo-2.png" alt="RPS 4 channel PCI Express card" class="wp-image-108342" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/decklink-duo-2.png 662w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/decklink-duo-2-300x103.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 662px) 100vw, 662px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS Link 4-channel Web interface overview</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS Link encoder 4-channel configuration uses the same Duo 2 card instead of the standard Quad 2 card described in “TVU RPS Link rear panel connections.”</p>



<p>When a Duo 2 card is detected on the system, the main Web interface shows 4 previews instead of the standard 6 previews. The previews for the 4-channel configuration are much larger than the standard 6-channel version, as shown in the following figures.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="514" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-UI-4-ch.png" alt="RPS Link UI 4 ch" class="wp-image-140093" style="width:839px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-UI-4-ch.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-UI-4-ch-300x220.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="751" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface 6 channel monitor" class="wp-image-140001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-300x220.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-768x564.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1536x1127.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor.png 1814w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Port mapping 4-channel Duo 2 card</strong></h2>



<p>The port mapping for the RPS Link 4-channel configuration is from left to right. The leftmost port is the reference port, and to its right are Ports 1, 2, 3, and port 4. The reference port is used for Genlock. Port 1 is for primary channel 1, port 2 is for primary channel 2, port 3 is for primary channel 3 or return video feed 1, and port 4 is for primary channel 4 or return video feed 2.</p>



<p>Port 3 and port 4 can either be used as the primary channel or return feed. You cannot use the primary and return feed simultaneously as there is no separate dedicated port for the return feed as with the 6-channel version for the Quad 2 card (where ports 7 and 8 are for the return feed).</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/4-channel-Duo-2-ports.png" alt="4 channel duo 2 ports" class="wp-image-108360" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/4-channel-Duo-2-ports.png 416w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/4-channel-Duo-2-ports-300x119.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Encoder and decoder SDI port configuration table</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="241" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-and-decoder-SDI-port-configuration-table.png" alt="Encoder and decoder SDI port configuration table" class="wp-image-108369" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-and-decoder-SDI-port-configuration-table.png 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-and-decoder-SDI-port-configuration-table-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Port configuration options</strong></h2>



<p>For information about port configurations, refer to the <em>TVU Server Port-forwarding guidelines</em>.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Chapter 2 &#8211; Product Specifications</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="595" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-Model-TE5700-with-dual-power-supply-Product-Spec.jpg" alt="RPS Link Model TE5700 with dual power supply
 Product Spec" class="wp-image-165618" style="aspect-ratio:0.9393939393939394;width:841px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-Model-TE5700-with-dual-power-supply-Product-Spec.jpg 551w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-Model-TE5700-with-dual-power-supply-Product-Spec-278x300.jpg 278w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>1RU rack-mounted server model VS3500 with single power supply</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="553" height="566" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Server-Model-VS3500-with-single-power-supply-product-spec.jpg" alt="TVU Server Model VS3500 with single power supply product spec" class="wp-image-165625" style="aspect-ratio:1.0072072072072071;width:833px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Server-Model-VS3500-with-single-power-supply-product-spec.jpg 553w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Server-Model-VS3500-with-single-power-supply-product-spec-293x300.jpg 293w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Server-Model-VS3500-with-single-power-supply-product-spec-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Applications overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS Link production solutions and applications</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU RPS Link supports 1080p/1080i/720p HD, NTSC, and PAL formats.</li>



<li>The system uses TVU’s Inverse Statmux Plus (IS+) transmission algorithm for stable, high-quality, low-latency transmissions. The system’s simple web interface gives real-time previews of all six channels. It allows users to monitor and control all aspects of the transmission, including current bit rate and latency.</li>



<li>TVU RPS Link provides multi-camera remote production for live coverage without the costs associated with expensive dedicated fiber or satellite links, extensive dedicated transmission equipment, and large on-site production crews.</li>



<li>TVU RPS Link features a VLAN tunnel to allow IP devices in the field to virtually connect to the LAN in the studio, making it ideal for teleprompters, tally, remote cameras, and more.</li>



<li>TVU’s VoIP solution, TVU Voice, is also compatible with TVU RPS Link, making communication between the field and headquarters easier.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Applications</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>6-Channel Remote Multi-cam or Remote Studio Application</li>



<li>4-Channel Remote Multi-cam or Remote Studio Application with &#8211; Channel Return Video</li>



<li>Remote Production System VLAN Tunnel Application – IP Intercom</li>



<li>Remote Production System VLAN Tunnel Application – IP Tally</li>



<li>Remote Production System VLAN Tunnel Application – CCU</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="690" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-applications.png" alt="Applications overview" class="wp-image-108378" style="aspect-ratio:2.3389830508474576;width:847px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-applications.png 690w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-applications-300x128.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 690px) 100vw, 690px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2025 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU RPS Link Model TE5700 Hardware Setup Guide Rev E EN 12-2025</p>
</blockquote>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-link-encoder-model-te5700-hardware-setup-guide/">TVU RPS Link Encoder Model TE5700 Hardware Setup Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU RPS Link Encoder v6.7 Software Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-link-encoder-v6-7-software-setup-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2025 13:33:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=156149</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU RPS Link Encoder provides<br />
multi-camera, synchronized remote<br />
production capability using IS+ and<br />
aggregating up to 12 connections.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-link-encoder-v6-7-software-setup-guide/">TVU RPS Link Encoder v6.7 Software Setup Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="580" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Software-guide-1024x580.png" alt="RPS Link Software user guide featured image" class="wp-image-107904" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Software-guide-1024x580.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Software-guide-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Software-guide-768x435.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Software-guide-1536x870.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-RPS-Link-Software-guide-2048x1159.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>TVU RPS Link is a complete and versatile IP video solution designed specifically for REMI production. This setup guide supports RPS Link 10th, 11th, and 12th generation hardware versions running Ubuntu 20.04.2 LTS and RPS Link software version v6.7 (Build 67021). Refer to the latest &#8220;<em>RPS Link Model TE5700 Hardware Setup Guide</em>&#8221; for the encoder and decoder product specifications.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Chapter 1 &#8211; Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU RPS Link Combines the TVU RPS encoder and TVU Rack Router into a single package for REMI production over aggregated wired/wireless connections. The RPS Link is an IS+ encoder in a 2RU rack-mount form factor. The RPS Link provides the same basic performance and features as the standard 4 or 6-channel RPS encoder. The RPS Link includes onboard WiFi and Hotspot with external antennas. The RPS Link functional status can be viewed from the front panel LCD. In addition, you can access the six SIM card slots from the front panel. The RPS Link works seamlessly with the standard RPS decoder and is fully compatible with the TVU Cloud ecosystem.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS Link encoder encodes up to six synchronized SDI sources and transmits high-quality, low-latency IP video from the remote location to a studio-based TVU RPS decoder, which in turn decodes these inputs to generate six frame-accurate synchronized SDI outputs. The RPS Link user-friendly interface grants control over all aspects of transmission, including bitrate and latency, and provides previews of all four channels with the Duo 2 card and all six channels with the Quad 2 card. Channel and slot operations can be monitored by using the Encoder Channel Monitor and Slot Monitor tabs in the top panel of the RPS Link user interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1814" height="1331" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor.png" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface 6 channel monitor" class="wp-image-140001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor.png 1814w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-300x220.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-768x564.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1536x1127.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1814px) 100vw, 1814px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading">TVU RPS Link Web interface, Channel Monitor tab</h5>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="492" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-slot-monitor.png" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface slot monitor" class="wp-image-140009" style="aspect-ratio:1.3781965006729475;width:838px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-slot-monitor.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-slot-monitor-300x211.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading">TVU RPS Link Web interface, Slot Monitor tab</h5>



<p>TVU RPS Link provides up to two low-latency return video feeds from the studio to the field. VLAN tunnels on RPS decoders enable communication between the studio and the field over a private network.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide will enable you to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Describe the contents and key features of the RPS Link Remote Production System.</li>



<li>Log into the RPS Web interface.</li>



<li>Describe the RPS Web user interface monitoring and control functions.</li>



<li>Perform encoder and decoder VLAN Tunnel, VoIP, and NTP configurations.</li>



<li>Set up the encoder to transmit to two decoders simultaneously for redundancy or two independent programs using the same sources.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Features</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Supports up to six fully synchronized multi-channel transmissions. Supports the 6-channel Quad 2 and 4-channel Duo 2 cards.</li>



<li>Super low-latency transmission over commodity internet. Glass-to-glass latency as low as 500ms over cellular networks and Ethernet.</li>



<li>It includes multiple encode behaviors to suit virtually any network environment.</li>



<li>The RPS sends metadata and control from the studio to the field using the VLAN Tunnel.</li>



<li>Supports up to 16-channels of SDI embedded audio or 8-channels of HDMI embedded audio.</li>



<li>High-quality, low latency video feed of the live program from the station via HDMI. Up to two low-latency return video feeds sent from the studio back out to the field.</li>



<li>Connect to virtually any live professional or consumer video device via 6G-SDI or HDMI 2.0a input including cameras, video routers, pool-feeds, video switchers, video players and more.</li>



<li>Aggregates any mix of cellular, Ethernet, and WiFi.</li>



<li>It supports up to six embedded LTE or 5G modems. Ships standard with external IP67-rated external LTE antennas (3m cables included) or optional 5G antennas.</li>



<li>It can support a mix of 5G (optional) /LTE/4G and 3G modems (internal to the chassis) with external SMA antenna connections (4x SMA per 5G Modem, 2x SMA per LTE modem). The RPS Link allows modem antennas to be connected directly to the chassis itself, simplifying cabling.</li>



<li>It auto-senses and supports virtually all video formats, including 4K (25/30P), 1080p, 1080i, 720p, and NTSC/PAL transmission using HEVC or H.264 VBR or CBR encoding (300K-50Mb/s).</li>



<li>File upload management: Upload files from the field using a connected USB device (thumb drive or HDD/SSD) with file management capabilities (package-dependent).</li>



<li>Web-based ConfigT interface for local or remote monitoring and control.</li>



<li>Easily accessible front-panel SIM card slots for quick configuration.</li>



<li>Front panel LCD interface for easy configuration, control, and monitoring.</li>



<li>Embedded outbound WiFi module with external antenna support (MIMO) for use with IS+ transmissions.</li>



<li>Embedded Hotspot WiFi module with external antenna support (MIMO) for access point use (Internet connectivity).</li>



<li>Support for TVU Return Video Feed via SDI Din ports 7 and 8 on the DeckLink Quad2 card and SDI ports 3 and 4 on the DeckLink Duo2 card port.</li>



<li>Talkback support using either TVU Voice (2-way voice) or traditional IFB (package dependent).</li>



<li>Optional dual power supply</li>



<li>Works seamlessly with the standard TVU RPS decoder.</li>



<li>The RPS Link encoder has an easy-to-use browser interface accessible using the TVU RPS Web interface or your TVU Command Center account.</li>



<li>Directly compatible with the TVU Cloud production tools, including TVU Command Center, TVU Producer, TVU CloudR, and TVU Channel.</li>



<li>Closed Caption (CC) support.</li>



<li>The Disable all cellular function allows users to enable or disable all six cellular slots using a single checkbox.</li>



<li>The Connection Priority feature enables users to set the priority of transmission bandwidth for network data traffic over Ethernet, Cellular, WiFi, and USB slots, with each slot having priority levels of 1, 2, or 3.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setup guide</strong></h2>



<p>This Setup guide provides instructions to complete the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Setting up the TVU RPS VS3500 encoder and RPS decoder.</li>



<li>Log in to the RPS interface and access it using your Command Center account.</li>



<li>Configuring the TVU RPS Link encoder and RPS decoder using the RPS Web interface or Command Center.</li>



<li>Operating the TVU RPS Link encoder and RPS decoder.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the procedures in the <em>TVU RPS Link Model TE5700 Hardware Set Up Guide</em> to set up the TVU RPS Link  (encoder) and VS3500 receiver (decoder) hardware.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU RPS Link Web interface</strong></h2>



<p>After the unit is set up and powered on, monitoring and control of the system are performed with the TVU RPS Link Web interface, which is hosted on the encoder. This interface is also accessible through the Command Center user interface.</p>



<p>To log in to the TVU RPS Link Web interface, have your encoder static IP address available and complete the following procedure.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Log in to the RPS Link Web interface</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter:</li>
</ol>



<p>http://IP_Address/rps/index.html<br>(Where the IP_Address is your Encoder static IP address)</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong>. The login pop-up displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="339" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-login.png" alt="TVU RPS login" class="wp-image-108324" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-login.png 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-login-231x300.png 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Log in to the RPS Link Web interface, Enter the following using all lowercase letters:</li>
</ol>



<p>User ID:<strong> tvurps</strong><br>Password: Enter the last <strong>8-digits of the PID</strong> using all caps</p>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>. The TVU RPS Link Web interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="751" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface 6 channel monitor" class="wp-image-140001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1024x751.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-300x220.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-768x564.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor-1536x1127.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-monitor.png 1814w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU RPS Link Web interface</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS Link Web interface</strong></h2>



<p>You will use the TVU RPS Link Web interface to monitor and control all aspects of transmission, including real-time previews of all four channels with the Duo 2 card and all six channels with the Quad 2 card, current bitrate, and latency. The RPS Web interface has the following controls and functions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Encoder controls and functions</strong></h2>



<p>(A) The Encoder panel<br>(B) The Encoder Channel Monitor tab and Slot Monitor tab<br>(C) Settings menu &#8211; The Settings tab/menu<br>(D) The Return Video panel<br>(E) The Decoder panel<br>(F) Bitrate controls<br>(G) Real-time display for CPU Idle, Free Memory, and Storage Remaining</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="472" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel.jpg" alt="TVU RPS Link Web interface, 6 channel " class="wp-image-156244" style="aspect-ratio:1.1233480176211454;width:798px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-Web-interface-6-channel-300x264.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading">TVU RPS Link Web interface, 6 channel</h5>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS 4-channel Duo 2 PCI Express card</strong></h2>



<p>The Duo 2 PCI Express capture and playback card features 4 independent 3G-SDI connections. The card supports SDI formats in SD and HD up to 1080p60 with the flexibility of 4 separate capture or playback cards in one.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="514" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-UI-4-ch.png" alt="RPS Link UI 4 ch" class="wp-image-140093" style="width:841px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-UI-4-ch.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-UI-4-ch-300x220.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading">TVU RPS Link Web interface, 4 channel</h5>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Access the RPS Link via Command Center</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Accessing the TVU RPS Link Web interface using Command Center</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS Link user interface can be added to your Command Center account and accessed from within Command Center. With the Command Center interface, a user can control transmission virtually anywhere.</p>



<p>To access the TVU RPS Link Web interface using the TVU Command Center, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Log in to Command Center, click the <strong>services navigation</strong> icon in the top-right panel of the Command Center Web interface, and select <strong>RPS</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="589" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/services-menu-RPS-1024x589.png" alt="services menu RPS" class="wp-image-140139" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/services-menu-RPS-1024x589.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/services-menu-RPS-300x172.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/services-menu-RPS-768x442.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/services-menu-RPS-1536x883.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/services-menu-RPS.png 1715w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading">TVU Command Center Web interface &#8211; TVU Services</h5>



<p>The Command Center RPS page displays. The current encoder does not support HTTPS access if the following error page is displayed. Click the <strong>Copy URL</strong> button and paste the link into a new browser window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-error-message.png" alt="RPS Link error message" class="wp-image-140147" style="width:841px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-error-message.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-error-message-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>Encoder</strong> you want to control in the <strong>Device list</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>The Command Center RPS Web interface <strong>Home</strong> screen displays the Device List and RPS Web interface. It has two tabs: <strong>Channel Monitor</strong> and <strong>Slot Monitor</strong>.</p>



<p>You will use the TVU RPS Link Web interface to monitor and control all aspects of transmission, including real-time previews of all six channels, current bitrate, and latency.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="623" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/CC-device-list-1024x623.png" alt="CC device list" class="wp-image-140155" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/CC-device-list-1024x623.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/CC-device-list-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/CC-device-list-768x468.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/CC-device-list.png 1329w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading">Command Center RPS interface</h5>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Using the RPS Link Web interface from Command Center does not support video streaming from the encoder to the cloud.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU RPS Link encoder configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Encoder and decoder settings</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder and decoder setup pages display slightly different information. However, they accomplish the same goals and are accessible using an HDMI out connection, VGA connection, or a web browser. After the RPS VS3500 decoder is powered on and the splash screen briefly appears, the decoder server settings screen displays.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS Link Settings overview</strong></h2>



<p>To access the TVU RPS Link encoder Settings using the RPS Link Web interface:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>From the Encoder Web interface Home screen, click Settings at the top right of the RPS Web interface screen. The Settings page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="104" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Encoder-settings-page.jpg" alt="encoder settings page" class="wp-image-156252" style="width:404px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Encoder-settings-page.jpg 332w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Encoder-settings-page-300x94.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Encoder</strong> tab at the top of the screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="169" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Encoder-tab.jpg" alt="encoder tab" class="wp-image-156260" style="width:403px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Encoder-tab.jpg 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Encoder-tab-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<p>The Encoder settings window displays. The Encoder settings screen includes three tabs in the top navigation. Use these tabs to access the <strong>Encoder</strong> settings, <strong>Network</strong> settings, and <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong> screens.</p>



<p>The Encoder tab incudes the following panels:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Status</strong> &#8211; SDI Inputs 1-6 and Return Video Outputs for decoders 1 and 2.</li>



<li><strong>Local DHCP Client List</strong> &#8211; Host, IP, and MAC.</li>



<li><strong>Reference Status</strong> &#8211; Displays reference status.</li>



<li><strong>Private Network Config</strong> &#8211; Disable and enable selections.</li>



<li><strong>Output Video Format</strong> &#8211; Video Format selections.</li>



<li><strong>Max Bitrate Encode Setting</strong> &#8211; The Maximum Bitrate Encode Setting can now support up to 30 Mbps per channel in RPS Link v6.7. The user can now transmit up to 30 Mbps per channel, provided they have enough bandwidth available for all six channels.</li>



<li><strong>Economy Mode Preset Status</strong> &#8211; Configure preset status in Kbps.</li>



<li><strong>VoIP</strong> &#8211; Enter the PID and click the Speaker icon to initiate the call.</li>



<li><strong>Enable Decoder Control</strong> &#8211; Checkbox to enable decoder control.</li>



<li>System Management &#8211; The <strong>System Management </strong>panel allows users to <strong>Restart Service</strong> and <strong>Reboot</strong>.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="546" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-1024x546.png" alt="encoder tab settings" class="wp-image-156167" style="width:692px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-1024x546.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-300x160.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-768x409.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2-1536x818.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/encoder-tab-settings-2.png 1918w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Network</strong> tab provides configuration information for:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>WiFi</li>



<li>Hotspot</li>



<li>VLAN Tunnel (Router)</li>



<li>Ethernet</li>



<li>LAN Setting</li>



<li>Modems</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="824" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Network-settings-screen.png" alt="TVU RPS Link encoder Network settings screen" class="wp-image-156176" style="width:680px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Network-settings-screen.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-Link-encoder-Network-settings-screen-255x300.png 255w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong> tab allows users to upgrade the firmware for embedded wireless modems as required.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="420" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Firmware-upgrade-tab.png" alt="firmware upgrade tab" class="wp-image-156277" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Firmware-upgrade-tab.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Firmware-upgrade-tab-300x188.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring the RPS Link encoder and decoder</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU RPS Link Web interface allows users to configure the TVU RPS Link encoder and RPS decoder. The following procedures can be used to configure the encoder and decoder.</p>



<p>Complete the remaining steps to configure the TVU RPS Link encoder settings using the RPS Link Web interface:</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Establishing an Internet connection</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>IP Addresses can be static or DHCP and assigned to interface eth0, which is used for primary RPS functionality, or assigned to eth1, which is used for the VLAN tunnel.</li>



<li>The physical ports Lan1 / Lan2 and logical designations Eth0 and Eth1, are reversed:<br>LAN2 = Eth0. Primary communications<br>LAN1=Eth1. VLAN tunnel functionality</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>



<p>To set up an internet connection for the encoder using a DHCP or static IP method, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Network</strong> tab. In the <strong>Ethernet</strong> panel, use the default interface setting ‘Eth0’ and ‘IP Method’  if you use DHCP.</li>



<li>The<strong> IP address</strong>, <strong>Mask</strong>, and <strong>Gateway</strong> fields should automatically populate. Click the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="365" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/network-settings-Ethernet-pane.png" alt="network settings Ethernet pane" class="wp-image-108268" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/network-settings-Ethernet-pane.png 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/network-settings-Ethernet-pane-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you use a static IP address, click the <strong>IP Method</strong> drop-down menu and select<strong> Static</strong>. Enter your desired<strong> IP address</strong>, <strong>Mask</strong>, and <strong>Gateway</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your settings.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VLAN Tunnel (Router) configuration overview</strong></h2>



<p>By default, VLAN configuration automatically populates. In addition, the VLAN tunnel is designed to be a “set it and forget it” network between the encoder and decoder and distributes IP addresses accordingly using DHCP.</p>



<p>If the user would like to perform an advanced VLAN configuration, the VLAN tunnel settings can be used to network several devices connected to an encoder by using a local switch or to view the encoder Web UI from the decoder network. The VLAN Tunnel supports IP Intercom, IP Tally, or CCU.</p>



<p><strong>Subnet rules:</strong></p>



<p>The IP addresses assigned to eth1 for each side of the VLAN tunnel must be on different subnets. The VLAN tunnel routes between networks.</p>



<p><em>For example:</em></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>For the encoder, use: 192.168.100.1/255.255.255.0</li>



<li>For the decoder, use: 192.168.101.1/255.255.255.0</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VLAN Tunnel (Router) configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The VLAN Tunnel setting panel in the Network tab configures the VLAN tunnel functionality by inputting the IP address of the decoder, port and bandwidth limit (optional). The port is associated with 6532 by default and can be changed if desired. Refer to the <em>TVU port forwarding guidelines</em> for more information.</p>



<p>When the VLAN Tunnel “Only via Ethernet” checkbox is enabled, it allows the user to select the Ethernet-only path for VLAN Tunnel, including Switch mode, instead of the default bonded path of Ethernet plus Cellular. It can lower the RTT latency between VLAN clients significantly, i.e., within 30ms, and eliminate any jitter if present, which is ideal for certain VLAN Tunnel Switch mode application workflows, such as an audio talkback intercom system.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Enabling the VLAN Tunnel Only via Ethernet feature will utilize the Ethernet path for VLAN Tunneling only, but will not affect primary live video transmission, which will continue to use both Ethernet and Cellular as per the user&#8217;s requirements.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the VLAN tunnel (Router) settings, click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Network</strong> tab. </li>
</ol>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your change(s) in the<strong> VLAN tunnel (Router)</strong> panel and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/vlan-router-ethernet-only.jpg" alt="vlan router ethernet only" class="wp-image-156185" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/vlan-router-ethernet-only.jpg 418w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/vlan-router-ethernet-only-300x214.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The VoIP settings pane allows the user to enter the PID of the decoder into the encoder’s VoIP settings panel to establish communication between the encoder and decoder.</p>



<p>To configure VoIP, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Encoder </strong>tab.</li>



<li>In the <strong>VoIP</strong> panel, enter the full <strong>PID number</strong> of the encoder in the Pid field.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> speaker</strong> icon to initiate the call.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="136" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-settings-VoIP-pane.png" alt="Encoder settings VoIP panel" class="wp-image-108278" style="width:518px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-settings-VoIP-pane.png 359w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-settings-VoIP-pane-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Private Network configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Private Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Private Network configuration panel allows the user to enable the encoder and decoder as a private network.</p>



<p>To configure a private network:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Encoder</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Status</strong> drop-down menu in the <strong>Private Network Config</strong> panel and select <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>



<li>Point the server to the Decoder by replacing 127.0.0.1 with the Decoder IP address.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="406" height="172" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Private-Network-config.png" alt="Encoder tab Private Network config" class="wp-image-140046" style="width:539px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Private-Network-config.png 406w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Private-Network-config-300x127.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 406px) 100vw, 406px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your settings.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Output video format</strong></h2>



<p>The Output video setting panel allows users to select the output resolution and framerate of all channels from the encoder.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Encoder</strong> tab.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Output Video format</strong> panel, select a<strong> Video format</strong> from the drop-down menu and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="173" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Output-video-format.png" alt="Encoder tab Output video format" class="wp-image-140068" style="width:550px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Output-video-format.png 408w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-tab-Output-video-format-300x127.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video status in the encoder settings panel</strong></h2>



<p>Users can monitor video input formats and status in the Command Center RPS user interface. Click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Encoder</strong> tab to view the status panel. The user interface would show the format of each video input on the Encoder and the received video format for Return Video.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="304" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/encoder-settings-status-pane.png" alt="Encoder tab Status pane" class="wp-image-108549" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/encoder-settings-status-pane.png 355w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/encoder-settings-status-pane-300x257.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RPS encoder Web interface configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS Link encoder Web interface configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>Open the TVU RPS Link Web interface to configure the encoder settings.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Edit the bitrate and delay</strong></h2>



<p>To edit the bitrate and delay settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Home</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="263" height="83" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/home-tab.jpg" alt="Home tab" class="wp-image-156296" style="width:434px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Global Bitrate Value </strong>check box in the RPS Web interface left panel.</li>



<li>Enter your preferred <strong>Bitrate (kbps) value</strong> in the provided field and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="337" height="357" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel.png" alt="Encoder panel" class="wp-image-140209" style="width:454px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel.png 337w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel-283x300.png 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your preferred <strong>Latency</strong> <strong>(delay) value</strong> in the provided field and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="339" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel-Profile-menu.png" alt="Encoder panel Profile menu" class="wp-image-140217" style="width:459px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel-Profile-menu.png 339w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel-Profile-menu-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 339px) 100vw, 339px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To select a bitrate control, click the <strong>Bitrate Control VBR</strong> drop-down menu to select a value:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>VBR + Average Priority</strong> (is the preferred default average priority)</li>



<li><strong>VBR + Channel Priority</strong> (is the preferred channel priority)</li>



<li><strong>CBR</strong> (is a fixed or constant bitrate variable)</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="337" height="182" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Global-bitrate-value.png" alt="Global bitrate value" class="wp-image-140225" style="width:467px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Global-bitrate-value.png 337w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Global-bitrate-value-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Editing the CODEC</strong></h2>



<p>The H.264 and HEVC (H.265) options allow users to select the preferred CODEC. HEVC allows better throughput with a lower bitrate setting.</p>



<p>To edit the CODEC setting:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Home</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</li>



<li>Click the drop-down menu and select <strong>H.264</strong> or <strong>HEVC</strong> from the menu.</li>



<li>Click the drop-down menu and select <strong>CBR </strong>or <strong>VBR</strong> from the menu.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="337" height="182" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Global-bitrate-value.png" alt="Global bitrate value" class="wp-image-140225" style="width:478px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Global-bitrate-value.png 337w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Global-bitrate-value-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Save, load, and delete profile features</strong></h2>



<p>The Load profile feature in the Encoder panel allows users to save encoder profiles for later use. For example, if an encoder is moved from one location to another, the encoder profile settings can be recalled and applied to that specific location.</p>



<p>To save an encoder profile:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your settings in the Encoder panel and click<strong> Apply</strong> for each change.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Setting name</strong> in the Save setting field on the window&#8217;s bottom right side, then click the <strong>Save Setting</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="208" height="59" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Save-setting-and-Delete-setting-buttons.png" alt="Save setting and Delete setting buttons" class="wp-image-108625" style="width:341px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>A pop-up message confirms the saved profile.</p>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To load a saved profile, click the <strong>Load profile</strong> drop-down menu in the Encoder panel and select a saved profile.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="339" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel-Profile-menu.png" alt="Encoder panel Profile menu" class="wp-image-140217" style="width:478px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel-Profile-menu.png 339w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Encoder-panel-Profile-menu-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 339px) 100vw, 339px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Autolive function</strong></h2>



<p>If an encoder or decoder is powered off when live, when that encoder powers on again, it will automatically go live with the last receiver it had been live with.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Channel status in the encoder user interface</strong></h2>



<p>If there is no network connection on the encoder, the status will display as OFFLINE.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="377" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-channel-status-behavior.png" alt="encoder channel status behavior" class="wp-image-140233" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-channel-status-behavior.png 363w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-channel-status-behavior-289x300.png 289w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/encoder-channel-status-behavior-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></figure>



<p>Status indicators are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the encoder is online, the status will display “Standby” in green.</li>



<li>If the set decoder is connected (and ports are open) to the encoder, the status will remain green but display “Online.”</li>



<li>A red LIVE status would only appear if a decoder successfully receives the signal.</li>



<li>If a video input is unplugged during live transmission, that channel will be green and display “Online.”</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Slot Monitor tab controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot Monitor tab controls</strong></h2>



<p>The encoder user interface right panel displays the Channel Monitor and Slot Monitor tabs. The Channel Monitor tab displays the channel status panel with channel previews. The Slot Monitor tab displays the slot status and connection priority settings.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot Monitor tab &#8211; Disable All Cellular</strong></h2>



<p>Disable All Cellular is a new function added in v6.7. It&#8217;s available under the Slot Monitor tab on the RPS Link Encoder control web interface. It is used to enable or disable all six cellular slots simultaneously. Checking the box will disable all six cellular slots simultaneously, unchecking the box will enable them.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="548" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-1-1024x548.png" alt="slot monitor tab 1" class="wp-image-156305" style="width:720px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-1-1024x548.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-1-300x160.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-1-768x411.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-1-1536x822.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-1.png 1918w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>A &#8220;Success&#8221; message prompt will be displayed when the box is checked or unchecked.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="527" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-2-1024x527.png" alt="slot monitor tab message" class="wp-image-156313" style="width:729px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-2-1024x527.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-2-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-2-768x395.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-2-1536x790.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/slot-monitor-tab-2.png 1918w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Connection Priority feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Connection Priority feature is a new feature introduced in version 6.7. It&#8217;s available under the Slot Monitor tab on the RPS Link Encoder control web interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="531" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-1024x531.png" alt="connection priority feature" class="wp-image-156323" style="width:736px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-1024x531.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-300x156.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-768x398.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-1536x796.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature.png 1678w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>This feature allows the user to set the priority of transmission bandwidth network data traffic over Ethernet, Cellular, WiFi, and USB slots accordingly. Each slot can be set as priority 1, 2, or 3. Setting to &#8220;1&#8221; means highest priority whereas setting to &#8220;3&#8221; means lowest priority.</p>



<p>For example, When the Ethernet connection is set to priority 1 and Cellular is set to priority 3, then the total bandwidth network data traffic ratio would be assigned approximately to 67%~33% where 67% of the bandwidth network data traffic will pass through the Ethernet slot whereas 33% of the bandwidth network data traffic will pass through the cellular slots that are in use provided both Ethernet and Cellular has enough bandwidth available.</p>



<p>If priority is set to 1 for both Ethernet and Cellular, then the total bandwidth network data traffic ratio would be assigned approximately to 50%~50%.</p>



<p>To set the connection priority:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Connection Priority</strong> Setting (gear) icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="531" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-1024x531.png" alt="connection priority feature" class="wp-image-156323" style="width:705px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-1024x531.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-300x156.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-768x398.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature-1536x796.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-feature.png 1678w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Connection Priority window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="455" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window.png" alt="connection priority window" class="wp-image-156331" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window-300x203.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the internal cellular menu and select a priority and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="477" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window-2.png" alt="connection priority window 2" class="wp-image-156339" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window-2.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window-2-300x213.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A Success message prompt will be displayed after the priority is applied.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="350" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window-success.png" alt="connection priority window success" class="wp-image-156347" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window-success.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/connection-priority-window-success-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RPS decoder configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS decoder configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>In the Decoder panel of the RPS Web interface, a user can encode to a single decoder. A user can also encode two separate decoders simultaneously. Encoding to 2 decoders allows users to create 2 independent programs using the same sources.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Set the decoder 1 IP address</strong></h2>



<p>To set the decoder IP address:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Decoder 1 IP address IP field, enter your primary decoder&#8217;s <strong>IP address</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Decoder-1-setting.png" alt="Decoder 1 setting" class="wp-image-108652" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Decoder-1-setting.png 523w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Decoder-1-setting-300x155.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>first port number</strong> in the First Port field. The port range default is 10001. You will need 10 ports maximum in a sequence if you want to use another port range.</li>
</ol>



<p>For example, a new port range would be:<br>20081-20091 (input would start at port 20081)</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>IP and port changes are not editable when in live mode.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Set the decoder 2 IP address</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To encode to a secondary decoder, enter the Decoder 2 IP address in the Decoder 2 IP address field.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="524" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Decoder-2-setting.png" alt="Decoder 2 setting" class="wp-image-108661" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Decoder-2-setting.png 524w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Decoder-2-setting-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your first port number in the First Port field. The port range default is 10001. You will need 10 ports maximum in a sequence if you want to use another port range.</li>



<li>Click the Decoder 2 IP Address<strong> checkbox</strong> to enable the decoder.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>both transmissions are unicast to the individual decoder. Extra bandwidth is required to support two outbound transmissions.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Decoder status indicator LEDs</strong></h2>



<p>The status indicator LEDs in the Decoder panel indicate the connection status between the encoder and decoder. The status indicators are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark> &#8211; operational and connected</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark> &#8211; offline, or the port is not open</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="334" height="318" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Decoder-status-LEDs-rev.png" alt="Decoder status LEDs rev" class="wp-image-140241" style="width:546px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Decoder-status-LEDs-rev.png 334w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Decoder-status-LEDs-rev-300x286.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 334px) 100vw, 334px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transmitting to TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS to Producer function allows a user to pair four channels of an RPS encoder with TVU Producer. Channels 1-6 are supported and only support 2-channel audio. The encoder is dedicated to transmitting only to TVU Producer and cannot transmit to a second decoder. Please note that when transmitting to TVU Producer, the output will be in CBR mode of Channels 1 to 6 with 2-channel audio.</p>



<p>When a user selects Producer in the Decoder section, the Decoder 1 and 2 options are unavailable and displayed as grayed out. The user is also provided a pop-up window to add their TVU Producer account.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="328" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-to-Producer.png" alt="RPS to Producer" class="wp-image-140250" style="width:559px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-to-Producer.png 328w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-to-Producer-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>In the Return video panel, you can select where the return video feeds come from when using 2 decoders.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>DEC 1</strong> drop-down menu to select a decoder.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="345" height="130" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Return-video-panel.png" alt="Return video panel" class="wp-image-140260" style="width:565px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Return-video-panel.png 345w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Return-video-panel-300x113.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 345px) 100vw, 345px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To initiate a return video transmission, connect one or two SDI inputs to ports 7 and 8 on the rear panel of the decoder. Connect one or two SDI inputs to ports 7 and 8 on the rear panel of the encoder.</li>
</ol>



<p>The encoder to decoder “Return Video” port settings 1 and 2 must be synchronized. </p>



<p><em>For example:</em></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1) Port 7 (encoder) to the decoder (port 7)</li>



<li>(2) Port 8 (encoder) to the decoder (port 8)</li>
</ul>



<p>Complete the following steps to route the video to the decoder to enable the field to see what is being transmitted.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Disable a station video feed in the Return Video pane to enable a preview. The example shows port (2) offline.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="129" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/feedback-2.png" alt="feedback 2" class="wp-image-140269" style="width:566px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/feedback-2.png 417w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/feedback-2-300x93.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable a bitrate change, check the bitrate checkbox.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>The bitrate can be changed during a live preview.<br><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> 6 Main transmissions are possible when using 2 Return Video Feeds with 1080i.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="145" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/feedback-3.png" alt="feedback 3" class="wp-image-140277" style="width:571px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/feedback-3.png 429w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/feedback-3-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></figure>



<p>The example below shows both stations (1) and (2) offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="345" height="130" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Return-video-panel.png" alt="Return video panel" class="wp-image-140260" style="width:574px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Return-video-panel.png 345w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Return-video-panel-300x113.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 345px) 100vw, 345px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Channel monitor operations/settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Channel Monitor operations and settings</strong></h2>



<p>To start a transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Channel Monitor</strong> tab. In the Encode Channel Monitor panel, click the Preview <strong>Start</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="212" height="236" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Channel-monitor-1.png" alt="Channel monitor 1" class="wp-image-140287" style="width:285px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can mouse over the top left field and rename your channel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="229" height="250" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Channel-monitor-2.png" alt="Channel monitor 2" class="wp-image-140295" style="width:300px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the individual channel bitrate, <strong>uncheck the Global bitrate </strong>checkbox.</li>



<li>. Make the bitrate change and click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>



<li>To choose 16-channel audio, select the <strong>16-channel audio check box</strong> and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="220" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Channel-monitor-3.png" alt="Channel monitor 3" class="wp-image-140303" style="width:306px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move your transmission into the Live mode, Click the “Main” <strong>Start</strong> button. When your production is Live, the Preview window will indicate Live mode in red, and the “Main” button will display “Stop.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="233" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Main-start.png" alt="Main Start button" class="wp-image-140311" style="width:315px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video preview rules</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Typically, active preview configurations are: 6 main + 0 previews, 5 main + 1 preview, and 4 main + 4 previews.<br>It is possible to run 6 channels, 6 previews and 2 return feeds simultaneously (up to 1080i).</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If all six sources are active, click the Main <strong>Stop</strong> button to stop a source. Then, click the Preview <strong>Start</strong> button to view a new Preview.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Web interface overviews</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RPS Link 4-channel Web interface overview</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS Link 4-channel configuration uses the same TVU VS3500 decoder with the Duo 2 card instead of the standard Quad 2 card. The hardware is the same as our standard TVU RPS Transceiver, which comes with the Duo 2 card.</p>



<p>When a Duo 2 card is detected on the system, the main Web interface shows four previews instead of the standard 6 previews.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1918" height="1027" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-4-channel.jpg" alt="RPS Link 4 channel" class="wp-image-156366" style="object-fit:cover;width:703px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-4-channel.jpg 1918w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-4-channel-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-4-channel-1024x548.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-4-channel-768x411.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/RPS-Link-4-channel-1536x822.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1918px) 100vw, 1918px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>4-channel preview</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Clicking the Preview start/stop button will turn the preview picture On and Off.</li>



<li>The Format, Bitrate, FPS, and Preview Start button are located below the preview window.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-4-channel-preview.png" alt="RPS Link 4-channel preview" class="wp-image-140329" style="width:426px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-4-channel-preview.png 327w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-Link-4-channel-preview-255x300.png 255w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>6-channel preview</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Format, Bitrate, FPS, and Preview display below the preview window.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-6-channel-preview.png" alt="TVU RPS 6-channel preview" class="wp-image-140337" style="aspect-ratio:0.856418918918919;width:430px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-6-channel-preview.png 327w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/TVU-RPS-6-channel-preview-255x300.png 255w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>4 primary live channels</strong></h2>



<p>The following figure shows 4 primary live channels.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="792" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-4-channel-primary-live.jpg" alt="TVU RPS 4-channel primary live" class="wp-image-156374" style="width:708px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-4-channel-primary-live.jpg 792w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-4-channel-primary-live-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-4-channel-primary-live-768x411.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>3 primary channels plus 1 return video</strong></h2>



<p>The following figure shows 3 primary channels plus 1 return video.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="792" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-3-primary-channels-plus-1-return-video.jpg" alt="TVU RPS 3 primary channels  plus 1 return video" class="wp-image-156382" style="width:717px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-3-primary-channels-plus-1-return-video.jpg 792w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-3-primary-channels-plus-1-return-video-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-3-primary-channels-plus-1-return-video-768x411.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></figure>



<p>To enable or disable the return video feed:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Stop All</strong> in the Encoder panel to stop all of the primary transmission channels.</li>
</ol>



<p>If the user attempts to enable or disable return video while the primary transmission is still live, a warning message, “To change RVF settings, please stop live first,” will be displayed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3-ch-primary-1-vid-return.png" alt="3 ch primary 1 vid return" class="wp-image-140363" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3-ch-primary-1-vid-return.png 796w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3-ch-primary-1-vid-return-300x96.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3-ch-primary-1-vid-return-768x247.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the primary live transmission is stopped, the operator can enable or disable the return video feeds as needed.</li>



<li>To resume the live primary transmission, click the <strong>Start All</strong> button in the <strong>Encoder</strong> panel or click the <strong>Main Start</strong> button. </li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>3 primary channels plus 1 live return video</strong></h2>



<p>The following figure shows 3 primary channels and 1 return live video feed where channels 1, 2, and 3 are primary, and channel 4 is the return feed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="792" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-3-primary-channels-plus-1-return-video.jpg" alt="TVU RPS 3 primary channels plus 1 return video" class="wp-image-156382" style="width:838px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-3-primary-channels-plus-1-return-video.jpg 792w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-3-primary-channels-plus-1-return-video-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-3-primary-channels-plus-1-return-video-768x411.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>2 primary channels plus 2 return video</strong></h2>



<p>The following figure shows 2 primary channels and 2 return live video feeds where channels 1 and 2 are primary and 3 and 4 are return feeds.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="792" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-2-primary-channels-plus-2-return-video.jpg" alt="TVU RPS 2 primary channels plus 2 return video" class="wp-image-156391" style="width:842px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-2-primary-channels-plus-2-return-video.jpg 792w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-2-primary-channels-plus-2-return-video-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-RPS-2-primary-channels-plus-2-return-video-768x411.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></figure>



<p>If the operator is using 2 primary channels and 2 returns and decides to turn ON the primary transmission again on channels 3 and 4, the operator must complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Stop All</strong> button in the <strong>Encoder </strong>panel, then disable the return video feed by unchecking the box under the Return Video panel.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Start All</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>The message displays “To enable this channel (channel 3), disable Return Video 1” and “To enable this channel (channel 4), disable Return Video 2,” as shown in the following figures.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Disable-video-1-prompt.png" alt="Disable video 1 prompt" class="wp-image-140383" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Disable-video-1-prompt.png 327w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Disable-video-1-prompt-255x300.png 255w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Disable-video-2-prompt.png" alt="Disable video 2 prompt" class="wp-image-140391" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Disable-video-2-prompt.png 327w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Disable-video-2-prompt-255x300.png 255w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></figure>



<p>If the operator uses the return video feed, the SDI IN cables must be removed and replaced with the SDI OUT cables on ports 3 and 4 for both the encoder and decoder.</p>



<p>If the encoder receives SDI video input on ports 3 and 4, the operator must remove the SDI video input cables and connect them to ports 3 and 4 on the decoder.</p>



<p>The SDI out cables connected to ports 3 and 4 on the decoder must be removed and connected to ports 3 and 4 on the encoder to view the return video feed on the SDI monitor.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Use WebRTC for web GUI preview</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS Link 4-channel configuration also supports WebRTC for a web GUI preview, where the latency for preview is as low as 200ms.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Low Latency mode for fixed lines</strong></h2>



<p>The RPS Link 4-channel configuration supports a low latency mode of up to 0.6 seconds between the encoder and decoder for closed and open networks.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature should be possible for both 4 and 6 channel versions.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Applications overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU RPS Link production solutions and applications</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU RPS Link supports 1080p/1080i/720p HD, NTSC, and PAL formats.</li>



<li>The system uses TVU’s Inverse Statmux Plus (IS+) transmission algorithm for stable, high-quality, low-latency transmissions. The system’s simple web interface gives real-time previews of all six channels. It allows users to monitor and control all aspects of the transmission, including current bit rate and latency.</li>



<li>TVU RPS Link provides multi-camera remote production for live coverage without the costs associated with expensive dedicated fiber or satellite links, extensive dedicated transmission equipment, and large on-site production crews.</li>



<li>TVU RPS Link features a VLAN tunnel to allow IP devices in the field to virtually connect to the LAN in the studio, making it ideal for teleprompters, tally, remote cameras, and more.</li>



<li>TVU’s VoIP solution, TVU Voice, is also compatible with TVU RPS Link, making communication between the field and headquarters easier.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Applications</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>6-Channel Remote Multi-cam or Remote Studio Application</li>



<li>4-Channel Remote Multi-cam or Remote Studio Application with &#8211; Channel Return Video</li>



<li>Remote Production System VLAN Tunnel Application – IP Intercom</li>



<li>Remote Production System VLAN Tunnel Application – IP Tally</li>



<li>Remote Production System VLAN Tunnel Application – CCU</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="690" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-applications.png" alt="Applications overview" class="wp-image-108378" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-applications.png 690w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/RPS-applications-300x128.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 690px) 100vw, 690px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p>© Copyright 2025 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU RPS Link Software Setup Guide Rev E EN 12-2025</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-rps-link-encoder-v6-7-software-setup-guide/">TVU RPS Link Encoder v6.7 Software Setup Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
